49 192 Highlight 8 15 PDF

PART 192 – TRANSPORTATION OF NATURAL AND OTHER GAS BY PIPELINE:
MINIMUM FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS

NEW FORMAT
For future versions of this manual, changes to the regulations will show a
highlight for deletions and an underline for additions.
AMENDMENT TABLE OF SECTION REVISIONS FOR THIS VERSION OF PART 192
PART 192 EFFECTIVE PARAGRAPH

AMENDMENT DATE OF IMPACT IN REFFERENCE TO:
NUMBER AMENDMENT
192-[108]* 01/23/09 192.121, .123 PA-11 DESIGN PRESSURES
192-[109]* 02/17/09 192.7, .727, .949, .951 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES,
ADDRESS UPDATES, AND
TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS
192-[110]* 04/21/09 192.7 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
UPDATE: AMERICAN PETROLEUM IN-
STITUTE (API) STANDARDS
5L AND 1104
192-111 01/29/10 192.112, .121, .620 EDITORIAL AMENDMENTS TO THE
PIPELINE SAFETY REGULATIONS.
192-112 02/01/10 192.3, .605, .615, .631 CONTROL ROOM MANAGEMENT/ HU-
MAN FACTORS
192-112c 02/01/10 192.631 CORRECTION
192-113 02/02/10 192.383, Subpart P INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
FOR GAS DISTRIBUTION PIPELINES
192-113C 02/12/10 192.383 CORRECTION
192-114 10/01/2010 192.3, .7, .63, .65, .121, PERIODIC UPDATES OF
.123, .145, .191, .281, .283, REGULATORY REFERENCES TO TECH-
.465, .711, .923, .925, .931, NICAL STANDARDS AND MISCELLA-
.935, .939, APPENDIX B NEOUS EDITS
192.115 11/26/2010 192.945, 951, UPDATES TO LIQUEFIED NATURAL
GAS REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
192.116 02/01/11 192.383, .1001, .1007, PIPELINE SAFETY: MECHANICAL
.1009 FITTING FAILURE REPORTING
REQUIREMENTS
192.117 06/06/11 192.631 PIPELINE SAFETY: CONTROL ROOM
MANAGMENT/HUMAN FACTORS
192.118 09/25/13 192.603 PIPELINE SAFETY, FIRE PREVENTION,
SECURITY MEASURES
Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

1/153
PART 192 – TRANSPORTATION OF NATURAL AND OTHER GAS BY PIPELINE:
MINIMUM FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS
192.119 03/06/15 192.7, .11, .55, .59, .63, .65, TRANSPORTATION OF NATURAL AND
.112, .113, .123, .145, .147, OTHER GAS BY PIPELINE: MINIMUM
.153, .163, .165, .177, .189, FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS
.191, .225, .227, .229, .241,
.281, .283, .485, .735, .903,
.923, .925, .931, .935, .939,
APPENDIX B
192.120 03/11/15 192.3,.9,.65,.112,.153,.165, TRANSPORTATION OF NATURAL AND
.225,.227,.229,.241,.243,.2 OTHER GAS BY PIPELINE: MINIMUM
85,.305,.503,.505,.620,.805 FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS
,.925,.949
*OPS quit numbering their new amendments for a period of time. For the purposes of tracking, TQ
is maintaining a numbering system.
Copies of 49 CFR Parts 190 through 199 and Part 40 are available for download at:
http://www.phmsa.dot.gov.
Subpart A–General Subpart B–Materials
Section 192.51 Scope.

192.1 What is the scope of this part? 192.53 General.
192.3 Definitions. 192.55 Steel pipe.
192.5 Class locations. 192.57 [Reserved]
192.7 What documents are incorpo- 192.59 Plastic pipe.
rated by reference partly or 192.61 [Reserved]
wholly in this part? 192.63 Marking of materials.
192.8 How are onshore gathering lines 192.65 Transportation of pipe.
and regulated onshore gathering
lines determined?
192.9 What requirements apply to Subpart C–Pipe Design
gathering lines?
192.10 Outer Continental Shelf pipe- 192.101 Scope.
lines. 192.103 General.
192.11 Petroleum gas systems. 192.105 Design formula for steel pipe.
192.13 What general requirements ap- 192.107 Yield strength (S) for steel pipe.
ply to pipelines regulated under 192.109 Nominal wall thickness (t) for steel
this part? pipe.
192.14 Conversion to service subject to 192.111 Design factor (F) for steel pipe.
this part. 192.112 Additional design requirements for
192.15 Rules of regulatory construction. steel pipe using alternative maxi-
192.16 Customer notification. mum allowable operating pressure.
192.17 [Reserved] 192.113 Longitudinal joint factor (E) for
steel pipe.
192.115 Temperature derating factor (T) for
steel pipe.

2/153
PART 192 – TRANSPORTATION OF NATURAL AND OTHER GAS BY
PIPELINE: MINIMUM FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS
192.117 [Reserved] 192.189 Vaults: Drainage and waterproof-

192.119 [Reserved] ing.
192.121 Design of plastic pipe. 192.191 Design pressure of plastic fittings.
192.123 Design limitations for plastic 192.193 Valve installation in plastic pipe.
pipe. 192.195 Protection against accidental over-
192.125 Design of copper pipe. pressuring.
192.197 Control of the pressure of gas deliv-
ered from high-pressure distribution
Subpart D–Design of Pipeline Compo- systems.
nents 192.199 Requirements for design pressure
relief and limiting devices.
192.141 Scope. 192.201 Required capacity of pressure re-
192.143 General requirements. lieving and limiting stations.
192.144 Qualifying metallic components. 192.203 Instrument, control, and sampling
192.145 Valves. pipe and components.
192.147 Flanges and flange accessories.
192.149 Standard fittings.
192.150 Passage of internal inspection Subpart E–Welding of Steel in Pipe-
devices. lines
192.151 Tapping.
192.153 Components fabricated by weld- 192.221 Scope.
ing. 192.225 Welding procedures.
192.155 Welded branch connections. 192.227 Qualification of welders.
192.157 Extruded outlets. 192.229 Limitations on welders and weld-
192.159 Flexibility. ing operators.
192.161 Supports and anchors. 192.231 Protection from weather.
192.163 Compressor stations: Design and 192.233 Miter joints.
construction. 192.235 Preparation for welding.
192.165 Compressor stations: Liquid re- 192.241 Inspection and test of welds.
moval. 192.243 Nondestructive testing.
192.167 Compressor stations: Emergen- 192.245 Repair or removal of defects.
cy shutdown.
192.169 Compressor stations: Pressure
limiting devices. Subpart F–Joining of Materials Other Than
192.171 Compressor stations: Additional by Welding
safety equipment.
192.173 Compressor stations: 192.271 Scope.
Ventilation. 192.273 General.
192.175 Pipe-type and bottle- 192.275 Cast iron pipe.
type holders. 192.277 Ductile iron pipe.
192.177 Additional provisions for bottle- 192.279 Copper pipe.
type holders. 192.281 Plastic pipe.
192.179 Transmission line valves. 192.283 Plastic pipe; Qualifying joining
192.181 Distribution line valves. procedures.
192.183 Vaults: Structural design re- 192.285 Plastic pipe: Qualifying persons to
quirements. make joints.
192.185 Vaults: Accessibility. 192.287 Plastic pipe: Inspection of joints.
192.187 Vaults: Sealing, venting, and
ventilation.

3/153
192.367 Service lines: General

Subpart G–General Construction Re- requirements for connections to
quirements for Transmission Lines and main piping.
Mains 192.369 Service lines: Connections to cast
iron or ductile iron mains.
192.301 Scope. 192.371 Service lines: Steel.
192.303 Compliance with specifications 192.373 Service lines: Cast iron and
or standards. ductile iron.
192.305 Inspection: General. 192.375 Service lines: Plastic.
192.307 Inspection of materials. 192.377 Service lines: Copper.
192.309 Repair of steel pipe. 192.379 New service lines not in use.
192.311 Repair of plastic pipe. 192.381 Service lines: Excess flow valve
192.313 Bends and elbows. performance standards.
192.315 Wrinkle bends in steel pipe. 192.383 Excess flow valve installation
192.317 Protection from hazards.
192.319 Installation of pipe in a
ditch. Subpart I–Requirements for Corrosion Con-
192.321 Installation of plastic trol
pipe.
192.323 Casing. 192.451 Scope.
192.325 Underground clearance. 192.452 How does this subpart apply to con-
192.327 Cover. verted pipelines and regulated on-
192.328 Additional construction shore gathering lines?
requirements for steel 192.453 General.
pipe using alternative 192.455 External corrosion control:
maximum allowable op- Buried or submerged pipelines in-
erating pressure. stalled after July 31, 1971.
192.457 External corrosion control:
Buried or submerged pipelines in-
Subpart H–Customer Meters, stalled before August 1, 1971.
Service Regulators, and Service 192.459 External corrosion control:
Lines Examination of buried pipeline
when exposed.
192.351 Scope. 192.461 External corrosion control:
192.353 Customer meters and regulators: Protective coating.
Location. 192.463 External corrosion control:
192.355 Customer meters and regulators: Cathodic protection.
Protection from damage. 192.465 External corrosion control:
192.357 Customer meters and regulators: Monitoring.
Installation. 192.467 External corrosion control:
192.359 Customer meter installations: Electrical isolation.
Operating pressure. 192.469 External corrosion control:
192.361 Service lines: Installation. Test stations.
192.363 Service lines: Valve 192.471 External corrosion control:
requirements. Test leads.
192.365 Service lines: Location of 192.473 External corrosion control:
valves. Interference currents.
192.475 Internal corrosion control:
General.

4/153
192.476 Internal corrosion control: 192.555 Uprating to a pressure that will pro-
Design and construction of trans- duce a hoop stress of 30
mission line. percent or more of SMYS in steel
192.477 Internal corrosion control: pipelines.
Monitoring. 192.557 Uprating: Steel pipelines to a pres-
192.479 Atmospheric corrosion control: sure that will produce a hoop stress
General. less than 30 percent of SMYS; plas-
192.481 Atmospheric corrosion control: tic, cast iron, and ductile iron pipe-
Monitoring. lines.
192.483 Remedial measures: General.
192.485 Remedial measures:
Transmission lines. Subpart L–Operations
192.487 Remedial measures: Distribution
lines other than cast iron or 192.601 Scope.
ductile iron lines. 192.603 General provisions.
192.489 Remedial measures: Cast iron 192.605 Procedural manual for
and ductile iron pipelines. operations, maintenance, and emer-
192.490 Direct assessment. gencies.
192.491 Corrosion control records. 192.607 [Removed]
192.609 Change in class location:
Required study.
Subpart J–Test Requirements 192.611 Change in class location:
Confirmation or revision of
192.501 Scope. maximum allowable operating pres-
192.503 General requirements. sure.
192.505 Strength test requirements for 192.612 Underwater inspection and
steel pipeline to operate at a hoop reburial of pipelines in the Gulf of
stress of 30 percent or more of Mexico and its inlets.
SMYS. 192.613 Continuing surveillance.
192.507 Test requirements for pipelines 192.614 Damage prevention program.
to operate at a hoop stress less 192.615 Emergency plans.
than 30 percent of SMYS and 192.616 Public awareness.
above 100 psig. 192.617 Investigation of failures.
192.509 Test requirements for pipelines 192.619 Maximum allowable operating
to operate below 100 psig. pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.
192.511 Test requirements for service 192.620 Alternative maximum allowable
lines. operating pressure for certain steel
192.513 Test requirements for plastic pipelines.
pipelines. 192.621 Maximum allowable operating
192.515 Environmental protection and pressure: High-pressure
safety requirements. distribution systems.
192.517 Records. 192.623 Maximum and minimum
allowable operating pressure: Low-
pressure distribution
Subpart K–Uprating systems.
192.625 Odorization of gas.
192.551 Scope. 192.627 Tapping pipelines under
192.553 General requirements. pressure.
192.629 Purging of pipelines.

5/153
192.631 Control room management 192.743 Pressure limiting and regulating sta-
tions: Capacity of relief
devices.
192.745 Valve maintenance:
Subpart M–Maintenance Transmission lines.
192.747 Valve maintenance: Distribution
192.701 Scope. systems.
192.703 General. 192.749 Vault maintenance.
192.705 Transmission lines: Patrolling. 192.751 Prevention of accidental
192.706 Transmission lines: Leakage ignition.
surveys. 192.753 Caulked bell and spigot joints.
192.707 Line markers for mains and 192.755 Protecting cast iron pipelines.
transmission lines.
192.709 Transmission lines: Record
keeping. Subpart N–Qualification of Pipeline
192.711 Transmission lines: General Personnel
requirements for repair
procedures. 192.801 Scope.
192.713 Transmission lines: Permanent 192.803 Definitions.
field repair of imperfections and 192.805 Qualification Program.
damages. 192.807 Recordkeeping.
192.715 Transmission lines: Permanent 192.809 General.
field repair of welds.
192.717 Transmission lines: Permanent
field repair of leaks. Subpart O—Gas Transmission Pipeline In-
192.719 Transmission lines: Testing of tegrity Management
repairs.
192.721 Distribution systems: Patrolling. 192.901 What do the regulations in this
192.723 Distribution systems: Leakage subpart cover?
surveys and procedures. 192.903 What definitions apply to this sub-
192.725 Test requirements for reinstating part?
service lines. 192.905 How does an operator identify a
192.727 Abandonment or deactivation of high consequence area?
facilities. 192.907 What must an operator do to
192.729 [Removed] implement this subpart?
192.731 Compressor stations: 192.909 How can an operator change its
Inspection and test- integrity management program?
ing of relief devices. 192.911 What are the elements of an
192.733 [Removed] integrity management program?
192.735 Compressor stations: Storage of 192.913 When may an operator deviate its
combustible materials. program from certain
192.736 Gas detection and monitoring in requirements of this subpart?
compressor station buildings. 192.915 What knowledge and training must
192.737 [Removed] personnel have to carry out an in-
192.739 Pressure limiting and regulating tegrity management
stations: Inspection and testing. program?
192.741 Pressure limiting and regulating 192.917 How does an operator identify po-
stations: Telemetering or tential threats to pipeline
recording gages. integrity and use the threat

6/153
identification in its integrity

program? Subpart P–Gas Distribution Pipeline Integ-
192.919 What must be in the baseline rity Management (IM)
assessment plan?
192.921 How is the baseline assessment 192.1001 What definitions apply to this sub-
to be conducted? part?
192.923 How is direct assessment used 192.1003 What do the regulations in this sub-
and for what threats? part cover?
192.925 What are the requirements for 192.1005 What must a gas distribution
using External Corrosion Direct operator (other than a master
Assessment (ECDA)? meter or small LPG operator)
192.927 What are the requirements for do to implement this subpart?
using Internal Corrosion Direct 192.1007 What are the required elements of
Assessment (ICDA)? an integrity management plan?
192.929 What are the requirements for 192.1009 What must an operator report when
using Direct Assessment for compression couplings fail?
Stress Corrosion Cracking 192.1011 What records must an operator
(SCCDA)? keep?
192.931 How may Confirmatory Direct 192.1013 When may an operator deviate from
Assessment (CDA) be used? required periodic
192.933 What actions must be inspections of this part?
taken to address integrity 192.1015 What must a master meter or small
issues? liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) op-
192.935 What additional preventive and erator do to implement this subpart?
mitigative measures must an
operator take?
192.937 What is a continual process of Appendix A – [Reserved]
evaluation and assessment to
maintain a pipeline's integrity?
192.939 What are the required Appendix B – Qualification of Pipe.
reassessment intervals?
192.941 What is a low stress
reassessment? Appendix C – Qualification of Welders for
192.943 When can an operator deviate Low Stress Level Pipe.
from these reassessment
intervals?
192.945 What methods must an operator Appendix D – Criteria for Cathodic Protection
use to measure program and Determination of Measure-
effectiveness? ments.
192.947 What records must an operator
keep?
192.949 How does an operator notify Appendix E to Part 192—Guidance on De-
PHMSA? termining High Consequence Areas and on
192.951 Where does an operator file a Carrying Out Requirements in the Integrity
report? Management Rule
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5103, 60102, 60104,

60108, 60109, 60110, 60113, 60116,and
60118, 60137; and 49 CFR 1.971.53.

7/153
Subpart A–General (5) Any pipeline system that trans-

ports only petroleum gas or petroleum
gas/air mixtures to—
§192.1 What is the scope of this part? (i) Fewer than 10 customers, if no
portion of the system is located in a
(a) This part prescribes minimum safety public place; or
requirements for pipeline facilities and the (ii) A single customer, if the system is lo-
transportation of gas, including pipeline fa- cated entirely on the customer's premises (no
cilities and the transportation of gas within matter if a portion of the system is located in a
the limits of the outer continental shelf as public place).
that term is defined in the Outer Continental
Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1331). [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(b) This part does not apply to— Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
(1) Offshore gathering of gas in State Amdt. 192-67, 56 FR 63764, Dec. 5, 1991;
waters upstream from the outlet flange of Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
each facility where hydrocarbons are pro- Amdt. 192-81, 62 FR 61692, Nov. 19, 1997;
duced or where produced hydrocarbons are Amdt. 192-92, 68 FR 46109, Aug. 5, 2003; 70
first separated, dehydrated, or otherwise FR 11135, Mar. 8, 2005, Amdt. 192-102, 71
processed, whichever facility is farther FR 13289, Mar. 15, 2006; Amdt. 192-103c, 72
downstream; FR 4655, Feb. 1, 2007]
(2) Pipelines on the Outer Continental
Shelf (OCS) that are producer-operated and
cross into State waters without first con- §192.3 Definitions.
necting to a transporting operator's facility
on the OCS, upstream (generally seaward) As used in this part:
of the last valve on the last production facil-
ity on the OCS. Safety equipment protect- Abandoned means permanently
ing PHMSA-regulated pipeline segments is removed from service.
not excluded. Producing operators for those
pipeline segments upstream of the last valve Active corrosion means continuing
of the last production facility on the OCS corrosion that, unless controlled, could
may petition the Administrator, or designee, result in a condition that is detrimental
for approval to operate under PHMSA regu- to public safety.
lations governing pipeline design, construc-
tion, operation, and maintenance under 49 Administrator means the Administrator,
CFR 190.9; Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Ad-
(3) Pipelines on the Outer Continental ministration or his or her delegate.
Shelf upstream of the point at which operat-
ing responsibility transfers from a produc- Alarm means an audible or visible means
ing operator to a transporting operator; of indicating to the controller that equipment or
(4) Onshore gathering of gas– processes are outside operator-defined, safety-
(i) Through a pipeline that operates at related parameters.
less than 0 psig (0 kPa);
(ii) Through a pipeline that is not a regu- Control room means an operations center
lated onshore gathering line (as determined staffed by personnel charged with the responsi-
in §192.8); and bility for remotely monitoring and controlling a
(iii) Within inlets of the Gulf of Mexico, pipeline facility.
except for the requirements in §192.612; or

8/153
Controller means a qualified individual bottom (as determined by recognized and gen-
who remotely monitors and controls the erally accepted practices) in water less than 15
safety-related operations of a pipeline facili- feet (4.6 meters) deep, as measured from the
ty via a SCADA system from a control mean low water.
room, and who has operational authority and
accountability for the remote operational High pressure distribution system means a
functions of the pipeline facility. distribution system in which the gas pressure
in the main is higher than the pressure provid-
Customer meter means the meter that ed to the customer.
measures the transfer of gas from an opera-
tor to a consumer. Line section means a continuous run of
transmission line between adjacent compressor
Distribution Line means a pipeline other stations, between a compressor station and
than a gathering or transmission line. storage facilities, between a compressor station
and a block valve, or between adjacent block
Electrical survey means a series of valves.
closely spaced pipe-to-soil readings over
pipelines which are subsequently analyzed Listed specification means a specification
to identify locations where a corrosive cur- listed in section I of Appendix B of this part.
rent is leaving the pipeline.
Low-pressure distribution system means a
Exposed underwater pipeline means an distribution system in which the gas pressure in
underwater pipeline where the top of the the main is substantially the same as the pres-
pipe protrudes above the underwater natural sure provided to the customer.
bottom (as determined by recognized and
generally accepted practices) in waters less Main means a distribution line that serves
than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep, as measured as a common source of supply for more than
from mean low water. one service line.
Gas means natural gas, flammable gas, Maximum actual operating pressure
or gas which is toxic or corrosive. means the maximum pressure that occurs dur-
ing normal operations over a period of 1 year
Gathering Line means a pipeline that
transports gas from a current production Maximum allowable operating pressure
facility to a transmission line or main. (MAOP) means the maximum pressure at
which a pipeline or segment of a pipeline may
Gulf of Mexico and its inlets means the be operated under this part.
waters from the mean high water mark of Municipality means a city, county, or any
the coast of the Gulf of Mexico and its in- other political subdivision of a State.
lets open to the sea (excluding rivers, tidal
marshes, lakes, and canals) seaward to in- Offshore means beyond the line of ordi-
clude the territorial sea and Outer Continen- nary low water along that portion of the coast
tal Shelf to a depth of 15 feet (4.6 meters), of the United States that is in direct contact
as measured from the mean low water. with the open seas and beyond the line marking
the seaward limit of inland waters.
Hazard to navigation means, for the
purpose of this part, a pipeline where the Operator means a person who engages in
top of the pipe is less than 12 inches (305 the transportation of gas.
millimeters) below the underwater natural

9/153
Outer Continental Shelf means all sub- Service Line means a distribution line that
merged lands lying seaward and outside the transports gas from a common source of supply
area of lands beneath navigable waters as to an individual customer, to two adjacent or
defined in Section 2 of the Submerged adjoining residential or small commercial cus-
Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1301) and of which tomers, or to multiple residential or small
the subsoil and seabed appertain to the Unit- commercial customers served through a meter
ed States and are subject to its jurisdiction header or manifold. A service line ends at the
and control. outlet of the customer meter or at the connec-
tion to a customer's piping, whichever is fur-
Person means any individual, firm, joint ther downstream, or at the connection to cus-
venture, partnership, corporation, associa- tomer piping if there is no meter.
tion, State, municipality, cooperative associ-
ation, or joint stock association, and includ- Service regulator means the device on a
ing any trustee, receiver, assignee, or per- service line that controls the pressure of gas
sonal representative thereof. delivered from a higher pressure to the pres-
sure provided to the customer. A service regu-
Petroleum gas means propane, propyl- lator may serve one customer or multiple cus-
ene, butane, (normal butane or isobutanes), tomers through a meter header or manifold.
and butylene (including isomers), or mix-
tures composed predominantly of these gas- SMYS means specified minimum yield
es, having a vapor pressure not exceeding strength is:
208 psi (1434 kPa) at 100F (38C). (a) For steel pipe manufactured in accord-
ance with a listed specification, the yield
Pipe means any pipe or tubing used in strength specified as a minimum in that speci-
the transportation of gas, including pipe- fication; or
type holders. (b) For steel pipe manufactured in accord-
ance with an unknown or unlisted specifica-
Pipeline means all parts of those physi- tion, the yield strength determined in accord-
cal facilities through which gas moves in ance with §192.107(b).
transportation, including pipe, valves, and
other appurtenance attached to pipe, com- State means each of the several States, the
pressor units, metering stations, regulator District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth
stations, delivery stations, holders, and fab- of Puerto Rico.
ricated assemblies.
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
Pipeline environment includes soil re- (SCADA) system means a computer-based sys-
sistivity (high or low), soil moisture (wet or tem or systems used by a controller in a control
dry), soil contaminants that may promote room that collects and displays information
corrosive activity, and other known condi- about a pipeline facility and may have the abil-
tions that could affect the probability of ac- ity to send commands back to the pipeline fa-
tive corrosion. cility.
Pipeline facility means new and exist- Transmission line means a pipeline, other
ing pipeline, rights-of-way, and any equip- than a gathering line, that: (1) transports gas
ment, facility, or building used in the trans- from a gathering line or storage facility to a gas
portation of gas or in the treatment of gas distribution center, storage facility, or large
during the course of transportation. volume customer that is not down-stream from
a gas distribution center; (2) operates at a hoop

10/153
stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS; or (3) ing criteria apply to classifications under this
transports gas within a storage field. section.
(1) A "class location unit" is an onshore
Note: A large volume customer may re- area that extends 220 yards (200 meters) on
ceive similar volumes of gas as a distribu- either side of the centerline of any continuous
tion center, and includes factories, power 1-mile (1.6 kilometers) length of pipeline.
plants, and institutional users of gas. (2) Each separate dwelling unit in a multi-
ple dwelling unit building is counted as a sepa-
Transportation of gas means the gath- rate building intended for human occupancy.
ering, transmission, or distribution of gas by (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of
pipeline or the storage of gas, in or affecting this section, pipeline locations are classified as
interstate or foreign commerce. follows:
(1) A Class 1 location is:
Welder means a person who performs (i) An offshore area; or
manual or semi-automatic welding. (ii) Any class location unit that has 10 or
fewer buildings intended for human occupancy.
Welding operator means a person who (2) A Class 2 location is any class location
operates machine or automatic welding unit that has more than 10 but fewer than 46
equipment. buildings intended for human occupancy.
(3) A Class 3 location is:
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended (i) Any class location unit that has 46 or
by Amdt. 192-13, 38 FR 9084, Apr. 10, more buildings intended for human occupancy;
1973; Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. or
16, 1976; Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. (ii) An area where the pipeline lies
21, 1988; Amdt. 192-67, 56 FR 63764, Dec. within 100 yards (91 meters) of either a build-
5, 1991; Amdt. 192-72, 59 FR 17281, May ing or a small, well-defined outside area (such
12, 1994; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June as a playground, recreation area, outdoor thea-
6, 1996; Amdt. 192-81, 62 FR 61692, Nov. ter, or other place of public assembly) that is
19, 1997; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July occupied by 20 or more persons on at least 5
13, 1998; Amdt. 192-89, 65 FR 54440, days a week for 10 weeks in any 12-month pe-
Sept. 8, 2000; Amdt. 192-91, 68 FR 11748, riod. (The days and weeks need not be consec-
Mar. 12, 2003; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR utive.)
53895, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-94, 69 (4) A Class 4 location is any class loca-
FR 32886, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192-98, 69 tion unit where buildings with four or more
FR 48400, Aug. 10, 2004; Amdt. 192-94A, stories above ground are prevalent.
69 FR 54591, Sept. 9, 2004; Amdt. 192- (c) The length of Class locations 2, 3, and 4
94B, 70 FR 3147, Amdt. 192-98, 69 FR may be adjusted as follows:
48400, Aug. 10, 2004, Jan. 21, 2005; 70 FR (1) A Class 4 location ends 220 yards (200
11135, Mar. 8, 2005: Amdt. 192-112, 74 meters) from the nearest building with four or
FR 63310, Dec. 3, 2009; Amdt. 192-114, 74 more stories above ground.
FR 48593, Aug 11, 2010; Amdt. 192-120, (2) When a cluster of buildings intended for
80 FR 12763, March 11, 2015] human occupancy requires a Class 2 or 3 loca-
tion, the class location ends 220 yards (200 me-
ters) from the nearest building in the cluster.
§192.5 Class locations.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(a) This section classifies pipeline loca- Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
tions for purposes of this part. The follow- Amdt. 192-56, 52 FR 32924, Sept. 1, 1987;
Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;

11/153
Amdt. 192-78B, 61 FR 35139, July 5, 1996; Transportation of Line Pipe,” 7th edition, Sep-
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998] tember 2009, (API RP 5L1), IBR approved for
§ 192.65(a).
(2) API Recommended Practice 5LT,
§192.7 What documents are incorporated “Recommended Practice for Truck Transporta-
by reference partly or wholly in this part? tion of Line Pipe,” First edition, March 2012,
(API RP 5LT), IBR approved for § 192.65(c).
(a) This part prescribes standards, or (3) API Recommended Practice 5LW,
portions thereof, incorporated by reference “Recommended Practice for Transportation of
into this part with the approval of the Direc- Line Pipe on Barges and Marine Vessels,” 3rd
tor of the Federal Register in 5 U.S.C. edition, September 2009, (API RP 5LW), IBR
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. The materials approved for § 192.65(b).
listed in this section have the full force of (4) API Recommended Practice 80,
law. To enforce any edition other than that “Guidelines for the Definition of Onshore Gas
specified in this section, PHMSA must pub- Gathering Lines,” 1st edition, April 2000, (API
lish a notice of change in the Federal Regis- RP 80), IBR approved for § 192.8(a).
ter. (5) API Recommended Practice 1162,
(1) Availability of standards incorpo- “Public Awareness Programs for Pipeline Op-
rated by reference. All of the materials in- erators,” 1st edition, December 2003, (API RP
corporated by reference are available for 1162), IBR approved for §192.616(a), (b), and
inspection from several sources, including (c).
the following: (6) API Recommended Practice 1165,
(i) The Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipe- “Recommended Practice for Pipeline SCADA
line and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin- Displays,” First edition, January 2007, (API RP
istration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., 1165), IBR approved for § 192.631(c).
Washington, DC 20590. For more infor- (7) API Specification 5L, “Specification for
mation contact 202-366-4046 or go to the Line Pipe,” 45th edition, effective July 1, 2013,
PHMSA Web site at: (API Spec 5L), IBR approved for §§ 192.55(e);
http://www.phmsa.dot.gov/pipeline/regs. 192.112(a), (b), (d), (e); 192.113; and Item I,
(ii) The National Archives and Records Appendix B to Part 192.
Administration (NARA). For more infor- (8) ANSI/API Specification 6D, “Specifi-
mation on the availability of this material at cation for Pipeline Valves,” 23rd edition, effec-
NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to the tive October 1, 2008, including Errata 1 (June
NARA Web site at 2008), Errata 2 (November 2008), Errata 3
http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/co (February 2009), Errata 4 (April 2010), Errata
de_of_federal_regulations/ibr_ locations. 5 (November 2010), Errata 6 (August 2011),
html. Addendum 1 (October 2009, Addendum 2
(iii) Copies of standards incorporated by (August 2011), and Addendum 3 (October
reference in this part can also be purchased 2012), (ANSI/API Spec 6D), IBR approved for
or are otherwise made available from the § 192.145(a).
respective standards-developing organiza- (9) API Standard 1104, “Welding of Pipe-
tion at the addresses provided in the central- lines and Related Facilities,” 20th edition, Oc-
ized IBR section below. tober 2005, including errata/addendum (July
(2) [Reserved] 2007) and errata 2 (2008), (API Std 1104), IBR
(b) American Petroleum Institute (API), approved for §§ 192.225(a); 192.227(a);
1220 L Street, NW., Washington, DC 192.229(c); 192.241(c); and Item II, Appendix
20005, phone: 202-682-8000, http://api.org/. B.
(1) API Recommended Practice 5L1,
“Recommended Practice for Railroad

12/153
(c) ASME International (ASME), Three Vessels,” 2007 edition, July 1, 2007, (ASME
Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016, 800- PBVC, Section VIII, Division 2), IBR ap-
843-2763 (U.S./Canada), proved for §§ 192.153(b), (d); and 192.165(b).
http://www.asme.org/. (9) ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code,
(1) ASME/ANSI B16.1-2005, “Gray Section IX: “Qualification Standard for Weld-
Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ing and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers,
(Classes 25, 125, and 250),” August 31, and Welding and Brazing Operators,” 2007
2006, (ASME/ANSI B16.1), IBR approved edition, July 1, 2007, ASME PBVC, Section
for § 192.147(c). IX, IBR approved for §§ 192.225(a);
(2) ASME/ANSI B16.5-2003, “Pipe 192.227(a); and Item II, Appendix B to Part
Flanges and Flanged Fittings, “October 192.
2004, (ASME/ANSI B16.5), IBR approved (d) American Society for Testing and Mate-
for §§ 192.147(a) and 192.279. rials (ASTM), 100 Bar Harbor Drive, PO Box
(3) ASME/ANSI B31G-1991 (Reaf- C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428, phone:
firmed 2004), “Manual for Determining the (610) 832-9585, Web site: http:www.astm.org/.
Remaining Strength of Corroded Pipelines,” (1) ASTM A53/A53M-10, “Standard Spec-
2004, (ASME/ANSI B31G), IBR approved ification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped,
for §§ 192.485(c) and 192.933(a). Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless,” approved
(4) ASME/ANSI B31.8-2007, “Gas October 1, 2010, (ASTM A53/A53M), IBR
Transmission and Distribution Piping Sys- approved for § 192.113; and Item II, Appendix
tems,” November 30, 2007, (ASME/ANSI B to Part 192.
B31.8), IBR approved for §§ 192.112(b) and (2) ASTM A106/A106M-10, “Standard
192.619(a). Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe
(5) ASME/ANSI B31.8S-2004, “Sup- for High-Temperature Service,” approved
plement to B31.8 on Managing System In- October 1, 2010, (ASTM A106/A106M), IBR
tegrity of Gas Pipelines,” 2004, approved for § 192.113; and Item I, Appendix
(ASME/ANSI B31.8S-2004), IBR approved B to Part 192.
for §§ 192.903 note to Potential impact ra- (3) ASTM A333/A333M-11, “Standard
dius; 192.907 introductory text, (b); 192.911 Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel
introductory text, (i), (k), (l), (m); Pipe for Low-Temperature Service,”
192.913(a), (b), (c); 192.917(a), (b), (c), (d), approved April 1, 2011, (ASTM
(e); 192.921(a); 192.923(b); 192.925(b); A333/A333M), IBR approved for § 192.113;
192.927(b), (c); 192.929(b); 192.933(c), (d); and Item I, Appendix B to Part 192.
192.935(a), (b); 192.937(c); 192.939(a); and (4) ASTM A372/A372M-10, “Standard
192.945(a). Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forg-
(6) ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel ings for Thin-Walled Pressure Vessels,” ap-
Code, Section I, “Rules for Construction of proved October 1, 2010, (ASTM A372/
Power Boilers 2007,” 2007 edition, July 1, A372M), IBR approved for § 192.177(b).
2007, (ASME BPVC, Section I), IBR ap- (5) ASTM A381-96 (reapproved 2005),
proved for § 192.153(b). “Standard Specification for Metal-Arc Welded
(7) ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Steel Pipe for Use with High-Pressure Trans-
Code, Section VIII, Division 1 “Rules for mission Systems,” approved October 1, 2005,
Construction of Pressure Vessels,” 2007 (ASTM A381), IBR approved for § 192.113;
Edition, July 1, 2007, (ASME BPVC, Sec- and Item I, Appendix B to Part 192.
tion VIII, Division 1), IBR approved for (6) ASTM A578/A578M-96 (reapproved
§§ 192.153(a), (b), (d); and 192.165(b). 2001), “Standard Specification for Straight-
(8) ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Plain and
Code, Sectin VIII, Division 2 “Alternate Clad Steel Plates for Special Applications,”
Rules, Rules for Construction of Pressure

13/153
(ASTM A578/A578M), IBR approved for 192.281(d); 192.283(a); and Item I, Appendix
§ 192.112(c). B to Part 192.
(7) ASTM A671/A671M-10, “Standard (15) ASTM F1055-1998, “Standard Speci-
Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded fication for Electrofusion Type Polyethylene
Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Fittings for Outside Diameter Controller Poly-
Temperatures,” approved April 1, 2010, ethylene Pipe and Tubing,” (ASTM F1055),
(ASTM A671/A671M), IBR approved for IBR approved for § 192.283(a).
§192.113; and Item I, Appendix B to Part (e) Gas Technology Institute (GTI), former-
192. ly the Gas Research Institute (GRI), 1700 S.
(8) ASTM A672/A672M-09, “Standard Mount Prospect Road, Des Plaines, IL 60018,
Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded phone: 847-768-0500, Web site:
Steel Pipe for High-Pressure Service at www.gastechnology.org.
Moderate Temperatures,” approved October (1) GRI 02/0057 (2002) “Internal Corro-
1, 2009, (ASTM A672/A672M), IBR ap- sion Direct Assessment of Gas Transmission
proved for § 192.113 and Item I, Appendix Pipelines Methodology,” (GRI 02/0057), IBR
B to Part 192. approved for § 192.927(c).
(9) ASTM A691/A691M-09, “Standard (2) [Reserved]
Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel (f) Manufacturers Standardization Society
Pipe, Electric-Fusion-Welded for High- of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS),
Pressure Service at High Temperatures,” 127 Park St NE, Vienna, VA 22180, phone:
approved October 1, 2009, (ASTM 703-281-6613, Web site: http://www.mss-
A691/A691M), IBR approved for § 192.113 hq.org/.
and Item I, Appendix B to Part 192. (1) MSS SP-44-2010, Standard Practice,
(10) ASTM D638-03, “Standard Test “Steel Pipeline Flanges,” 2010 edition, (includ-
Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics,” ing Errata (May 20, 2011)), (MSS SP-44), IBR
2003, (ASTM D638), IBR approved for approved for § 192.147(a).
§ 192.283(a) and (b). (2) [Reserved]
(11) ASTM D2513-87, “Standard Speci- (g) NACE International (NACE), 1440
fication for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure South Creek Drive, Houston, TX 77084;
Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings,” (ASTM D2513- phone: 281-228-6223 or 800-797-6223, Web
87), IBR approved for § 192.63(a). site: http://www.nace.org/Publications/.
(12) ASTM D2513-99, “Standard Spec- (1) ANSI/NACE SP0502-2010, Standard
ificatin for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Practice, “Pipeline External Corrosion Direct
Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings,” (ASTM D2513- Assessment Methodology,” revised June 24,
99), IBR approved for §§ 192.191(b); 2010, (NACE SP0502), IBR approved for §§
192.281(b); 192.283(a) and Item 1, Appen- 192.923(b); 192.925(b); 192.931(d);
dix B to Part 192. 192.935(b) and 192.939(a).
(13) ASTM D2513-09a, “Standard Spec- (2) [Reserved]
ification for Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure (h) National Fire Protection Association
Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings,” approved De- (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, Massa-
cember 1, 2009, (ASTM D2513-09a), IBR chusetts 02169, phone: 1-617-984-7275, Web
approved for §§ 192.123€; 192.191(b); site: http://www.nfpa.org.
192.283(a); and Item 1, Appendix B to Part (1) NFPA-30 (2012), “Flammable and
192. Combustible Liquids Code,” 2012 edition, June
(14) ASTM D2517-00, “Standard Speci- 20, 2011, including Errata 30-12-1 (September
fication for Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas 27, 2011) and Errata 30-12-2 (November 14,
Pressure Pipe and Fittings,” (ASTM 2011), (NFPA-30), IBR approved for §
D2517), IBR approved for §§ 192.191(a); 192.735(b).

14/153
(2) NFPA-58 (2004), “Liquefied Petro- 192-102, 71 FR 13289, Mar. 15, 2006; Amdt.
leum Gas Code (LP-Gas Code),” (NFPA- 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006; Amdt.
58), IBR approved for § 192.11(a), (b), and 192-103c, 72 FR 4655, Feb. 1, 2007; Amdt.
(c). 192-[106], 73 FR 16562, Mar. 28, 2008; Amdt.
(3) NFPA-59 (2004), “Utility LP-Gas 192-[107], 73 FR 62147, October 17, 2008;
Plant Code,” (NFPA-59), IBR approved for Amdt. 192-[109], 74 FR 2889, January 16,
§ 192.11(a), (b), and (c). 2009; Amdt. 192-[110], 74 FR 17099, April
(4) NFPA-70 (2011), “National Electric 14, 2009; Amdt. 192-112, 74 FR 63310, Dec.
Code,” 2011 edition, issued August 5, 2010, 3, 2009; Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11,
(NFPA-70), IBR approved for 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5,
§§ 192.163(e); and 192.189(c). 2015]
(i) Pipeline Research Council Interna-
tional, Inc. (PRCI), c/o Technical Toolbox-
es, 3801 Kirby Drive, Suite 520, P.O. Box §192.8 How are onshore gathering lines and
980550, Houston, TX 77098, phone: 713- regulated onshore gathering lines deter-
630-0505, toll free: 866-866-6766, Web mined?
site: http://www.ttoolboxes.com/. (Contract
number PR-3-805) (a) An operator must use API RP 80 (in-
(1) AGA, Pipeline Research Committee corporated by reference, see §192.7), to deter-
Project, PR-3-805, “A Modified Criterion mine if an onshore pipeline (or part of a con-
for Evaluating the Remaining Strength of nected series of pipelines) is an onshore gather-
Corroded Pipe,” (December 22, 1989), ing line. The determination is subject to the
(PRCI PR-3-805 (R-STRENG)), IBR ap- limitations listed below. After making this de-
proved for §§ 192.485(c); 192.933(a) and termination, an operator must determine if the
(d). onshore gathering line is a regulated onshore
(2) [ Reserved] gathering line under paragraph (b) of this sec-
(j) Plastics Pipe Institute, Inc. (PPI), 105 tion.
Decker Court, Suite 825, Irving, TX 75062, (1) The beginning of gathering, under sec-
phone: 469-499-1044, Web site: tion 2.2(a)(1) of API RP 80, may not extend
http://www.plasticpipe.org/. beyond the furthermost downstream point in a
(1) PPI TR-3/2008 HDB/HDS/PDB/ production operation as defined in section 2.3
SDB/MRS Policies (2008), “Policies and of API RP 80. This furthermost downstream
Procedures for Developing Hydrostatic De- point does not include equipment that can be
sign Gasis (HDB), Pressure Design Basis used in either production or transportation,
(PDB), Strength Design Basis (SDB), and such as separators or dehydrators, unless that
Minimum Required Strength (MRS) Ratings equipment is involved in the processes of “pro-
for Thermoplastic Piping Materials or Pipe,” duction and preparation for transportation or
May 2008, IBR approved for § 192.121. delivery of hydrocarbon gas'' within the mean-
(2) [Reserved] ing of “production operation.''
(2) The endpoint of gathering, under sec-
[Part 192 – Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended tion 2.2(a)(1)(A) of API RP 80, may not extend
by Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, beyond the first downstream natural gas pro-
1981; Amdt. 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23, cessing plant, unless the operator can demon-
1986; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar 18, strate, using sound engineering principles, that
1993; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, gathering extends to a further downstream
1996; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 15, plant.
2004; Amdt. 192-94A, 69 FR 54591, Sept. (3) If the endpoint of gathering, under sec-
9, 2004; 70 FR 11135, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. tion 2.2(a)(1)(C) of API RP 80, is determined
192-99, 70 FR 28833, May 19, 2005; Amdt. by the commingling of gas from separate pro-

15/153
duction fields, the fields may not be more (b) For purposes of §192.9, “regulated on-
than 50 miles from each other, unless the shore gathering line'' means:
Administrator finds a longer separation dis- (1) Each onshore gathering line (or segment
tance is justified in a particular case (see 49 of onshore gathering line) with a feature de-
CFR §190.9). scribed in the second column that lies in an ar-
(4) The endpoint of gathering, under sec- ea described in the third column; and
tion 2.2(a)(1)(D) of API RP 80, may not ex- (2) As applicable, additional lengths of line
tend beyond the furthermost downstream described in the fourth column to provide a
compressor used to increase gathering line safety buffer:
pressure for delivery to another pipeline.
Type Feature Area Safety buffer

A —Metallic and the MAOP Class 2, 3, or 4 location (see § 192.5). None.
produces a hoop stress of 20
percent or more of SMYS. If
the stress level is unknown,
an operator must determine
the stress level according to
the applicable provisions in
subpart C of this part.
—Non-metallic and the
MAOP is more than 125 psig
(862 kPa).
B —Metallic and the MAOP Area 1. Class 3 or 4 location. If the gathering line is in Area
produces a hoop stress of less Area 2. An area within a Class 2 location 2(b) or 2(c), the additional
than 20 percent of SMYS. If the operator determines by using any of lengths of line extend up-
the stress level is unknown, the following three methods: stream and downstream from
an operator must determine (a) A Class 2 location. the area to a point where the
the stress level according to (b) An area extending 150 feet (45.7 m) on line is at least 150 feet (45.7
the applicable provisions in each side of the centerline of any con- m) from the nearest dwelling
subpart C of this part. tinuous 1 mile (1.6 km) of pipeline and in the area. However, if a
—Non-metallic and the including more than 10 but fewer than cluster of dwellings in Area 2
MAOP is 125 psig (862 kPa) 46 dwellings. (b) or 2(c) qualifies a line as
or less. (c) An area extending 150 feet (45.7 m) on Type B, the Type B classifi-
each side of the centerline of any con- cation ends 150 feet (45.7 m)
tinous 1000 feet (305 m) of pipeline from the nearest dwelling in
and including 5 or more dwellings. the cluster.
[Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13289, Mar. 15, 2006]
§192.9 What requirements apply to gather- (c) Type A lines. An operator of a Type A
ing lines? regulated onshore gathering line must comply
with the requirements of this part applicable to
(a) Requirements. An operator of a gather- transmission lines, except the requirements in
ing line must follow the safety requirements of §192.150 and in subpart O of this part.
this part as prescribed by this section. However, an operator of a Type A regulated
(b) Offshore lines. An operator of an off- onshore gathering line in a Class 2 location may
shore gathering line must comply with require- demonstrate compliance with subpart N by de-
ments of this part applicable to transmission scribing the processes it uses to determine the
lines, except the requirements in §192.150 and qualification of persons performing operations
in subpart O of this part. and maintenance tasks.

16/153
(d) Type B lines. An operator of a Type B §192.619

regulated onshore gathering line must comply Install and maintain line April 15, 2008.
markers under §192.707.
with the following requirements:
Establish a public education April 15, 2008.
(1) If a line is new, replaced, relocated, or program under §192.616.
otherwise changed, the design, installation, Other provisions of this part April 15, 2009.
construction, initial inspection, and initial test- as required by paragraph (c)
ing must be in accordance with requirements of of this section for Type A
this part applicable to transmission lines; lines.
(2) If the pipeline is metallic, control corro-
sion according to requirements of subpart I of (3) If, after April 14, 2006, a change in class
this part applicable to transmission lines; location or increase in dwelling density causes
(3) Carry out a damage prevention program an onshore gathering line to be a regulated on-
under §192.614; shore gathering line, the operator has 1 year for
(4) Establish a public education program Type B lines and 2 years for Type A lines after
under §192.616; the line becomes a regulated onshore gathering
(5) Establish the MAOP of the line under line to comply with this section.
§192.619; and
(6) Install and maintain line markers ac- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
cording to the requirements for transmission Amdt. 192-72, 59 FR 17281, April 12, 1994;
lines in §192.707. Amdt. 192-95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004,
(7) Conduct leakage surveys in accordance Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13289, Mar. 15, 2006;
with § 192.706 using leak detection equipment Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763, March 11, 2015]
and promptly repair hazardous leaks that are
discovered in accordance with § 192.703(c).
(e) Compliance deadlines. An operator of a §192.10 Outer continental shelf pipelines.
regulated onshore gathering line must comply
with the following deadlines, as applicable. Operators of transportation pipelines on the
(1) An operator of a new, replaced, relocat- Outer Continental Shelf (as defined in the Out-
ed, or otherwise changed line must be in com- er Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C.
pliance with the applicable requirements of this 1331) must identify on all their respective
section by the date the line goes into service, pipelines the specific points at which operating
unless an exception in §192.13 applies. responsibility transfers to a producing operator.
(2) If a regulated onshore gathering line ex- For those instances in which the transfer points
isting on April 14, 2006 was not previously are not identifiable by a durable marking, each
subject to this part, an operator has until the operator will have until September 15, 1998 to
date stated in the second column to comply identify the transfer points. If it is not practi-
with the applicable requirement for the line cable to durably mark a transfer point and the
listed in the first column, unless the Adminis- transfer point is located above water, the opera-
trator finds a later deadline is justified in a par- tor must depict the transfer point on a schemat-
ticular case: ic located near the transfer point. If a transfer
point is located subsea, then the operator must
Requirement Compliance identify the transfer point on a schematic
deadline which must be maintained at the nearest up-
Control corrosion according April 15, 2009. stream facility and provided to PHMSA upon
to Subpart I requirements for request. For those cases in which adjoining
transmission lines.
operators have not agreed on a transfer point
Carry out a damage preven- October 15, 2007.
tion program under by September 15, 1998 the Regional Director
§192.614. and the MMS Regional Supervisor will make a
Establish MAOP under October 15, 2007. joint determination of the transfer point.

17/153
[Amdt. 192-81, 62 FR 61692, Nov. 19, 1997; Pipeline Date

70 FR 11135, Mar. 8, 2005] Offshore gathering line. July 31, 1977.
Regulated onshore gathering line March 15 2007.
to which this part did not apply
until April 14, 2006.
§192.11 Petroleum gas systems. All other pipelines. March 12, 1971.
(a) Each plant that supplies petroleum gas (b) No person may operate a segment of
by pipeline to a natural gas distribution system pipeline listed in the first column that is re-
must meet the requirements of this part and placed, relocated, or otherwise changed after
ANSI/NFPA NFPA 58 and 59 (incorporated the date in the second column , unless the re-
by reference, see § 192.7), NFPA 58 and 59. placement, relocation, or change has been
(b) Each pipeline system subject to this part made according to the requirements in this
that transports only petroleum gas or petroleum part.
gas/air mixtures must meet the requirements of
this part and of ANSI/NFPA NFPA 58 and 59 Pipeline Date
(incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) NFPA Offshore gathering line. July 31, 1977.
58 and 59. Regulated onshore gathering line March 15 2007.
to which this part did not apply
(c) In the event of a conflict between this until April 14, 2006.
part and ANSI/NFPA NFPA 58 and 59 (incor- All other pipelines. November 12,
porated by reference, see § 192.7), ANSI/ 1970.
NFPA NFPA 58 and 59 prevail.
(c) Each operator shall maintain, modify as
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by appropriate, and follow the plans, procedures,
Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993; and programs that it is required to establish
Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26, 1996; under this part.
Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015] [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60146, Nov. 25, 1977,
192.12 [Removed] Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13289, Mar. 15, 2006]
[Amdt. 192-10, 37 FR 21638, Oct. 13, 1972 as

amended by Amdt. 192-36, 45 FR 10769, Oct. §192.14 Conversion to service subject to
23, 1980] this part.
(a) A steel pipeline previously used in ser-

§192.13 What general requirements apply vice not subject to this part qualifies for use
to pipelines regulated under this part? under this part if the operator prepares and fol-
lows a written procedure to carry out the fol-
(a) No person may operate a segment of lowing requirements:
pipeline listed in the first column that is read- (1) The design, construction, operation, and
ied for service after the date in the second col- maintenance history of the pipeline must be
umn, unless: reviewed and, where sufficient historical rec-
(1) The pipeline has been designed, in- ords are not available, appropriate tests must be
stalled, constructed; initially inspected, and performed to determine if the pipeline is in a
initially tested in accordance with this part; or satisfactory condition for safe operation.
(2) The pipeline qualifies for use under this (2) The pipeline right-of-way, all above-
part according to the requirements in §192.14. ground segments of the pipeline, and appropri-
ately selected underground segments must be

18/153
visually inspected for physical defects and op- principal gas utilization equipment or the first
erating conditions which reasonably could be fence (or wall) that surrounds that equipment.
expected to impair the strength or tightness of For the purpose of this section, “customer bur-
the pipeline. ied piping” does not include branch lines that
(3) All known unsafe defects and condi- serve yard lanterns, pool heaters, or other types
tions must be corrected in accordance with this of secondary equipment. Also, “maintain”
part. means monitor for corrosion according to
(4) The pipeline must be tested in accord- §192.465 if the customer’s buried piping is
ance with Subpart J of this part to substantiate metallic, survey for leaks according to
the maximum allowable operating pressure §192.723, and if an unsafe condition is found,
permitted by Subpart L of this part. shut off the flow of gas, advise the customer of
(b) Each operator must keep for the life of the need to repair the unsafe condition, or re-
the pipeline a record of investigations, tests, pair the unsafe condition.
repairs, replacements, and alterations made un- (b) Each operator shall notify each custom-
der the requirements of paragraph (a) of this er once in writing of the following information:
section. (1) The operator does not maintain the cus-
tomer’s buried piping.
[Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60146, Nov. 25, 1977] (2) If the customer’s buried piping is not
maintained, it may be subject to the potential
hazards of corrosion and leakage.
§192.15 Rules of regulatory construction. (3) Buried gas piping should be–
(i) Periodically inspected for leaks;
(a) As used in this part: (ii) Periodically inspected for corrosion if
"Includes" means “including but not lim- the piping is metallic; and
ited to.” (iii) Repaired if any unsafe condition is
"May" means "is permitted to" or "is au- discovered.
thorized to." (4) When excavating near buried gas pip-
"May not" means "is not permitted to" or ing, the piping should be located in advance,
"is not authorized to." and the excavation done by hand.
"Shall" is used in the mandatory and im- (5) The operator (if applicable), plumbing
perative sense. contractors, and heating contractors can assist
(b) In this part: in locating, inspecting, and repairing the cus-
(1) Words importing the singular include tomer’s buried piping.
the plural; (c) Each operator shall notify each custom-
(2) Words importing the plural include the er not later than August 14, 1996, or 90 days
singular; and, after the customer first receives gas at a partic-
(3) Words importing the masculine gender ular location, whichever is later. However, op-
include the feminine. erators of master meter systems may continu-
ously post a general notice in a prominent loca-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] tion frequented by customers.
(d) Each operator must make the following
records available for inspection by the Admin-
§192.16 Customer notification. istrator or a State agency participating under 40
U.S.C. 60105 or 60106;
(a) This section applies to each operator of (1) A copy of the notice currently in use;
a service line who does not maintain the cus- and
tomer’s buried piping up to entry of the first (2) Evidence that notices have been sent to
building downstream, or, if the customer’s bur- customers within the previous 3 years.
ied piping does not enter a building, up to the

19/153
[Amdt. 192-74, 60 FR 41821, Aug. 14, 1995 as

amended by Amdt. 192-74A, 60 FR 63450,
Dec. 11, 1995; Amdt. 192-84, 63 FR 7721,
Feb. 17, 1998]
§192.17 [Reserved]
[Amdt. 192-1, 35 FR 16405, Oct. 21, 1970 as

amended by Amdt. 192-38, 48 FR 37250, July
20, 1981]

20/153
Subpart B–Materials (2) It meets the requirements of:

(i) Section II of Appendix B to this part; or
(ii) If it was manufactured before Novem-
§192.51 Scope. ber 12, 1970, either section II or III of Appen-
dix B to this part;
This subpart prescribes minimum require- (3) It has been used in an existing line of
ments for the selection and qualification of the same or higher pressure and meets the re-
pipe and components for use in pipelines. quirements of paragraph II-C of Appendix B to
this part; or
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (4) It is used in accordance with paragraph
(c) of this section.
(c) New or used steel pipe may be used at a
§192.53 General. pressure resulting in a hoop stress of less than
6,000 psi (41 Mpa) where no close coiling or
Materials for pipe and components must close bending is to be done, if visual examina-
be: tion indicates that the pipe is in good condition
(a) Able to maintain the structural integrity and that it is free of split seams and other de-
of the pipeline under temperature and other fects that would cause leakage. If it is to be
environmental conditions that may be antici- welded, steel pipe that has not been manufac-
pated; tured to a listed specification must also pass
(b) Chemically compatible with any gas the weldability tests prescribed in paragraph II-
that they transport and with any other material B of Appendix B to this part.
in the pipeline with which they are in contact; (d) Steel pipe that has not been previously
and, used may be used as replacement pipe in a
(c) Qualified in accordance with the appli- segment of pipeline if it has been manufactured
cable requirements of this subpart. prior to November 12, 1970, in accordance
with the same specification as the pipe used in
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] constructing that segment of pipeline.
(e) New steel pipe that has been cold ex-
panded must comply with the mandatory pro-
§192.55 Steel pipe. visions of API Specification 5L API Spec 5L
(incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
(a) New steel pipe is qualified for use under
this part if: [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(1) It was manufactured in accordance with Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970;
a listed specification; Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4760, Feb. 22, 1973;
(2) It meets the requirements of– Amdt. 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23, 1986;
(i) Section II of Appendix B to this part; or Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993;
(ii) If it was manufactured before Novem- Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998;
ber 12, 1970, either section II or III of Appen- Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015]
dix B to this part; or
(3) It is used in accordance with paragraph
(c) or (d) of this section. §192.57 [Removed and Reserved]
(b) Used steel pipe is qualified for use un-
der this part if: [5 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(1) It was manufactured in accordance with Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989]
a listed specification and it meets the require-
ments of paragraph II-C of Appendix B to this
part;

21/153
§192.59 Plastic pipe. §192.63 Marking of materials.
(a) New plastic pipe is qualified for use (a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of
under this part if: this section, each valve, fitting, length of pipe,
(1) It is manufactured in accordance with a and other component must be marked–
listed specification; and (1) As prescribed in the specification or
(2) It is resistant to chemicals with which standard to which it was manufactured, except
contact may be anticipated. that thermoplastic pipe and fittings made of
(b) Used plastic pipe is qualified for use plastic materials other than polyethylene must
under this part if: be marked in accordance with ASTM D2513-
(1) It was manufactured in accordance with 87 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7); or
a listed specification; (2) To indicate size, material, manufactur-
(2) It is resistant to chemicals with which er, pressure rating, and temperature rating, and
contact may be anticipated; as appropriate, type, grade, and model.
(3) It has been used only in natural gas ser- (b) Surfaces of pipe and components that
vice. are subject to stress from internal pressure may
(4) Its dimensions are still within the toler- not be field die stamped.
ances of the specification to which it was man- (c) If any item is marked by die stamping,
ufactured; and, the die must have blunt or rounded edges that
(5) It is free of visible defects. will minimize stress concentrations.
(c) For the purpose of paragraphs (a)(1) (d) Paragraph (a) of this section does not
and (b)(1) of this section, where pipe of a di- apply to items manufactured before November
ameter included in a listed specification is im- 12, 1970, that meet all of the following:
practical to use, pipe of a diameter between the (1) The item is identifiable as to type, man-
sizes included in a listed specification may be ufacturer, and model.
used if it: (2) Specifications or standards giving pres-
(1) Meets the strength and design criteria sure, temperature, and other appropriate crite-
required of pipe included in that listed specifi- ria for the use of items are readily available.
cation; and
(2) Is manufactured from plastic com- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
pounds which meet the criteria for material re- Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970;
quired of pipe included in that listed specifica- Amdt. 192-31, 43 FR 13883, Apr. 3, 1978;
tion. Amdt. 192-61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22, 1988;
(d) Rework and/or regrind material is not Amdt. 192-61A, 54 FR 32642, Aug. 9, 1989;
allowed in plastic pipe produced after March 6, Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5627, Feb. 6, 1989;
2015 used under this part. Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993;
Amdt. 192-76, 61 FR 26121, May 25, 1996;
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-76A, 61 FR 36825, July 15, 1996;
Amdt. 192-19, 40 FR 10472, Mar. 6, 1975; Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11, 2010;
Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015]
Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015]
192.65 Transportation of pipe.

§192.61 [Removed and Reserved]
(a) Railroad. In a pipeline to be operated at
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS,
Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989] an operator may not use install pipe having an
outer diameter to wall thickness ratio of 70 to 1,
or more, that is transported by railroad unless

22/153
the transportation is performed by API RP 5L1

(incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).:
(1) The transportation is performed in ac-
cordance with API Recommended Practice
5LW (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
(2) In the case of pipe transported before
November 12, 1970, the pipe is tested in ac-
cordance with Subpart J of this Part to at least
1.25 times the maximum allowable operating
pressure if it is to be installed in a class 1 loca-
tion and to at least 1.5 times the maximum al-
lowable operating pressure if it is to be installed
in a class 2, 3, or 4 location. Notwithstanding
any shorter time period permitted under Subpart
J of this Part, the test pressure must be main-
tained for at least 8 hours.
(b) Ship or barge. In a pipeline to be oper-
ated at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of
SMYS, an operator may not use pipe having an
outer diameter to wall thickness ratio of 70 to
1, or more, that is transported by ship or barge
on both inland and marine waterways unless
the transportation is performed in accordance
with API Recommended Practice 5LW API RP
5LW (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
(c) Truck. In a pipeline to be operated at a
hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS, an
operator may not use pipe having an outer di-
ameter to wall thickness ratio of 70 to 1, or
more, that is transported by truck unless the
transportation is performed in accordance with
API RP 5LT (incorporated by reference, see
§192.7).
[Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4760, Feb. 22, 1973, as

amended by Amdt. 192-17, 40 FR 6346, Feb.
11, 1975; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar.
18, 1993; Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug
11, 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January
5, 2015; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763, March
11, 2015]

23/153
Subpart C–Pipe Design T = Temperature derating factor determined

in accordance with §192.115.
§192.101 Scope. (b) If steel pipe that has been subjected to

cold expansion to meet the SMYS is subse-
This subpart prescribes the minimum re- quently heated, other than by welding or stress
quirements for the design of pipe. relieving as a part of welding, the design pres-
sure is limited to 75 percent of the pressure de-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] termined under paragraph (a) of this section if
the temperature of the pipe exceeds 900°F
(482°C) at any time or is held above 600°F
§192.103 General. (316°C) for more than one hour.
Pipe must be designed with sufficient wall [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended by
thickness, or must be installed with adequate Amdt. 192-47, 49 FR 7569, May. 1, 1984;
protection, to withstand anticipated external Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
pressures and loads that will be imposed on the
pipe after installation.
§192.107 Yield strength (S) for steel pipe.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
(a) For pipe that is manufactured in accord-
ance with a specification listed in section I of
§192.105 Design formula for steel pipe. Appendix B of this part, the yield strength to
be used in the design formula in §192.105 is
(a) The design pressure for steel pipe is de- the SMYS stated in the listed specification, if
termined in accordance with the following that value is known.
formula: (b) For pipe that is manufactured in ac-
cordance with a specification not listed in sec-
P = (2 St/D) x F x E x T tion I of Appendix B to this part or whose
specification or tensile properties are unknown,
P = Design pressure in pounds per square the yield strength to be used in the design for-
inch (kPa) gage. mula in §192.105 is one of the following:
S = Yield strength in pounds per square (1) If the pipe is tensile tested in accord-
inch (kPa) determined in accordance ance with section II-D of Appendix B to this
with §192.107. part, the lower of the following:
D =Nominal outside diameter of the pipe in (i) 80 percent of the average yield strength
inches (millimeters). determined by the tensile tests.
t = Nominal wall thickness of the pipe in (ii) The lowest yield strength determined
inches. If this is unknown, it is deter- by the tensile tests.
mined in accordance with §192.109. (2) If the pipe is not tensile tested as pro-
Additional wall thickness required for vided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section,
concurrent external loads in accordance 24,000 psi (165 Mpa).
with §192.103 may not be included in
computing design pressure. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended by
F =Design factor determined in accordance Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
with §192.111. Amdt. 192-84, 63 FR 7721, Feb. 17, 1998;
E =Longitudinal joint factor determined in Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
accordance with §192.113.

24/153
§192.109 Nominal wall thickness (t) for steel (1) Crosses the right-of-way of an unim-
pipe. proved public road, without a casing;
(2) Crosses without a casing, or makes a
(a) If the nominal wall thickness for steel parallel encroachment on, the right-of-way of
pipe is not known, it is determined by measur- either a hard surfaced road, a highway, a public
ing the thickness of each piece of pipe at quar- street, or a railroad;
ter points on one end. (3) Is supported by a vehicular, pedestrian,
(b) However, if the pipe is of uniform railroad, or pipeline bridge; or
grade, size, and thickness and there are more (4) Is used in a fabricated assembly, (in-
than 10 lengths, only 10 percent of the individ- cluding separators, mainline valve assemblies,
ual lengths, but not less than 10 lengths, need cross-connections, and river crossing headers)
be measured. The thickness of the lengths that or is used within five pipe diameters in any di-
are not measured must be verified by applying rection from the last fitting of a fabricated as-
a gauge set to the minimum thickness found by sembly, other than a transition piece or an el-
the measurement. The nominal wall thickness bow used in place of a pipe bend which is not
to be used in the design formula in §192.105 is associated with a fabricated assembly.
the next wall thickness found in commercial (c) For Class 2 locations, a design factor of
specifications that is below the average of all 0.50, or less, must be used in the design formu-
the measurements taken. However, the nomi- la in §192.105 for uncased steel pipe that
nal wall thickness used may not be more than crosses the right-of-way of a hard surfaced
1.14 times the smallest measurement taken on road, a highway, a public street, or a railroad.
pipe less than 20 inches (508 millimeters) in (d) For Class 1 and Class 2 locations, a de-
outside diameter, nor more than 1.11 times the sign factor of 0.50, or less, must be used in the
smallest measurement taken on pipe 20 inches design formula in §192.105 for–
(508 millimeters) or more in outside diameter. (1) Steel pipe in a compressor station, regu-
lating station, or measuring station, and
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by (2) Steel pipe, including a pipe riser, on a
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998] platform located offshore or in inland naviga-
ble waters.
§192.111 Design factor (F) for steel pipe. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976]
(a) Except as otherwise provided in para-
graphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, the de-
sign factor to be used in the design formula in §192.112 Additional design requirements
§192.105 is determined in accordance with the for steel pipe using alternative maximum
following table: allowable operating pressure.
Class location Design factor (F) For a new or existing pipeline segment to be
1 0.72 eligible for operation at the alternative maxi-
2 0.60 mum allowable operating pressure (MAOP)
3 0.50
calculated under §192.620, a segment must
4 0.40
meet the following additional design require-
ments. Records for alternative MAOP must be
(b) A design factor of 0.60 or less must be
maintained, for the useful life of the pipeline,
used in the design formula in §192.105 for
demonstrating compliance with these require-
steel pipe in Class 1 locations that:
ments:

25/153
To address this The pipeline segment must meet these additional requirements:
design issue:
(a) General (1) The plate, skelp, or coil used for the pipe must be micro-alloyed, fine grain, fully killed, con-
standards for tinuously cast steel with calcium treatment.
the steel pipe.
(2) The carbon equivalents of the steel used for pipe must not exceed 0.25 percent by weight, as
calculated by the Ito-Bessyo formula (Pcm formula) or 0.43 percent by weight, as calculated by
the International Institute of Welding (IIW) formula.
(3) The ratio of the specified outside diameter of the pipe to the specified wall thickness must be
less than 100. The wall thickness or other mitigative measures must prevent denting and ovality
anomalies during construction, strength testing and anticipated operational stresses.
(4) The pipe must be manufactured using API Specification 5L API Spec 5L, product specifica-
tion level 2 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) for maximum operating pressures and mini-
mum and maximum operating temperatures and other requirements under this section.
(b) Fracture (1) The toughness properties for pipe must address the potential for initiation, propagation and
control. arrest of fractures in accordance with:
(i) API Specification 5L API Spec 5L (incorporated by reference, see §192.7); or
(ii) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) B31.8 (incorporated by reference,
see §192.7); and
(iii) Any correction factors needed to address pipe grades, pressures, temperatures, or gas
compositions not expressly addressed in API Specification 5L API Spec 5L, product specification
level 2 or ASME B31.8 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
(2) Fracture control must:
(i) Ensure resistance to fracture initiation while addressing the full range of operating temper-
atures, pressures, gas compositions, pipe grade and operating stress levels, including maximum
pressures and minimum temperatures for shut-in conditions, that the pipeline is expected to expe-
rience. If these parameters change during operation of the pipeline such that they are outside the
bounds of what was considered in the design evaluation, the evaluation must be reviewed and
updated to assure continued resistance to fracture initiation over the operating life of the pipeline;
(ii) Address adjustments to toughness of pipe for each grade used and the decompression be-
havior of the gas at operating parameters;
(iii) Ensure at least 99 percent probability of fracture arrest within eight pipe lengths with a
probability of not less than 90 percent within five pipe lengths; and(iv) Include fracture toughness
testing that is equivalent to that described in supplementary requirements SR5A, SR5B, and SR6
of API Specification 5L (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) and ensures ductile fracture and
arrest with the following exceptions:
(A) The results of the Charpy impact test prescribed in SR5A must indicate at least 80
percent minimum shear area for any single test on each heat of steel; and
(B) The results of the drop weight test prescribed in SR6 must indicate 80 percent aver-
age shear area with a minimum single test result of 60 percent shear area for any steel test sam-
ples. The test results must ensure a ductile fracture and arrest.
(3) If it is not physically possible to achieve the pipeline toughness properties of paragraphs (b)(1)
and (2) of this section, additional design features, such as mechanical or composite crack arrestors
and/or heavier walled pipe of proper design and spacing, must be used to ensure fracture arrest as
described in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
(c) Plate/coil (1) There must be an internal quality management program at all mills involved in producing
quality control. steel, plate, coil, skelp, and/or rolling pipe to be operated at alternative MAOP. These programs
must be structured to eliminate or detect defects and inclusions affecting pipe quality.
(2) A mill inspection program or internal quality management program must include (i) and either
(ii) or (iii):
(i) An ultrasonic test of the ends and at least 35 percent of the surface of the plate/coil or pipe
to identify imperfections that impair serviceability such as laminations, cracks, and inclusions. At
least 95 percent of the lengths of pipe manufactured must be tested. For all pipelines designed
after December 22, 2008, the test must be done in accordance with ASTM A578/A578M Level B,

26/153
or API 5L API Spec 5L Paragraph 7.8.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) or equivalent
method, and either
(ii) A macro etch test or other equivalent method to identify inclusions that may form center-
line segregation during the continuous casting process. Use of sulfur prints is not an equivalent
method. The test must be carried out on the first or second slab of each sequence graded with an
acceptance criteria of one or two on the Mannesmann scale or equivalent; or
(iii) A quality assurance monitoring program implemented by the operator that includes audits
of: (a) all steelmaking and casting facilities, (b) quality control plans and manufacturing procedure
specifications, (c) equipment maintenance and records of conformance, (d) applicable casting su-
perheat and speeds, and (e) centerline segregation monitoring records to ensure mitigation of cen-
terline segregation during the continuous casting process.
(d) Seam (1) There must be a quality assurance program for pipe seam welds to assure tensile strength pro-
quality control. vided in API Specification 5L API Spec 5L (incorporated by reference, see §192.7) for appropri-
ate grades.
(2) There must be a hardness test, using Vickers (Hv10) hardness test method or equivalent test
method, to assure a maximum hardness of 280 Vickers of the following:
(i) A cross section of the weld seam of one pipe from each heat plus one pipe from each weld-
ing line per day; and
(ii) For each sample cross section, a minimum of 13 readings (three for each heat affected
zone, three in the weld metal, and two in each section of pipe base metal).
(3) All of the seams must be ultrasonically tested after cold expansion and mill hydrostatic testing.
(e) Mill hydro- (1) All pipe to be used in a new pipeline segment installed after October 1, 2015, must be hydro-
static test. statically tested at the mill at a test pressure corresponding to a hoop stress of 95 percent SMYS
for 10 seconds. The test pressure may include a combination of internal test pressure and the al-
lowance for end loading stresses imposed by the pipe mill hydrostatic testing equipment as al-
lowed by API Specification 5L API Spec 5L, Appendix K (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
(2) Pipe in operation prior to December 22, 2008, must have been hydrostatically tested at the mill
at a test pressure corresponding to a hoop stress of 90 percent SMYS for 10 seconds.
(3) Pipe in operation on or after December 22, 2008, but before October 1, 2015, must have been
hydrostatically tested at the mill at a test pressure corresponding to a hoop stress of 95 percent
SMYS for 10 seconds. The test pressure may include a combination of internal test pressure and
the allowance for end loading stresses imposed by the pipe mill hydrostatic testing equipment as
allowed by “ANSI/API Spec 5L” (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
(f) Coating. (1) The pipe must be protected against external corrosion by a non- shielding coating.
(2) Coating on pipe used for trenchless installation must be non- shielding and resist abrasions and
other damage possible during installation.
(3) A quality assurance inspection and testing program for the coating must cover the surface
quality of the bare pipe, surface cleanliness and chlorides, blast cleaning, application temperature
control, adhesion, cathodic disbondment, moisture permeation, bending, coating thickness, holi-
day detection, and repair.
(g) Fittings and (1) There must be certification records of flanges, factory induction bends and factory weld ells.
flanges. Certification must address material properties such as chemistry, minimum yield strength and
minimum wall thickness to meet design conditions.
(2) If the carbon equivalents of flanges, bends and ells are greater than 0.42 percent by weight, the
qualified welding procedures must include a pre-heat procedure.
(3) Valves, flanges and fittings must be rated based upon the required specification rating class for
the alternative MAOP.
(h) Compres- (1) A compressor station must be designed to limit the temperature of the nearest downstream
sor stations. segment operating at alternative MAOP to a maximum of 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49 degrees
Celsius) or the higher temperature allowed in paragraph (h)(2) of this section unless a long-term
coating integrity monitoring program is implemented in accordance with paragraph (h)(3) of this
section.
(2) If research, testing and field monitoring tests demonstrate that the coating type being used will
withstand a higher temperature in long-term operations, the compressor station may be designed
to limit downstream piping to that higher temperature. Test results and acceptance criteria ad-

27/153
dressing coating adhesion, cathodic disbondment, and coating condition must be provided to each
PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipeline is in service at least 60 days prior to
operating above 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49 degrees Celsius). An operator must also notify a State
pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a State where PHMSA has an interstate
agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that State.
(3) Pipeline segments operating at alternative MAOP may operate at temperatures above 120 de-
grees Fahrenheit (49 degrees Celsius) if the operator implements a long-term coating integrity
monitoring program. The monitoring program must include examinations using direct current
voltage gradient (DCVG), alternating current voltage gradient (ACVG), or an equivalent method
of monitoring coating integrity. An operator must specify the periodicity at which these examina-
tions occur and criteria for repairing identified indications. An operator must submit its long- term
coating integrity monitoring program to each PHMSA pipeline safety regional office in which the
pipeline is located for review before the pipeline segments may be operated at temperatures in
excess of 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49 degrees Celsius). An operator must also notify a State pipe-
line safety authority when the pipeline is located in a State where PHMSA has an interstate agent
agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that State.
[Amdt. 192-[107], 73 FR 62147, October 17, 2008 as amended by Amdt.192-111, 74 FR 62503,

Nov. 30, 2009; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763,
March 11, 2015]
§192.113 Longitudinal joint factor (E) for Other Pipe 4 inches (102 millime- 0.60
ters) or less
steel pipe.
If the type of longitudinal joint cannot be de-
The longitudinal joint factor to be used in termined, the joint factor to be used must not
the design formula in §192.105 is determined exceed that designated for "Other."
in accordance with the following table:
Longitudinal Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981;
Specification Pipe Class Joint Factor Amdt. 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23, 1986;
(E) Amdt. 192-62 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989;
ASTM A53/ Seamless 1.00
A53M Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993;
Electric resistance welded 1.00 Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998;
Furnace butt welded 0.60 Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004;
ASTM A106 Seamless 1.00 Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015]
ASTM A333/ Seamless 1.00
A333M
Electric resistance welded 1.00
ASTM A381 Double submerged arc 1.00 §192.115 Temperature derating factor (T)
welded
ASTM A671 Electric-fusion welded 1.00
for steel pipe.
ASTM A672 Electric-fusion welded 1.00
ASTM A691 Electric-fusion welded 1.00 The temperature derating factor to be used
API 5L Seamless 1.00 in the design formula in §192.105 is deter-
API Spec 5L
Electric resistance welded 1.00
mined as follows:
Electric flash welded 1.00 Gas Temperature in Temperature derating
Submerged arc welded 1.00 degrees Fahrenheit factor (T)
Furnace butt welded 0.60 (Celsius)
Other Pipe over 4 inches (102 0.80
millimeters) 250 (121)or less 1.000
300 (149) 0.967

28/153
350 (177) 0.933 ing at the specified temperature by

400 (204) 0.900 arithmetic interpolation using the
450 (232) 0.867 procedure in Part D.2 of PPI TR-
3/2008, HDB/PDB/SDB/MRS Poli-
For intermediate gas temperatures, the derating cies”, (incorporated by reference,
factor is determined by interpolation. see §192.7). For reinforced thermo-
setting plastic pipe, 11,000 psig
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by (75,842 kPa). [Note: Arithmetic in-
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998] terpolation is not allowed for PA-11
pipe.]
t= Specified wall thickness, inches
§192.117 [Reserved] (mm).
D = Specified outside diameter, inches
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by (mm).
Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981 and SDR = Standard dimension ratio, the ratio
46 FR 10706, Feb. 4, 1981, effective Mar. 31, of the average specified outside di-
1981; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, ameter to the minimum specified
1989] wall thickness, corresponding to a
value from a common numbering
system that was derived from the
§192.119 [Reserved] American National Standards Insti-
tute preferred number series 10.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by DF = 0.32 or =0.40 for PA-11 pipe pro-
Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989] duced after January 23, 2009 with a
nominal pipe size (IPS or CTS) 4-
inch or less, and a SDR of 11 or
§192.121 Design of plastic pipe. greater (i.e. thicker pipe wall).
Subject to the limitations of §192.123, the [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
design pressure for plastic pipe is determined Amdt. 192-31, 43 FR 13883, Apr. 3, 1978; 43
in accordance with either of the following for- FR 43308, Sept. 25, 1978; Amdt. 192-78, 61
mulas: FR 28770, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR
t 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR
P  2S (DF)
(D  t) 32886, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR
33402, June 8, 2006; Amdt. 192-[108], 73 FR
79002, Dec. 24, 2008; Amdt. 192-111, 74 FR
2S
P ( DF ) 62503, Nov. 30, 2009; Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR
( SDR  1) 48593, Aug 11, 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR
168, January 5, 2015]
P= Design pressure, gage, psig (kPa).
S= For thermoplastic pipe, the HDB de-
termined in accordance with the §192.123 Design limitations for plastic pipe.
listed specification at a temperature
equal to 73 ºF (23ºC), 100ºF (38ºC), (a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) and
120ºF (49ºC), or 140ºF (60ºC). In paragraph (f) of this section, the design pres-
the absence an HDB established at sure may not exceed a gauge pressure of 100
the specified temperature, the HDB psig (689 kPa)for plastic pipe used in:
of a higher temperature may be used (1) Distribution systems; or
in determining a design pressure rat- (2) Classes 3 and 4 locations.

29/153
(b) Plastic pipe may not be used where op- (1) The design pressure does not exceed
erating temperatures of the pipe will be: 200 psig (1379 kPa);
(1) Below -20°F (-29°C), or -40F (-40C) (2) The pipe size is nominal pipe size (IPS
if all pipe and pipeline components whose op- or CTS) 4-inch or less; and
erating temperature will be below -20F (- (3) The pipe has a standard dimension ratio
29C) have a temperature rating by the manu- of SDR-11 or greater (i.e., thicker pipe wall).
facturer consistent with that operating tempera-
ture; or [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(2) Above the following applicable temper- Amdt. 192-31, 43 FR 13883, Apr. 3, 1978;
atures: Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
(i) For thermoplastic pipe, the temperature Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998;
at which the HDB used in the design formula Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003;
under §192.121 is determined. Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004;
(ii) For reinforced thermosetting plastic Amdt. 192-94A, 69 FR 54591, Sept. 9, 2004;
pipe, 150F (66C). Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006:
(c) The wall thickness for thermoplastic Amdt. 192-[108], 73 FR 79002, Dec. 24, 2008;
pipe may not be less than 0.062 inch (1.57 mil- Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11, 2010;
limeters). Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015]
(d) The wall thickness for reinforced ther-
mosetting plastic pipe may not be less than that
listed in the following table: §192.125 Design of copper pipe.
Normal size in inches Minimum wall thickness in (a) Copper pipe used in mains must have a
(millimeters) inches (millimeters) minimum wall thickness of 0.065 inches (1.65
2 (51) 0.060 (1.52) millimeters) and must be hard drawn.
3 (76) 0.060 (1.52) (b) Copper pipe used in service lines must
4 (102) 0.070 (1.78) have wall thickness not less than that indicated
6 (152) 0.100 (2.54)
in following table:
(e) The design pressure for thermoplastic Standard Nominal Wall thickness
pipe produced after July 14, 2004 may exceed a size O.D. (inch) (millimeter)
gauge pressure of 100 psig (689 kPa) provided (inch) (inch) Nominal Tolerance
that: (millimeter) (millimeter)
(1) The design pressure does not exceed ½ (13) 0.625 (16) .040 .0035
(1.06) (.0889)
125 psig (862 kPa);
5/8 (16) 0.750 (19) .042 .0035
(2) The material is a PE2406 or a PE3408 (1.07) (.0889)
polyethylene (PE) pipe with the designation ¾ (19) 0.875 (22) .045 .0040
code as specified within ASTM D2513-9909a (1.14) (.102)
(incorporated by reference, see §192.7); 1 (25) 1.125 (29) .050 .0040
(3) The pipe size is nominal pipe size (IPS) (1.27) (.102)
12 or less; and 1¼ (32) 1.375 (35) .055 .0045
(1.40) (.1143)
(4) The design pressure is determined in 1½ (38) 1.625 (41) .060 .0045
accordance with the design equation defined in (1.52) (.1143)
§192.121.
(f) The design pressure for polyamide-11 (c) Copper pipe used in mains and service
(PA-11) pipe produced after January 23, 2009 lines may not be used at pressures in excess of
may exceed a gauge pressure of 100 psig (689 100 psi (689 kPa) gage.
kPa) provided that: (d) Copper pipe that does not have an in-
ternal corrosion resistant lining may not be

30/153
used to carry gas that has an average hydrogen

sulfide content of more than 0.3 grains/100 ft3
(6.9/m3) under standard conditions. Standard
conditions refers to 60ºF and 14.7 psia (15.6ºC
and one atmosphere).

Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989;
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]

31/153
Subpart D–Design of Pipeline exists which might impair the strength or tight-
Components ness of the component; and
(b) The edition of the document under
which the component was manufactured has
§192.141 Scope. equal or more stringent requirements for the
following as an edition of that document cur-
This subpart prescribes minimum require- rently or previously listed in §192.7 or Appen-
ments for the design and installation of pipe- dix B of this part:
line components and facilities. In addition, it (1) Pressure testing;
prescribes requirements relating to protection (2) Materials; and,
against accidental overpressuring. (3) Pressure and temperature ratings.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] [Amdt. 192-45, 48 FR 30637, July 5, 1983;
Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004]
§192.143 General requirements.

§192.145 Valves.
(a) Each component of a pipeline must be
able to withstand operating pressures and other (a) Except for cast iron and plastic valves,
anticipated loadings without impairment of its each valve must meet the minimum require-
serviceability with unit stresses equivalent to ments of API 6D ANSI/API Spec 6D (incorpo-
those allowed for comparable material in pipe rated by reference, see §192.7), or to a national
in the same location and kind of service. How- or international standard that provides an
ever, if design based upon unit stresses is im- equivalent performance level. A valve may not
practical for a particular component, design be used under operating conditions that exceed
may be based upon a pressure rating estab- the applicable pressure-temperature ratings
lished by the manufacturer by pressure testing contained in those requirements.
that component or a prototype of the compo- (b) Each cast iron and plastic valve must
nent. comply with the following:
(b) The design and installation of pipeline (1) The valve must have a maximum ser-
components and facilities must meet applicable vice pressure rating for temperatures that equal
requirements for corrosion control found in or exceed the maximum service temperature.
subpart I of this part. (2) The valve must be tested as part of the
manufacturing, as follows:
[Amdt. 192-48, 49 CFR 19823, May 10, 1984 (i) With the valve in the fully open posi-
as amended by 72 FR 20055, April 23, 2007] tion, the shell must be tested with no leakage to
a pressure at least 1.5 times the maximum ser-
vice rating.
§192.144 Qualifying metallic components. (ii) After the shell test, the seat must be
tested to a pressure no less than 1.5 times the
Notwithstanding any requirement of this maximum service pressure rating. Except for
subpart which incorporates by reference an edi- swing check valves, test pressure during the
tion of a document listed in §192.7 or Appen- seat test must be applied successively on each
dix B of this part, a metallic component manu- side of the closed valve with the opposite side
factured in accordance with any other edition open. No visible leakage is permitted.
of that document is qualified for use under this (iii) After the last pressure test is complet-
part if— ed, the valve must be operated through its full
(a) It can be shown through visual inspec- travel to demonstrate freedom from interfer-
tion of the cleaned component that no defect ence.

32/153
(c) Each valve must be able to meet the an- perature to which it is anticipated that it might
ticipated operating conditions. be subjected in service.
(d) No valve having shell (body, bonnet, (c) Each flange on a flanged joint in cast
cover, and/or end flange) components made of iron pipe must conform in dimensions, drilling,
ductile iron may be used at pressures exceed- face and gasket design to ASME/ANSI B16.1
ing 80 percent of the pressure ratings for com- (incorporated by reference, see §192.7) and be
parable steel valves at their listed temperature. cast integrally with the pipe, valve, or fitting.
However, a valve having shell components
made of ductile iron may be used at pressures [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
up to 80 percent of the pressure ratings for Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989;
comparable steel valves at their listed tempera- Amdt. 192-68, 54 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993;
ture, if: Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015]
(1) The temperature-adjusted service pres-
sure does not exceed 1,000 psi (7 MPa) gage;
and §192.149 Standard fittings.
(2) Welding is not used on any ductile iron
component in the fabrication of the valve shells (a) The minimum metal thickness of
or their assembly. threaded fittings may not be less than specified
(e) No valve having shell (body, bonnet, for the pressures and temperatures in the appli-
cover, and/or end flange) components made of cable standards referenced in this part, or their
cast iron, malleable iron, or ductile iron may be equivalent.
used in the gas pipe components of compressor (b) Each steel butt-welding fitting must
stations. have pressure and temperature ratings based on
stresses for pipe of the same or equivalent ma-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19,1970, as amended by terial. The actual bursting strength of the fit-
Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970; ting must at least equal the computed bursting
Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13590, Mar. 31, 1976; strength of pipe of the designated material and
Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10159, Feb. 2, 1981; wall thickness, as determined by a prototype
Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989; that was tested to at least the pressure required
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; for the pipeline to which it is being added.
Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004;
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006; [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11, 2010;
Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015 ]
§192.150 Passage of internal inspection de-
vices.
§192.147 Flanges and flange accessories.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)
(a) Each flange or flange accessory (other and (c) of this section, each new transmission
than cast iron) must meet the minimum re- line and each replacement of line pipe, valve,
quirements of ASME/ANSI B 16.5, MSS SP– fitting, or other line component in a transmis-
44 ASME/ANSI B 16.5 and MSS SP-44 (in- sion line must be designed and constructed to
corporated by reference, see § 192.7), or the accommodate the passage of instrumented in-
equivalent. ternal inspection devices.
(b) Each flange assembly must be able to (b) This section does not apply to:
withstand the maximum pressure at which the (1) Manifolds;
pipeline is to be operated and to maintain its (2) Station piping such as at compressor
physical and chemical properties at any tem- stations, meter stations, or regulator stations;

33/153
(3) Piping associated with storage facilities, to allow passage of instrumented internal in-
other than a continuous run of transmission spection devices.
line between a compressor station and storage
facilities; [Amdt. 192-72, 59 FR 17275, Apr. 12, 1994as
(4) Cross-overs; amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July
(5) Sizes of pipe for which an instrumented 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-97, 69 FR 36024, June
internal inspection device is not commercially 28, 2004]
available;
(6) Transmission lines, operated in con-
junction with a distribution system which are §192.151 Tapping.
installed in Class 4 locations;
(7) Offshore transmission lines, except (a) Each mechanical fitting used to make a
transmission lines 10¾ inches (273 millimeters) hot tap must be designed for at least the operat-
or more in outside diameter on which construc- ing pressure of the pipeline.
tion begins after December 28, 2005, that run (b) Where a ductile iron pipe is tapped, the
from platform to platform or platform to shore extent of full-thread engagement and the need
unless— for the use of outside-sealing service connec-
(i) Platform space or configuration is in- tions, tapping saddles, or other fixtures must be
compatible with launching or retrieving instru- determined by service conditions.
mented internal inspection devices; or (c) Where a threaded tap is made in cast
(ii) If the design includes taps for lateral iron or ductile iron pipe, the diameter of the
connections, the operator can demonstrate, tapped hole may not be more than 25 percent
based on investigation or experience, that there of the nominal diameter of the pipe unless the
is no reasonably practical alternative under the pipe is reinforced, except that
design circumstances to the use of a tap that (1) Existing taps may be used for replace-
will obstruct the passage of instrumented inter- ment service, if they are free of cracks and
nal inspection devices; and have good threads; and
(8) Other piping that, under §190.9 of this (2) A 1¼-inch (32 millimeters) tap may be
chapter, the Administrator finds in a particular made in a 4-inch (102 millimeters) cast iron or
case would be impracticable to design and con- ductile iron pipe, without reinforcement.
struct to accommodate the passage of instru-
mented internal inspection devices. However, in areas where climate, soil, and
(c) An operator encountering emergencies, service conditions may create unusual external
construction time constraints or other unfore- stresses on cast iron pipe, unreinforced taps
seen construction problems need not construct may be used only on 6-inch (152 millimeters)
a new or replacement segment of a transmis- or larger pipe.
sion line to meet paragraph (a) of this section,
if the operator determines and documents why [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
an impracticability prohibits compliance with Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
paragraph (a) of this section. Within 30 days
after discovering the emergency or construc-
tion problem the operator must petition, under §192.153 Components fabricated by weld-
§190.9 of this chapter, for approval that design ing.
and construction to accommodate passage of
instrumented internal inspection devices would (a) Except for branch connections and as-
be impracticable. If the petition is denied, semblies of standard pipe and fittings joined by
within 1 year after the date of the notice of the circumferential welds, the design pressure of
denial, the operator must modify that segment each component fabricated by welding, whose
strength cannot be determined, must be estab-

34/153
lished in accordance with paragraph UG-101 of §192.155 Welded branch connections.

section VIII, Division 1, of the ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC) (Section Each welded branch connection made to
VIII, Division 1) (incorporated by reference, pipe in the form of a single connection, or in a
see §192.7). header or manifold as a series of connections,
(b) Each prefabricated unit that uses plate and must be designed to ensure that the strength of
longitudinal seams must be designed, con- the pipeline system is not reduced, taking into
structed, and tested in accordance with section account the stresses in the remaining pipe wall
VIII, Division 1, or section VIII, Division 2 of due to the opening in the pipe or header, the
the ASME BPVC (Section VIII, Division 1 or shear stresses produced by the pressure acting
Section VIII, Division 2)(incorporated by ref- on the area of the branch opening, and any ex-
erence, see § 192.7)Boiler and Pressure Vessel ternal loadings due to thermal movement,
Code, except for the following: weight, and vibration.
(1) Regularly manufactured butt-welding
fittings. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
(2) Pipe that has been produced and tested
under a specification listed in Appendix B to
this part. §192.157 Extruded outlets.
(3) Partial assemblies such as split rings or
collars. Each extruded outlet must be suitable for
(4) Prefabricated units that the manufactur- anticipated service conditions and must be at
er certifies have been tested to at least twice least equal to the design strength of the pipe
the maximum pressure to which they will be and other fittings in the pipeline to which it is
subjected under the anticipated operating con- attached.
ditions.
(c) Orange-peel bull plugs and orange-peel [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
swages may not be used on pipelines that are to
operate at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more
of the SMYS of the pipe. §192.159 Flexibility.
(d) Except for flat closures designed in ac-
cordance with section VIII of the ASME Each pipeline must be designed with
BPVC (Section VIII, Division 1 or 2) Boiler enough flexibility to prevent thermal expansion
and Pressure Code, flat closures and fish tails or contraction from causing excessive stresses
may not be used on pipe that either operates at in the pipe or components, excessive bending
100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage, or more, or is more or unusual loads at joints, or undesirable forces
than 3 inches (76 millimeters) nominal diame- or moments at points of connection to equip-
ter. ment, or at anchorage or guide points.
(e) A component having a design pressure
established in accordance with paragraph (a) or [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
paragraph (b) of this section and subject to the
strength testing requirements of § 192.505(b)
must be tested to at least 1.5 times the MAOP. §192.161 Supports and anchors.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by (a) Each pipeline and its associated equip-
Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970; ment must have enough anchors or supports to:
Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993; (1) Prevent undue strain on connected
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; equipment;
Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015; (2) Resist longitudinal forces caused by a
Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763, March 11, 2015] bend or offset in the pipe; and,

35/153
(3) Prevent or damp out excessive vibra- §192.163 Compressor stations: Design and
tion. construction.
(b) Each exposed pipeline must have
enough supports or anchors to protect the ex- (a) Location of compressor building. Ex-
posed pipe joints from the maximum end force cept for a compressor building on a platform
caused by internal pressure and any additional located offshore or in inland navigable waters,
forces caused by temperature expansion or each main compressor building of a compres-
contraction or by the weight of the pipe and its sor station must be located on property under
contents. the control of the operator. It must be far
(c) Each support or anchor on an exposed enough away from adjacent property, not under
pipeline must be made of durable, noncombus- control of the operator, to minimize the possi-
tible material and must be designed and in- bility of fire being communicated to the com-
stalled as follows: pressor building from structures on adjacent
(1) Free expansion and contraction of the property. There must be enough open space
pipeline between supports or anchors may not around the main compressor building to allow
be restricted. the free movement of fire-fighting equipment.
(2) Provision must be made for the service (b) Building construction. Each building
conditions involved. on a compressor station site must be made of
(3) Movement of the pipeline may not noncombustible materials if it contains either–
cause disengagement of the support equipment. (1) Pipe more than 2 inches (51 millime-
(d) Each support on an exposed pipeline ters) in diameter that is carrying gas under
operated at a stress level of 50 percent or more pressure; or
of SMYS must comply with the following: (2) Gas handling equipment other than gas
(1) A structural support may not be welded utilization equipment used for domestic pur-
directly to the pipe. poses.
(2) The support must be provided by a (c) Exits. Each operating floor of a main
member that completely encircles the pipe. compressor building must have at least two
(3) If an encircling member is welded to a separated and unobstructed exits located so as
pipe, the weld must be continuous and cover to provide a convenient possibility of escape
the entire circumference. and an unobstructed passage to a place of safe-
(e) Each underground pipeline that is con- ty. Each door latch on an exit must be of a
nected to a relatively unyielding line or other type which can be readily opened from the in-
fixed object must have enough flexibility to side without a key. Each swinging door locat-
provide for possible movement, or it must have ed in an exterior wall must be mounted to
an anchor that will limit the movement of the swing outward.
pipeline. (d) Fenced areas. Each fence around a
(f) Except for offshore pipelines, each un- compressor station must have at least two gates
derground pipeline that is being connected to located so as to provide a convenient oppor-
new branches must have a firm foundation for tunity for escape to a place of safety, or have
both the header and the branch to prevent det- other facilities affording a similarly convenient
rimental lateral and vertical movement. exit from the area. Each gate located within
200 feet (61 meters) of any compressor plant
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by building must open outward and, when occu-
Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976; pied, must be openable from the inside without
Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21, 1988] a key.
(e) Electrical facilities. Electrical equip-
ment and wiring installed in compressor sta-
tions must conform to the National Electrical

36/153
Code, ANSI/NFPA 70 NFPA-70, so far as that emergency shutdown system that meets the
code is applicable. following:
(1) It must be able to block gas out of the
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by station and blow down the station piping.
Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976; (2) It must discharge gas from the blow-
Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981; down piping at a location where the gas will
Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993; not create a hazard.
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; (3) It must provide means for the shutdown
Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015] of gas compressing equipment, gas fires, and
electrical facilities in the vicinity of gas head-
ers and in the compressor building, except,
§192.165 Compressor stations: that:
Liquid removal. (i) Electrical circuits that supply emergency
lighting required to assist station personnel in
(a) Where entrained vapors in gas may liq- evacuating the compressor building and the
uefy under the anticipated pressure and tem- area in the vicinity of the gas headers must re-
perature conditions, the compressor must be main energized; and
protected against the introduction of those liq- (ii) Electrical circuits needed to protect
uids in quantities that could cause damage. equipment from damage may remain ener-
(b) Each liquid separator used to remove gized.
entrained liquids at a compressor station must: (4) It must be operable from at least two
(1) Have a manually operable means of locations, each of which is:
removing these liquids. (i) Outside the gas area of the station;
(2) Where slugs of liquid could be carried (ii) Near the exit gates, if the station is
into the compressors, have either automatic fenced, or near emergency exits, if not fenced;
liquid removal facilities, an automatic com- and,
pressor shutdown device, or a high liquid level (iii) Not more than 500 feet (153 meters)
alarm; and, from the limits of the station.
(3) Be manufactured in accordance with (b) If a compressor station supplies gas di-
section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure rectly to a distribution system with no other
Vessel Code (BPVC) (incorporated by refer- adequate source of gas available, the emergen-
ence, see § 192.7) and the additional require- cy shutdown system must be designed so that it
ments of § 192.153(e), except that liquid sepa- will not function at the wrong time and cause
rators constructed of pipe and fittings without an unintended outage on the distribution sys-
internal welding must be fabricated with a de- tem.
sign factor of 0.4, or less. (c) On a platform located offshore or in in-
land navigable waters, the emergency shut-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970; Amdt. 192- down system must be designed and installed to
119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015; Amdt. 192- actuate automatically by each of the following
120, 80 FR 12763, March 11, 2015] events:
(1) In the case of an unattended compressor
station:
§192.167 Compressor stations: (i) When the gas pressure equals the maxi-
Emergency shutdown. mum allowable operating pressure plus 15 per-
cent or
(a) Except for unattended field compressor (ii) When an uncontrolled fire occurs on
stations of 1,000 horsepower (746 kilowatts) or the platform; and
less, each compressor station must have an (2) In the case of a compressor station in a
building:

37/153
(i) When an uncontrolled fire occurs in the (c) Each compressor unit in a compressor
building; or station must have a shutdown or alarm device
(ii) When the concentration of gas in air that operates in the event of inadequate cooling
reaches 50 percent or more of the lower explo- or lubrication of the unit.
sive limit in a building which has a source of (d) Each compressor station gas engine that
ignition. operates with pressure gas injection must be
equipped so that stoppage of the engine auto-
For the purpose of paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of matically shuts off the fuel and vents the en-
this section, an electrical facility which con- gine distribution manifold.
forms to Class 1, Group D of the National (e) Each muffler for a gas engine in a com-
Electrical Code is not a source of ignition. pressor station must have vent slots or holes in
the baffles of each compartment to prevent gas
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by from being trapped in the muffler.
Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16, 1976;
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998] [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
§192.169 Compressor stations: Pressure §192.173 Compressor stations:

limiting devices. Ventilation.
(a) Each compressor station must have Each compressor station building must be
pressure relief or other suitable protective de- ventilated to ensure that employees are not en-
vices of sufficient capacity and sensitivity to dangered by the accumulation of gas in rooms,
ensure that the maximum allowable operating sumps, attics, pits, or other enclosed places.
pressure of the station piping and equipment is
not exceeded by more than 10 percent. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
(b) Each vent line that exhausts gas from
the pressure relief valves of a compressor sta-
tion must extend to a location where the gas §192.175 Pipe-type and bottle-type holders.
may be discharged without hazard.
(a) Each pipe-type and bottle-type holder
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] must be designed so as to prevent the accumu-
lation of liquids in the holder, in connecting
pipe, or in auxiliary equipment, that might
192.171 Compressor stations: Additional cause corrosion or interfere with the safe oper-
safety equipment. ation of the holder.
(b) Each pipe-type or bottle-type holder
(a) Each compressor station must have ad- must have minimum clearance from other
equate fire protection facilities. If fire pumps holders in accordance with the following for-
are a part of these facilities, their operation mula:
may not be affected by the emergency shut-
down system. C = (D x P x F)/48.33)
(b) Each compressor station prime mover,
other than an electrical induction or synchro- (C = (3D x P x F)/1,000)
nous motor, must have an automatic device to
shut down the unit before the speed of either in which:
the prime mover or the driven unit exceeds a
maximum safe speed.

38/153
C= Minimum clearance between pipe (4) The holder must be given a mill hydro-
containers or bottles in inches (mil- static test at a pressure that produces a hoop
limeters). stress at least equal to 85 percent of the SMYS.
D= Outside diameter of pipe containers (5) The holder, connection pipe, and com-
or bottles in inches (millimeters). ponents must be leak tested after installation as
P= Maximum allowable operating required by Subpart J of this part.
pressure, psi (kPa) gage.
F= Design factor as set forth in [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended by
§192.111 of this part. Amdt 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan 21, 1988; Amdt
192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt 192-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by 68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998] 85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-
119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015]
§192.177 Additional provisions for bottle-

type holders. §192.179 Transmission line valves.
(a) Each bottle-type holder must be– (a) Each transmission line, other than off-
(1) Located on a site entirely surrounded by shore segments, must have sectionalizing block
fencing that prevents access by unauthorized valves spaced as follows, unless in a particular
persons and with minimum clearance from the case the Administrator finds that alternative
fence as follows: spacing would provide an equivalent level of
safety:
Maximum allowable Minimum clearance (1) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 4
operating pressure (feet) (meters) location must be within 2½ miles (4 kilome-
Less than 1,000 p.s.i. 25 (7.6) ters) of a valve.
(7 Mpa) gage
1,000 p.s.i. 100 (31)
(2) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 3
(7 Mpa) gage or more location must be within 4 miles (6.4 kilome-
ters) of a valve.
(2) Designed using the design factors set (3) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 2
forth in §192.111; and, location must be within 7½ miles (12 kilome-
(3) Buried with a minimum cover in ac- ters) of a valve.
cordance with §192.327. (4) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 1
(b) Each bottle-type holder manufactured location must be within 10 miles (16 kilome-
from steel that is not weldable under field con- ters) of a valve.
ditions must comply with the following: (b) Each sectionalizing block valve on a
(1) A bottle-type holder made from alloy transmission line, other than offshore seg-
steel must meet the chemical and tensile re- ments, must comply with the following:
quirements for the various grades of steel in (1) The valve and the operating device to
ASTM A372/372M (incorporated by reference, open or close the valve must be readily acces-
see §192.7). sible and protected from tampering and dam-
(2) The actual yield-tensile ratio of the steel age.
may not exceed 0.85. (2) The valve must be supported to prevent
(3) Welding may not be performed on the settling of the valve or movement of the pipe to
holder after it has been heat treated or stress which it is attached.
relieved, except that copper wires may be at- (c) Each section of a transmission line, oth-
tached to the small diameter portion of the bot- er than offshore segments, between main line
tle end closure for cathodic protection if a lo- valves must have a blowdown valve with
calized thermit welding process is used. enough capacity to allow the transmission line

39/153
to be blown down as rapidly as practicable. §192.183 Vaults: Structural design re-

Each blowdown discharge must be located so quirements.
the gas can be blown to the atmosphere with-
out hazard and, if the transmission line is adja- (a) Each underground vault or pit for
cent to an overhead electric line, so that the gas valves, pressure relieving, pressure limiting, or
is directed away from the electrical conductors. pressure regulating stations, must be able to
(d) Offshore segments of transmission lines meet the loads which may be imposed upon it,
must be equipped with valves or other compo- and to protect installed equipment.
nents to shut off the flow of gas to an offshore (b) There must be enough working space so
platform in an emergency. that all of the equipment required in the vault
or pit can be properly installed, operated, and
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by maintained.
Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976; (c) Each pipe entering, or within, a regula-
Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996; tor vault or pit must be steel for sizes 10 inches
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998] (254 millimeters), and less, except that control
and gage piping may be copper. Where pipe
extends through the vault or pit structure, pro-
§192.181 Distribution line valves. vision must be made to prevent the passage of
gases or liquids through the opening and to
(a) Each high-pressure distribution system avert strains in the pipe.
must have valves spaced so as to reduce the
time to shut down a section of main in an [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
emergency. The valve spacing is determined Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
by the operating pressure, the size of the mains,
and the local physical conditions.
(b) Each regulator station controlling the §192.185 Vaults: Accessibility.
flow or pressure of gas in a distribution system
must have a valve installed on the inlet piping Each vault must be located in an accessible
at a distance from the regulator station suffi- location and, so far as practical, away from:
cient to permit the operation of the valve dur- (a) Street intersections or points where traf-
ing an emergency that might preclude access to fic is heavy or dense;
the station. (b) Points of minimum elevation, catch ba-
(c) Each valve on a main installed for oper- sins, or places where the access cover will be
ating or emergency purposes must comply with in the course of surface waters; and,
the following: (c) Water, electric, steam, or other facili-
(1) The valve must be placed in a readily ties.
accessible location so as to facilitate its opera-
tion in an emergency. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
(2) The operating stem or mechanism must
be readily accessible.
(3) If the valve is installed in a buried box §192.187 Vaults: Sealing, venting, and ven-
or enclosure, the box or enclosure must be in- tilation.
stalled so as to avoid transmitting external
loads to the main. Each underground vault or closed top pit
containing either a pressure regulating or re-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] ducing station, or a pressure limiting or reliev-
ing station, must be sealed, vented or ventilat-
ed, as follows:

40/153
(a) When the internal volume exceeds 200 ANSI/NFPA 70 NFPA-70 (incorporated by
cubic feet (5.7 cubic meters): reference, see § 192.7).
(1) The vault or pit must be ventilated with
two ducts, each having at least the ventilating [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970as amended by
effect of a pipe 4 inches (102 millimeters) in Amdt. 192-76, 61 FR 26121, May 24, 1996;
diameter; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015]
(2) The ventilation must be enough to min-
imize the formation of combustible atmosphere
in the vault or pit; and, §192.191 Design pressure of plastic fittings.
(3) The ducts must be high enough above
grade to disperse any gas-air mixtures that (a) Thermosetting fittings for plastic pipe
might be discharged. must conform to ASTM D 2517, (incorporated
(b) When the internal volume is more than by reference, see §192.7).
75 cubic feet (2.1 cubic meters) but less than (b) Thermoplastic fittings for plastic pipe
200 cubic feet (5.7 cubic meters): must conform to ASTM D2513-99 for plastic
(1) If the vault or pit is sealed, each open- materials other than polyethylene or ASTM
ing must have a tight fitting cover without D2513–09a for polyethylene plastic materials.
open holes through which an explosive mixture
might be ignited, and there must be a means [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
for testing the internal atmosphere before re- Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970;
moving the cover; Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21, 1988;
(2) If the vault or pit is vented, there must Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11, 2010;
be a means of preventing external sources of Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015]
ignition from reaching the vault atmosphere; or
(3) If the vault or pit is ventilated, para-
graph (a) or (c) of this section applies. §192.193 Valve installation in plastic pipe.
(c) If a vault or pit covered by paragraph
(b) of this section is ventilated by openings in Each valve installed in plastic pipe must be
the covers or gratings and the ratio of the inter- designed so as to protect the plastic material
nal volume, in cubic feet, to the effective venti- against excessive torsional or shearing loads
lating area of the cover or grating, in square when the valve or shutoff is operated, and from
feet, is less than 20 to 1, no additional ventila- any other secondary stresses that might be ex-
tion is required. erted through the valve or its enclosure.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
§192.195 Protection against accidental

§192.189 Vaults: Drainage and waterproof- overpressuring.
ing.
(a) General requirements. Except as pro-
(a) Each vault must be designed so as to vided in §192.197, each pipeline that is con-
minimize the entrance of water. nected to a gas source so that the maximum
(b) A vault containing gas piping may not allowable operating pressure could be exceed-
be connected by means of a drain connection to ed as the result of pressure control failure or of
any other underground structure. some other type of failure, must have pressure
(c) Electrical equipment in vaults must con- relieving or pressure limiting devices that meet
form to the applicable requirements of Class 1, the requirements of §192.199 and §192.201.
Group D, of the National Electrical Code,

41/153
(b) Additional requirements for distribution (6) A self-contained service regulator with
systems. Each distribution system that is sup- no external static or control lines.
plied from a source of gas that is at a higher (b) If the maximum actual operating pres-
pressure than the maximum allowable operat- sure of the distribution system is 60 p.s.i. (414
ing pressure for the system must kPa) gage or less, and a service regulator that
(1) Have pressure regulation devices capa- does not have all of the characteristics listed in
ble of meeting the pressure, load, and other paragraph (a) of this section is used, or if the
service conditions that will be experienced in gas contains materials that seriously interfere
normal operation of the system, and that could with the operation of service regulators, there
be activated in the event of failure of some por- must be suitable protective devices to prevent
tion of the system; and unsafe overpressuring of the customer's appli-
(2) Be designed so as to prevent accidental ances if the service regulator fails.
overpressuring. (c) If the maximum actual operating pres-
sure of the distribution system exceeds 60 p.s.i.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (414 kPa) gage, one of the following methods
must be used to regulate and limit, to the max-
imum safe value, the pressure of gas delivered
§192.197 Control of the pressure of gas de- to the customer:
livered from high-pressure distribution sys- (1) A service regulator having the charac-
tems. teristics listed in paragraph (a) of this section,
and another regulator located upstream from
(a) If the maximum actual operating pres- the service regulator. The upstream regulator
sure of the distribution system is 60 psi (414 may not be set to maintain a pressure higher
kPa) gage, or less, and a service regulator hav- than 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage. A device must
ing the following characteristics is used, no be installed between the upstream regulator
other pressure limiting device is required: and the service regulator to limit the pressure
(1) A regulator capable of reducing distri- on the inlet of the service regulator to 60 p.s.i.
bution line pressure to pressures recommended (414 kPa) gage or less in case the upstream
for household appliances. regulator fails to function properly. This device
(2) A single port valve with proper orifice may be either a relief valve or an automatic
for the maximum gas pressure at the regulator shutoff that shuts, if the pressure on the inlet of
inlet. the service regulator exceeds the set pressure
(3) A valve seat made of resilient material 60p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage or less), and remains
designed to withstand abrasion of the gas, im- closed until manually reset.
purities in gas, cutting by the valve, and to re- (2) A service regulator and a monitoring
sist permanent deformation when it is pressed regulator set to limit, to a maximum safe value,
against the valve port. the pressure of the gas delivered to the custom-
(4) Pipe connections to the regulator not er.
exceeding 2 inches (51 millimeters) in diame- (3) A service regulator with a relief valve
ter. vented to the outside atmosphere, with the re-
(5) A regulator that, under normal operat- lief valve set to open so that the pressure of gas
ing conditions, is able to regulate the down- going to the customer does not exceed a max-
stream pressure within the necessary limits of imum safe value. The relief valve may either
accuracy and to limit the build-up of pressure be built into the service regulator or it may be a
under no-flow conditions to prevent a pressure separate unit installed downstream from the
that would cause the unsafe operation of any service regulator. This combination may be
connected and properly adjusted gas utilization used alone only in those cases where the inlet
equipment. pressure on the service regulator does not ex-
ceed the manufacturer's safe working pressure

42/153
rating of the service regulator, and may not be any single incident such as an explosion in a
used where the inlet pressure on the service vault or damage by a vehicle from affecting the
regulator exceeds 125 p.s.i. (862 kPa) gage. operation of both the overpressure protective
For higher inlet pressure, the methods in para- device and the district regulator; and,
graph (c)(1) or (2) of this section must be used. (h) Except for a valve that will isolate the
(4) A service regulator and an automatic system under protection from its source of
shutoff device that closes upon a rise in pres- pressure, be designed to prevent unauthorized
sure downstream from the regulator and re- operation of any stop valve that will make the
mains closed until manually reset. pressure relief valve or pressure limiting device
inoperative.
Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 7, 1970; [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970]
Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003]
§192.201 Required capacity of pressure re-

§192.199 Requirements for design of pres- lieving and limiting stations.
sure relief and limiting devices.
(a) Each pressure relief station or pressure
Except for rupture discs, each pressure re- limiting station or group of those stations in-
lief or pressure limiting device must: stalled to protect a pipeline must have enough
(a) Be constructed of materials such that capacity, and must be set to operate, to insure
the operation of a device will not be impaired the following:
by corrosion; (1) In a low pressure distribution system,
(b) Have valves and valve seats that are the pressure may not cause the unsafe opera-
designed not to stick in a position that will tion of any connected and properly adjusted
make the device inoperative; gas utilization equipment.
(c) Be designed and installed so that it can (2) In pipelines other than a low pressure
be readily operated to determine if the valve is distribution system:
free, can be tested to determine the pressure at (i) If the maximum allowable operating
which it will operate, and can be tested for pressure is 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage or more,
leakage when in the closed position; the pressure may not exceed the maximum al-
(d) Have support made of noncombustible lowable operating pressure plus 10 percent or
material; the pressure that produces a hoop stress of 75
(e) Have discharge stacks, vents, or outlet percent of SMYS, whichever is lower;
ports designed to prevent accumulation of wa- (ii) If the maximum allowable operating
ter, ice, or snow, located where gas can be dis- pressure is 12 p.s.i. (83 kPa) gage or more, but
charged into the atmosphere without undue less than 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, the pressure
hazard; may not exceed the maximum allowable oper-
(f) Be designed and installed so that the ating pressure plus 6 p.s.i. (41 kPa) gage; or
size of the openings, pipe, and fittings located (iii) If the maximum allowable operating
between the system to be protected and the pressure is less than 12 p.s.i. (83 kPa) gage, the
pressure relieving device, and the size of the pressure may not exceed the maximum allowa-
vent line, are adequate to prevent hammering ble operating pressure plus 50 percent.
of the valve and to prevent impairment of relief (b) When more than one pressure regulat-
capacity; ing or compressor station feeds into a pipeline,
(g) Where installed at a district regulator relief valves or other protective devices must
station to protect a pipeline system from over- be installed at each station to ensure that the
pressuring, be designed and installed to prevent complete failure of the largest capacity regula-

43/153
tor or compressor, or any single run of lesser (4) Pipe or components that may contain
capacity regulators or compressors in that sta- liquids must be protected by heating or other
tion, will not impose pressures on any part of means from damage due to freezing.
the pipeline or distribution system in excess of (5) Pipe or components in which liquids
those for which it was designed, or against may accumulate must have drains or drips.
which it was protected, whichever is lower. (6) Pipe or components subject to clogging
(c) Relief valves or other pressure limiting from solids or deposits must have suitable con-
devices must be installed at or near each regu- nections for cleaning.
lator station in a low-pressure distribution sys- (7) The arrangement of pipe, components,
tem, with a capacity to limit the maximum and supports must provide safety under antici-
pressure in the main to a pressure that will not pated operating stresses.
exceed the safe operating pressure for any con- (8) Each joint between sections of pipe, and
nected and properly adjusted gas utilization between pipe and valves or fittings, must be
equipment. made in a manner suitable for the anticipated
pressure and temperature condition. Slip type
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by expansion joints may not be used. Expansion
Amdt. 192-9, 37 FR 20826, Oct. 4, 1972; must be allowed for by providing flexibility
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998] within the system itself.
(9) Each control line must be protected
from anticipated causes of damage and must be
§192.203 Instrument, control, and sampling designed and installed to prevent damage to
pipe and components. any one control line from making both the reg-
ulator and the over-pressure protective device
(a) Applicability. This section applies to inoperative.
the design of instrument, control, and sampling
pipe and components. It does not apply to per- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
manently closed systems, such as fluid-filled Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
temperature-responsive devices. Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
(b) Materials and design. All materials
employed for pipe and components must be
designed to meet the particular conditions of
service and the following:
(1) Each takeoff connection and attaching
boss, fitting, or adapter must be made of suita-
ble material, be able to withstand the maxi-
mum service pressure and temperature of the
pipe or equipment to which it is attached, and
be designed to satisfactorily withstand all
stresses without failure by fatigue.
(2) Except for takeoff lines that can be iso-
lated from sources of pressure by other
valving, a shutoff valve must be installed in
each takeoff line as near as practicable to the
point of takeoff. Blowdown valves must be
installed where necessary.
(3) Brass or copper material may not be
used for metal temperatures greater than 400°F
(204ºC).

44/153
Subpart E–Welding of Steel in Pipelines Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015;

Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763, March 11, 2015]
§192.221 Scope.
§192.227 Qualification of welders.
(a) This subpart prescribes minimum re-
quirements for welding steel materials in pipe- (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of
lines. this section, each welder or welding operator
(b) This subpart does not apply to welding must be qualified in accordance with section 6,
that occurs during the manufacture of steel section 12, or Appendix A of API Std 1104
pipe or steel pipeline components. (incorporated by reference, see §192.7) or sec-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] tion IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves-
sel Code (BPVC) (incorporated by reference,
see §192.7). However, a welder or welding op-
§192.223 [Removed] erator qualified under an earlier edition than
the edition listed in §192.7 of this part may
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by weld but may not re-qualify under that earlier
Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20294, June 4, 1986] edition.
(b) A welder may qualify to perform weld-
ing on pipe to be operated at a pressure that
§192.225 Welding procedures. produces a hoop stress of less than 20 percent
of SMYS by performing an acceptable test
(a) Welding must be performed by a quali- weld, for the process to be used, under the test
fied welder or welding operator in accordance set forth in section I of Appendix C of this part.
with welding procedures qualified under sec- A Each welder who is to make a welded ser-
tion 5, section 12, or Appendix A of API Std vice line connection to a main must also first
1104 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) perform an acceptable test weld under section
or section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure II of Appendix C of this part as a requirement
Vessel Code (BPVC) “Welding and Brazing of the qualifying test.
Qualifications” (incorporated by reference, see
§192.7) to produce welds which meeting the [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
requirements of this subpart. The quality of the Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5, 1975;
test welds used to qualify welding procedures Amdt. 192-18A, 40 FR 27222, June 27, 1975;
shall must be determined by destructive testing Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13590, Mar. 31, 1976;
in accordance with the applicable referenced Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981;
welding standard(s). Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, 1982;
(b) Each welding procedure must be rec- Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20294, June 4, 1986;
orded in detail, including the results of the Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26, 1996;
qualifying tests. This record must be retained Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
and followed whenever the procedure is used. Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004;
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006;
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-103c, 72 FR 4655, Feb. 1, 2007;
Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5, 1975; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015;
Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13590, Mar. 31, 1976; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763, March 11, 2015]
Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981;
Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20297, June 4, 1986;
Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004;
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006;

45/153
§192.229 Limitations on welders and weld- (i) A production weld cut out, tested, and
ing operators. found acceptable in accordance with the quali-
fying test; or
(a) No welder or welding operator whose (ii) For a welders who works only on ser-
qualification is based on nondestructive testing vice lines 2 inches (51 millimeters) or smaller
may weld compressor station pipe and compo- in diameter, the welder has had two sample
nents. welds tested and found acceptable in accord-
(b) No A welder or welding operator may ance with the test in section III of Appendix C
not weld with a particular welding process un- of this part.
less, within the preceding 6 calendar months,
he the welder or welding operator hwas en- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
gaged in welding with that process. Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5, 1975;
(c) A welder or welding operator qualified Amdt. 192-18A, 40 FR 27222, June 27, 1975;
under §192.227(a)– Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981;
(1) May not weld on pipe to be operated at Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20 Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998;
percent or more of SMYS unless within the Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004;
preceding 6 calendar months the welder or Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006;
welding operator has had one weld tested and Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015;
found acceptable under the either sections 6, or Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763, March 11, 2015]
section 9, section 12 or Appendix A of API
Standard Std 1104 (incorporated by reference,
see §192.7). Alternatively, welders or welding §192.231 Protection from weather.
operators may maintain an ongoing qualifica-
tion status by performing welds tested and The welding operation must be protected
found acceptable under the above acceptance from weather conditions that would impair the
criteria at least twice each calendar year, but at quality of the completed weld.
intervals not exceeding 7½ months. A welder
or welding operator qualified under an earlier [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
edition of a standard listed in §192.7 of this
part may weld, but may not re-qualify under
that earlier edition; and §192.233 Miter joints.
(2) May not weld on pipe to be operated at
a pressure that produces a hoop stress of less (a) A miter joint on steel pipe to be operat-
than 20 percent of SMYS unless the welder or ed at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of
welding operator is tested in accordance with 30 percent or more of SMYS may not deflect
paragraph (c)(1) of this section or re-qualifies the pipe more than 3º.
under paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section. (b) A miter joint on steel pipe to be operat-
(d) A welder or welding operator qualified ed at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of
under §192.227(b) may not weld unless– less than 30 percent, but more than 10 percent
(1) Within the preceding 15 calendar of SMYS may not deflect the pipe more than
months, but at least once each calendar year, 12½º and must be a distance equal to one pipe
the welder or welding operator has re-qualified diameter or more away from any other miter
under §192.227(b); or joint, as measured from the crotch of each
(2) Within the preceding 7½ calendar joint.
months, but at least twice each calendar year, (c) A miter joint on steel pipe to be operat-
the welder or welding operator has had– ed at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of
10 percent or less of SMYS may not deflect the
pipe more than 90º.

46/153
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (2) The pipeline is to be operated at a pres-
sure that produces a hoop stress of less than 40
percent of SMYS and the welds are so limited
§192.235 Preparation for welding. in number that nondestructive testing is im-
practical.
Before beginning any welding, the welding (c) The acceptability of a weld that is non-
surfaces must be clean and free of any material destructively tested or visually inspected is de-
that may be detrimental to the weld, and the termined according to the standards in Ssection
pipe or component must be aligned to provide 9 or Appendix A of API Standard Std 1104
the most favorable condition for depositing the (incorporated by reference, see §192.7). Ap-
root bead. This alignment must be preserved pendix A of API Std 1104 may not be used to
while the root bead is being deposited. accept cracks.However, if a girth weld is unac-
ceptable under those standards for a reason
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] other than a crack, and if Appendix A to API
Std 1104 applies to the weld, the acceptability
of the weld may be further determined under
§192.237 [Removed] that appendix.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5, 1975;
Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20294, June 4, 1986] Amdt. 192-18A, 40 FR 27222, June 27, 1975;
Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981;
Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
§192.239 [Removed] Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998;
Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004;
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006;
Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015;
Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20294, June 4, 1986] Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763, March 11, 2015]
§192.241 Inspection and test of welds. §192.243 Nondestructive testing.
(a) Visual inspection of welding must be (a) Nondestructive testing of welds must be
conducted by an individual qualified by appro- performed by any process, other than trepan-
priate training and experience to ensure that: ning, that will clearly indicate defects that may
(1) The welding is performed in accordance affect the integrity of the weld.
with the welding procedure; and (b) Nondestructive testing of welds must be
(2) The weld is acceptable under paragraph performed:
(c) of this section. (1) In accordance with written procedures;
(b) The welds on a pipeline to be operated and
at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20 (2) By persons who have been trained and
percent or more of SMYS must be nondestruc- qualified in the established procedures and
tively tested in accordance with §192.243, ex- with the equipment employed in testing.
cept that welds that are visually inspected and (c) Procedures must be established for the
approved by a qualified welding inspector need proper interpretation of each nondestructive
not be nondestructively tested if: test of a weld to ensure the acceptability of the
(1) The pipe has a nominal diameter of less weld under §192.241(c).
than 6 inches (152 millimeters); or (d) When nondestructive testing is required
under §192.241(b), the following percentages

47/153
of each day's field butt welds, selected at ran- conditions exist which would adversely affect
dom by the operator, must be nondestructively the quality of the weld repair. After repair, the
tested over their entire circumference; segment of the weld that was repaired must be
(1) In Class 1 locations, except offshore, at inspected to ensure its acceptability.
least 10 percent. (c) Repair of a crack, or of any defect in a
(2) In Class 2 locations, at least 15 percent. previously repaired area must be in accordance
(3) In Class 3 and Class 4 locations, at with written weld repair procedures that have
crossings of major or navigable rivers, off- been qualified under §192.225. Repair proce-
shore, and within railroad or public highway dures must provide that the minimum mechan-
rights-of-way, including tunnels, bridges, and ical properties specified for the welding proce-
overhead road crossings, 100 percent unless dure used to make the original weld are met
impracticable, in which case at least 90 per- upon completion of the final weld repair.
cent. Nondestructive testing must be impracti-
cable for each girth weld not tested. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(4) At pipeline tie-ins, including tie-ins of Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
replacement sections, 100 percent. Amdt. 192-46, 48 FR 48669, Oct. 20, 1983]
(e) Except for a welder or welding operator
whose work is isolated from the principal
welding activity, a sample of each welder's or
welding operator’s work for each day must be
nondestructively tested, when nondestructive
testing is required under §192.241(b).
(f) When nondestructive testing is required
under §192.241(b), each operator must retain,
for the life of the pipeline, a record showing by
milepost, engineering station, or by geographic
feature, the number of girth welds made, the
number nondestructively tested, the number
rejected, and the disposition of the rejects.

Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
Amdt. 192-50, 50 FR 37191, Sept. 12, 1985;
Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763, March 11, 2015]
192.245 Repair or removal of defects.
(a) Each weld that is unacceptable under

§192.241(c) must be removed or repaired. Ex-
cept for welds on an offshore pipeline being
installed from a pipeline vessel, a weld must be
removed if it has a crack that is more than 8
percent of the weld length.
(b) Each weld that is repaired must have
the defect removed down to sound metal and
the segment to be repaired must be preheated if

48/153
Subpart F–Joining of Materials Other Than [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
by Welding Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989]
§192.271 Scope. §192.277 Ductile iron pipe.
(a) This subpart prescribes minimum re- (a) Ductile iron pipe may not be joined by
quirements for joining materials in pipelines, threaded joints.
other than by welding. (b) Ductile iron pipe may not be joined by
(b) This subpart does not apply to joining brazing.
during the manufacture of pipe or pipeline
components. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989, ef-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] fective Mar. 8, 1989]
§192.273 General. §192.279 Copper pipe.
(a) The pipeline must be designed and in- Copper pipe may not be threaded except
stalled so that each joint will sustain the longi- that copper pipe used for joining screw fittings
tudinal pullout or thrust forces caused by con- or valves may be threaded if the wall thickness
traction or expansion of the piping or by antic- is equivalent to the comparable size of Sched-
ipated external or internal loading. ule 40 or heavier wall pipe listed in Table C1
(b) Each joint must be made in accordance of ASME/ANSI B16.5.
with written procedures that have been proved
by test or experience to produce strong gas [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
tight joints. Amdt. 192-62 , 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989;
(c) Each joint must be inspected to insure Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993]
compliance with this subpart.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] §192.281 Plastic pipe.
(a) General. A plastic pipe joint that is

§192.275 Cast iron pipe. joined by solvent cement, adhesive, or heat fu-
sion may not be disturbed until it has properly
(a) Each caulked bell and spigot joint in set. Plastic pipe may not be joined by a
cast iron pipe must be sealed with mechanical threaded joint or miter joint.
leak clamps. (b) Solvent cement joints. Each solvent
(b) Each mechanical joint in cast iron pipe cement joint on plastic pipe must comply with
must have a gasket made of a resilient material the following:
as the sealing medium. Each gasket must be (1) The mating surfaces of the joint must
suitably confined and retained under compres- be clean, dry, and free of material which might
sion by a separate gland or follower ring. be detrimental to the joint.
(c) Cast iron pipe may not be joined by (2) The solvent cement must conform to
threaded joints. ASTM D 2513-99, (incorporated by reference,
(d) Cast iron pipe may not be joined by see §192.7).
brazing. (3) The joint may not be heated to acceler-
(e) [Removed] ate the setting of the cement.

49/153
(c) Heat-fusion joints. Each heat-fusion §192.283 Plastic pipe; Qualifying joining
joint on plastic pipe must comply with the fol- procedures.
lowing:
(1) A butt heat-fusion joint must be joined (a) Heat fusion, solvent cement, and adhe-
by a device that holds the heater element sive joints. Before any written procedure es-
square to the ends of the piping, compresses tablished under §192.273(b) is used for making
the heated ends together, and holds the pipe in plastic pipe joints by a heat fusion, solvent ce-
proper alignment while the plastic hardens. ment, or adhesive method, the procedure must
(2) A socket heat-fusion joint must be be qualified by subjecting specimen joints
joined by a device that heats the mating surfac- made according to theprocedure to the follow-
es of the joint uniformly and simultaneously to ing tests:
essentially the same temperature. (1) The burst test requirements of–
(3) An electrofusion joint must be joined (i) In the case of thermoplastic pipe, para-
utilizing the equipment and techniques of the graph 6.6 (Sustained Pressure Test) or para-
fittings manufacturer or equipment and tech- graph 6.7 (Minimum Hydrostatic Burst Test) of
niques shown, by testing joints to the require- ASTM D2513–99 for plastic materials other
ments of §192.283(a)(1)(iii), to be at least than polyethylene or ASTM D2513–09a (in-
equivalent to those of the fittings manufacturer. corporated by reference, see §192.7) for poly-
(4) Heat may not be applied with a torch or ethylene plastic materials;
other open flame. (ii) In the case of thermosetting plastic pipe,
(d) Adhesive joints. Each adhesive joint on paragraph 8.5 (Minimum Hydrostatic Burst
plastic pipe must comply with the following: Pressure) or paragraph 8.9 (Sustained Static
(1) The adhesive must conform to ASTM Pressure Test) of ASTM D2517 (incorporated
Designation: D 2517 (incorporated by refer- by reference, see §192.7); or
ence, see §192.7). (iii) In the case of electrofusion fittings for
(2) The materials and adhesive must be polyethylene (PE) pipe and tubing, paragraph
compatible with each other. 9.1 (Minimum Hydraulic Burst Pressure Test),
(e) Mechanical joints. Each compression paragraph 9.2 (Sustained Pressure Test), para-
type mechanical joint on plastic pipe must graph 9.3 (Tensile Strength Test), or paragraph
comply with the following: 9.4 (Joint Integrity Tests) of ASTM F1055 (in-
(1) The gasket material in the coupling corporated by reference, see §192.7).
must be compatible with the plastic. (2) For procedures intended for lateral pipe
(2) A rigid internal tubular stiffener, other connections, subject a specimen joint made
than a split tubular stiffener, must be used in from pipe sections joined at right angles ac-
conjunction with the coupling. cording to the procedure to a force on the lat-
eral pipe until failure occurs in the specimen.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by If failure initiates outside the joint area, the
Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23, 1979; procedure qualifies for use; and,
Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; (3) For procedures intended for non-lateral
Amdt. 192-61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22, 1988; pipe connections, follow the tensile test re-
Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993; quirements of ASTM D638 (incorporated by
Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996; reference, see §192.7), except that the test may
Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11, 2010; be conducted at ambient temperature and hu-
Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015] midity. If the specimen elongates no less than
25 percent or failure initiates outside the joint
area, the procedure qualifies for use.
(b) Mechanical joints. Before any written
procedure established under §192.273(b) is
used for making mechanical plastic pipe joints

50/153
that are designed to withstand tensile forces, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
the procedure must be qualified by subjecting 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14,
five specimen joints made according to the 2004; Amdt. 192-94A, 69 FR 54591, Sept. 9,
procedure to the following tensile test: 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8,
(1) Use an apparatus for the test as speci- 2006; Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11,
fied in ASTM D 638 (except for conditioning), 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5,
(incorporated by reference, see §192.7). 2015]
(2) The specimen must be of such length
that the distance between the grips of the appa-
ratus and the end of the stiffener does not af- §192.285 Plastic pipe: Qualifying persons
fect the joint strength. to make joints.
(3) The speed of testing is 0.20 in. (5.0
mm) per minute, plus or minus 25 percent. (a) No person may make a plastic pipe joint
(4) Pipe specimens less than 4 in. (102 unless that person has been qualified under the
mm) in diameter are qualified if the pipe yields applicable joining procedure by:
to an elongation of no less than 25 percent or (1) Appropriate training or experience in
failure initiates outside the joint area. the use of the procedure; and
(5) Pipe specimens 4 in. (102 mm) and (2) Making a specimen joint from pipe sec-
larger in diameter shall be pulled until the pipe tions joined according to the procedure that
is subjected to a tensile stress equal to or great- passes the inspection and test set forth in para-
er than the maximum thermal stress that would graph (b) of this section.
be produced by a temperature change of 100°F (b) The specimen joint must be:
(38°C) or until the pipe is pulled from the fit- (1) Visually examined during and after as-
ting. If the pipe pulls from the fitting, the low- sembly or joining and found to have the same
est value of the five test results or the manufac- appearance as a joint or photographs of a joint
turer's rating, whichever is lower must be used that is acceptable under the procedure; and
in the design calculations for stress. (2) In the case of a heat fusion, solvent ce-
(6) Each specimen that fails at the grips ment, or adhesive joint;
must be retested using new pipe. (i) Tested under any one of the test meth-
(7) Results obtained pertain only to the ods listed under §192.283(a) applicable to the
specific outside diameter, and material of the type of joint and material being tested;
pipe tested, except that testing of a heavier wall (ii) Examined by ultrasonic inspection and
pipe may be used to qualify pipe of the same found not to contain flaws that would cause
material but with a lesser wall thickness. failure; or
(c) A copy of each written procedure being (iii) Cut into at least three longitudinal
used for joining plastic pipe must be available straps, each of which is:
to the persons making and inspecting joints. (A) Visually examined and found not to
(d) Pipe or fittings manufactured before contain voids or discontinuities on the cut sur-
July 1, 1980, may be used in accordance with faces of the joint area; and
procedures that the manufacturer certifies will (B) Deformed by bending, torque, or im-
produce a joint as strong as the pipe. pact, and if failure occurs, it must not initiate in
the joint area.
[Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23, 1979 as (c) A person must be re-qualified under an
amended by Amdt. 192-34A, 45 FR 9931, Feb. applicable procedure, once each calendar year
14, 1980; Amdt. 192-34B, 46 FR 39, Jan. 2, at intervals not exceeding 15 months, or after
1981; Amdt. 192-34(1), 47 FR 32720, July 29, any production joint is found unacceptable by
1982; Amdt. 192-34(2), 47 FR 49973, Nov. 4, testing under § 192.513., if during any 12-
1982; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, month period that person:
1993; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,

51/153
(1) Does not make any joints under that

procedure; or
(2) Has 3 joints or 3 percent of the joints
made, whichever is greater, under that proce-
dure that are found unacceptable by testing un-
der §192.513.
(d) Each operator shall establish a method
to determine that each person making joints in
plastic pipelines in the operator's system is
qualified in accordance with this section.
[Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23, 1979 as

amended by Amdt. 192-34A, 45 FR 9931, Feb.
14, 1980, Amdt. 192-34B, 46 FR 39, Jan. 2,
1981; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
2003; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14,
2004; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763, March 11,
2015]
§192.287 Plastic pipe: Inspection of joints.
No person may carry out the inspection of

joints in plastic pipes required by §§ 192.273
(c) and 192.285(b) unless that person has been
qualified by appropriate training or experience
in evaluating the acceptability of plastic pipe
joints made under the applicable joining proce-
dure.
[Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23, 1979;

Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004]

52/153
Subpart G–General Construction Require- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
ments for Transmission Lines and Mains.
§192.309 Repair of steel pipe.

§192.301 Scope.
(a) Each imperfection or damage that im-
This subpart prescribes minimum require- pairs the serviceability of a length of steel pipe
ments for constructing transmission lines and must be repaired or removed. If a repair is
mains. made by grinding, the remaining wall thickness
must a least be equal to either:
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (1) The minimum thickness required by the
tolerances in the specification to which the
pipe was manufactured; or
§192.303 Compliance with specifications or (2) The nominal wall thickness required
standards. for the design pressure of the pipeline.
(b) Each of the following dents must be
Each transmission line or main must be removed from steel pipe to be operated at a
constructed in accordance with comprehensive pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20 per-
written specifications or standards that are con- cent, or more, of SMYS, unless the dent is re-
sistent with this part. paired by a method that reliable engineering
tests and analyses show can permanently re-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] store the serviceability of the pipe:
(1) A dent that contains a stress concentra-
tor such as a scratch, gouge, groove, or arc
§192.305 Inspection: General. burn.
(2) A dent that affects the longitudinal weld
Each transmission line or and main must be or a circumferential weld.
inspected to ensure that it is constructed in ac- (3) In pipe to be operated at a pressure that
cordance with this subpart. An operator must produces a hoop stress of 40 percent or more of
not use operator personnel to perform a re- SMYS, a dent that has a depth of:
quired inspection if the operator personnel per- (i) More than ¼ inch (6.4 millimeters) in
formed the construction task requiring inspec- pipe 12¾ inches (324 millimeters) or less in
tion. Nothing in this section prohibits the oper- outer diameter; or
ator from inspecting construction tasks with (ii) More than 2 percent of the nominal
operator personnel who are involved in other pipe diameter in pipe over 12¾ inches (324
construction tasks. millimeters) in outer diameter.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970; Amdt. 192- For the purposes of this section, a "dent" is a
120, 80 FR 12763, March 11, 2015] depression that produces a gross disturbance in
the curvature of the pipe wall without reducing
the pipe-wall thickness. The depth of a dent is
§192.307 Inspection of materials. measured as the gap between the lowest point
of the dent and a prolongation of the original
Each length of pipe and each other compo- contour of the pipe.
nent must be visually inspected at the site of
installation to ensure that it has not sustained (c) Each arc burn on steel pipe to be oper-
any visually determinable damage that could ated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of
impair its serviceability. 40 percent or more, of SMYS must be repaired
or removed. If a repair is made by grinding,

53/153
the arc burn must be completely removed and (ii) The pipe is 12 inches (305 millimeters)
the remaining wall thickness must be at least or less in outside diameter or has a diameter to
equal to either: wall thickness ratio less than 70.
(1) The minimum wall thickness required (b) Each circumferential weld of steel pipe
by the tolerances in the specification to which which is located where the stress during bend-
the pipe was manufactured; or ing causes a permanent deformation in the pipe
(2) The nominal wall thickness required for must be nondestructively tested either before or
the design pressure of the pipeline. after the bending process.
(d) A gouge, groove, arc burn, or dent may (c) Wrought-steel welding elbows and
not be repaired by insert patching or by pound- transverse segments of these elbows may not
ing out. be used for changes in direction on steel pipe
(e) Each gouge, groove, arc burn, or dent that is 2 inches (51 millimeters) or more in di-
that is removed from a length of pipe must be ameter unless the arc length, as measured along
removed by cutting out the damaged portion as the crotch, is at least 1 inch (25 millimeters).
a cylinder.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-26, 41 FR 26106, June 24, 1976;
Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970; Amdt. 192-29, 42 FR 42865, Aug. 25, 1977;
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-29C, 42 FR 60148, Nov. 25, 1977;
Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69660, Dec. 14, 1999] Amdt. 192-49, 50 FR 13225, Apr. 3, 1985;
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
§192.311 Repair of plastic pipe.

§192.315 Wrinkle bends in steel pipe.
Each imperfection or damage that would
impair the serviceability of plastic pipe must be (a) A wrinkle bend may not be made on
repaired or removed. steel pipe to be operated at a pressure that pro-
duces a hoop stress of 30 percent or more, of
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by SMYS.
Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003] (b) Each wrinkle bend on steel pipe must
comply with the following:
(1) The bend must not have any sharp
§192.313 Bends and elbows. kinks.
(2) When measured along the crotch of the
(a) Each field bend in steel pipe, other than bend, the wrinkles must be a distance of at
a wrinkle bend made in accordance with least one pipe diameter.
§192.315, must comply with the following: (3) On pipe 16 inches (406 millimeters) or
(1) A bend must not impair the serviceabil- larger in diameter, the bend may not have a
ity of the pipe. deflection of more than 1½º for each wrinkle.
(2) Each bend must have a smooth contour (4) On pipe containing a longitudinal weld
and be free from buckling, cracks, or any other the longitudinal seam must be as near as prac-
mechanical damage. ticable to the neutral axis of the bend.
(3) On pipe containing a longitudinal weld,
the longitudinal weld must be as near as practi- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
cable to the neutral axis of the bend unless: Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
(i) The bend is made with an internal bend-
ing mandrel; or

54/153
§192.317 Protection from hazards. water, must be installed so that the top of the
pipe is below the natural bottom unless the
(a) The operator must take all practicable pipe is supported by stanchions, held in place
steps to protect each transmission line or main by anchors or heavy concrete coating, or pro-
from washouts, floods, unstable soil, land- tected by an equivalent means. Pipe in the
slides, or other hazards that may cause the Gulf of Mexico and its inlets under 15 feet (4.6
pipeline to move or to sustain abnormal loads. meters) of water must be installed so that the
In addition, the operator must take all practica- top of the pipe is 36 inches (914 millimeters)
ble steps to protect offshore pipelines from below the seabed for normal excavation or 18
damage by mud slides, water currents, hurri- inches (457 millimeters) for rock excavation.
canes, ship anchors, and fishing operations.
(b) Each above ground transmission line or [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
main, not located offshore or in inland naviga- Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
ble water areas, must be protected from acci- Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
dental damage by vehicular traffic or other Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
similar causes, either by being placed at a safe
distance from the traffic or by installing barri-
cades. §192.321 Installation of plastic pipe.
(c) Pipelines, including pipe risers, on each
platform located offshore or in inland naviga- (a) Plastic pipe must be installed below
ble waters must be protected from accidental ground level except as provided by paragraphs
damage by vessels. (g) and (h) of this section.
(b) Plastic pipe that is installed in a vault or
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by any other below grade enclosure must be com-
Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976; pletely encased in gas-tight metal pipe and fit-
Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996] tings that are adequately protected from corro-
sion.
(c) Plastic pipe must be installed so as to
§192.319 Installation of pipe in a ditch minimize shear or tensile stresses.
(d) Thermoplastic pipe that is not encased
(a) When installed in a ditch, each trans- must have a minimum wall thickness of 0.090
mission line that is to be operated at a pressure inch (2.29 millimeters), except that pipe with
producing a hoop stress of 20 percent or more an outside diameter of 0.875 inch (22.3 milli-
of SMYS must be installed so that the pipe fits meters) or less may have a minimum wall
the ditch so as to minimize stresses and protect thickness of 0.062 inch (1.58 millimeters).
the pipe coating from damage. (e) Plastic pipe that is not encased must
(b) When a ditch for a transmission line or have an electrically conducting wire or other
main is backfilled, it must be backfilled in a means of locating the pipe while it is under-
manner that: ground. Tracer wire may not be wrapped
(1) Provides firm support under the pipe; around the pipe and contact with the pipe must
and be minimized but is not prohibited. Tracer wire
(2) Prevents damage to the pipe and pipe or other metallic elements installed for pipe
coating from equipment or from the backfill locating purposes must be resistant to corro-
material. sion damage, either by use of coated copper
(c) All offshore pipe in water at least 12 wire or by other means.
feet (3.7 meters) deep, but not more than 200 (f) Plastic pipe that is being encased must
feet (61 meters) deep, as measured from the be inserted into the casing pipe in a manner
mean low tide, except pipe in the Gulf of Mex- that will protect the plastic. The leading end of
ico and its inlets under 15 feet (4.6 meters)of the plastic must be closed before insertion.

55/153
(g) Uncased plastic pipe may be temporari- §192.325 Underground clearance.

ly installed above ground level under the fol-
lowing conditions: (a) Each transmission line must be installed
(1) The operator must be able to demon- with at least 12 inches (305 millimeters) of
strate that the cumulative aboveground expo- clearance from any other underground struc-
sure of the pipe does not exceed the manufacture not associated with the transmission line.
turer's recommended maximum period of ex- If this clearance cannot be attained, the trans-
posure or 2 years, whichever is less. mission line must be protected from damage
(2) The pipe either is located where dam- that might result from the proximity of the oth-
age by external forces is unlikely or is other- er structure.
wise protected against such damage. (b) Each main must be installed with
(3) The pipe adequately resists exposure to enough clearance from any other underground
ultraviolet light and high and low temperatures. structure to allow proper maintenance and to
(h) Plastic pipe may be installed on bridges protect against damage that might result from
provided that it is: proximity to other structures.
(1) Installed with protection from mechani- (c) In addition to meeting the requirements
cal damage, such as installation in a metallic of paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section, each
casing; plastic transmission line or main must be in-
(2) Protected from ultraviolet radiation; and stalled with sufficient clearance, or must be
(3) Not allowed to exceed the pipe temper- insulated, from any source of heat so as to pre-
ature limits specified in §192.123. vent the heat from impairing the serviceability
of the pipe.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by (d) Each pipe-type or bottle-type holder
Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996; must be installed with a minimum clearance
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; from any other holder as prescribed in
Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003; §192.175(b).
Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004]
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended by
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
§192.323 Casing.
Each casing used on a transmission line or §192.327 Cover.

main under a railroad or highway must comply
with the following: (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c),
(a) The casing must be designed to with- (e), (f), and (g) of this section, each buried
stand the superimposed loads. transmission line must be installed with a min-
(b) If there is a possibility of water entering imum cover as follows:
the casing, the ends must be sealed.
(c) If the ends of an unvented casing are Normal Consolidated
sealed and the sealing is strong enough to re- Location soil rock
tain the maximum allowable operating pressure Inches Inches
(Millimeters) (Millimeters)
of the pipe, the casing must be designed to Class 1 locations 30 (762) 18 (457)
hold this pressure at a stress level of not more Class 2, 3, and 4 36 (914) 24 (610)
than 72 percent of SMYS. locations
(d) If vents are installed on a casing, the Drainage ditches 36 (914) 24 (610)
vents must be protected from the weather to of public roads and
prevent water from entering the casing. railroad crossings
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]

56/153
(b) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) (3.66 meters) deep, must be installed with a
and (d) of this section, each buried main must minimum cover of 36 inches (914 millimeters)
be installed with at least 24 inches (610 milli- in soil or 18 inches (457 millimeters) in con-
meters) of cover. solidated rock between the top of the pipe and
(c) Where an underground structure pre- the natural bottom.
vents the installation of a transmission line or (2) Pipe under water at least 12 feet (3.66
main with the minimum cover, the transmis- meters) deep must be installed so that the top
sion line or main may be installed with less of the pipe is below the natural bottom, unless
cover if it is provided with additional protec- the pipe is supported by stanchions, held in
tion to withstand anticipated external loads. place by anchors or heavy concrete coating, or
(d) A main may be installed with less than protected by an equivalent means.
24 inches (610 millimeters) of cover if the law (g) All pipelines installed under water in
of the State or municipality: the Gulf of Mexico and its inlets, as defined in
(1) Establishes a minimum cover of less §192.3, must be installed in accordance with
than 24 inches (610 millimeters); §192.612(b)(3).
(2) Requires that mains be installed in a
common trench with other utility lines; and, [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(3) Provides adequately for prevention of Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
damage to the pipe by external forces. Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998;
this section, all pipe installed in a navigable Amdt. 192-98, 69 FR 48400, Aug. 10, 2004]
river, stream, or harbor must be installed with a
minimum cover of 48 inches (1219 millime-
ters) in soil or 24 inches (610 millimeters) in §192.328 Additional construction require-
consolidated rock between the top of the pipe ments for steel pipe using alternative maxi-
and the underwater natural bottom (as deter- mum allowable operating pressure.
mined by recognized and generally accepted
practices). For a new or existing pipeline segment to be
(f) All pipe installed offshore, except in the eligible for operation at the alternative maxi-
Gulf of Mexico and its inlets, under water not mum allowable operating pressure calculated
more than 200 feet (60 meters) deep, as meas- under §192.620, a segment must meet the fol-
ured from the mean low tide, must be installed lowing additional construction requirements.
as follows: Records must be maintained, for the useful life
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of of the pipeline, demonstrating compliance with
this section, pipe under water less than 12 feet these requirements:
To address this con- The pipeline segment must meet this additional construction require-
struction issue: ment:
(a) Quality assurance. (1) The construction of the pipeline segment must be done under a
quality assurance plan addressing pipe inspection, hauling and string-
ing, field bending, welding, non-destructive examination of girth welds,
applying and testing field applied coating, lowering of the pipeline into
the ditch, padding and backfilling, and hydrostatic testing.
(2) The quality assurance plan for applying and testing field applied
coating to girth welds must be:
(i) Equivalent to that required under §192.112(f)(3) for pipe; and
(ii) Performed by an individual with the knowledge, skills, and abil-
ity to assure effective coating application.
(b) Girth welds. (1) All girth welds on a new pipeline segment must be nondestructive-

57/153
ly examined in accordance with §192.243(b) and (c).

(c) Depth of cover. (1) Notwithstanding any lesser depth of cover otherwise allowed in
§192.327, there must be at least 36 inches (914 millimeters) of cover or
equivalent means to protect the pipeline from outside force damage.
(2) In areas where deep tilling or other activities could threaten the
pipeline, the top of the pipeline must be installed at least one foot be-
low the deepest expected penetration of the soil.
(d) Initial strength test- (1) The pipeline segment must not have experienced failures indicative
ing. of systemic material defects during strength testing, including initial
hydrostatic testing. A root cause analysis, including metallurgical ex-
amination of the failed pipe, must be performed for any failure experi-
enced to verify that it is not indicative of a systemic concern. The re-
sults of this root cause analysis must be reported to each PHMSA pipe-
line safety regional office where the pipe is in service at least 60 days
prior to operating at the alternative MAOP. An operator must also noti-
fy a State pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a
State where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate
pipeline is regulated by that State.
(e) Interference cur- (1) For a new pipeline segment, the construction must address the im-
rents. pacts of induced alternating current from parallel electric transmission
lines and other known sources of potential interference with corrosion
control.
[Amdt. 192-[107], 73 FR 62147, October 17, 2008]

58/153
Subpart H–Customer Meters, Service §192.355 Customer meters and regula-

Regulators, and Service Lines tors: Protection from damage.
(a) Protection from vacuum or back

§192.351 Scope. pressure. If the customer's equipment might
create either a vacuum or a back pressure, a
This subpart prescribes minimum re- device must be installed to protect the sys-
quirements for installing customer meters, tem.
service regulators, service lines, service line (b) Service regulator vents and relief
valves, and service line connections to vents. Service regulator vents and relief
mains. vents must terminate outdoors, and the out-
door terminal must:
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (1) Be rain and insect resistant;
(2) Be located at a place where gas from
the vent can escape freely into the atmos-
§192.353 Customer meters and regula- phere and away from any opening into the
tors: Location. building; and,
(3) Be protected from damage caused by
(a) Each meter and service regulator, submergence in areas where flooding may
whether inside or outside a building, must occur.
be installed in a readily accessible location (c) Pits and vaults. Each pit or vault that
and be protected from corrosion and other houses a customer meter or regulator at a
damage, including, if installed outside a place where vehicular traffic is anticipated,
building, vehicular damage that may be an- must be able to support that traffic.
ticipated. However, the upstream regulator
in a series may be buried. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
(b) Each service regulator installed by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
within a building must be located as near as 1988]
practical to the point of service line en-
trance.
(c) Each meter installed within a build- §192.357 Customer meters and regula-
ing must be located in a ventilated place and tors: Installation.
not less than 3 feet (914 millimeters) from
any source of ignition or any source of heat (a) Each meter and each regulator must
which might damage the meter. be installed so as to minimize anticipated
(d) Where feasible, the upstream regula- stresses upon the connecting piping and the
tor in a series must be located outside the meter.
building, unless it is located in a separate (b) When close all-thread nipples are
metering or regulating building. used, the wall thickness remaining after the
threads are cut must meet the minimum
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended wall thickness requirements of this part.
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, (c) Connections made of lead or other
1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. easily damaged material may not be used in
15, 2003] the installation of meters or regulators.

59/153
(d) Each regulator that might release gas (c) Grading for drainage. Where con-
in its operation must be vented to the out- densate in the gas might cause interruption
side atmosphere. in the gas supply to the customer, the ser-
vice line must be graded so as to drain into
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] the main or into drips at the low points in
the service line.
(d) Protection against piping strain and
§192.359 Customer meter installations: external loading. Each service line must be
Operating pressure. installed so as to minimize anticipated pip-
ing strain and external loading.
(a) A meter may not be used at a pres- (e) Installation of service lines into
sure that is more than 67 percent of the buildings. Each underground service line
manufacturer's shell test pressure. installed below grade through the outer
(b) Each newly installed meter manu- foundation wall of a building must:
factured after November 12, 1970, must (1) In the case of a metal service line, be
have been tested to a minimum of 10 p.s.i. protected against corrosion;
(69 kPa) gage. (2) In the case of a plastic service line,
(c) A rebuilt or repaired tinned steel be protected from shearing action and back-
case meter may not be used at a pressure fill settlement; and
that is more than 50 percent of the pressure (3) Be sealed at the foundation wall to
used to test the meter after rebuilding or re- prevent leakage into the building.
pairing. (f) Installation of service lines under
buildings. Where an underground service
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended line is installed under a building:
by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, (1) It must be encased in a gas tight
1970; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, conduit;
1998] (2) The conduit and the service line
must, if the service line supplies the build-
ing it underlies, extend into a normally usa-
§192.361 Service lines: Installation. ble and accessible part of the building; and,
(3) The space between the conduit and
(a) Depth. Each buried service line the service line must be sealed to prevent
must be installed with at least 12 inches gas leakage into the building and, if the
(305 millimeters) of cover in private proper- conduit is sealed at both ends, a vent line
ty and at least 18 inches (457 millimeters) from the annular space must extend to a
of cover in streets and roads. However, point where gas would not be a hazard, and
where an underground structure prevents extend above grade, terminating in a rain
installation at those depths, the service line and insect resistant fitting.
must be able to withstand any anticipated (g) Locating underground service lines.
external load. Each underground nonmetallic service line
(b) Support and backfill. Each service that is not encased must have a means of
line must be properly supported on undis- locating the pipe that complies with
turbed or well-compacted soil, and material §192.321(e).
used for backfill must be free of materials
that could damage the pipe or its coating.

60/153
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended is supported independently of the service
by Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26, lines.
1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
15, 2003]
§192.367 Service lines: General re-

§192.363 Service lines: Valve require- quirements for connections to main pip-
ments. ing.
(a) Each service line must have a ser- (a) Location. Each service line connec-
vice line valve that meets the applicable re- tion to a main must be located at the top of
quirements of Subparts B and D of this part. the main or, if that is not practical, at the
A valve incorporated in a meter bar, that side of the main, unless a suitable protective
allows the meter to be bypassed, may not be device is installed to minimize the possibil-
used as a service line valve. ity of dust and moisture being carried from
(b) A soft seat service line valve may the main into the service line.
not be used if its ability to control the flow (b) Compression-type connection to
of gas could be adversely affected by expo- main. Each compression-type service line
sure to anticipated heat. to main connection must:
(c) Each service line valve on a high- (1) Be designed and installed to effec-
pressure service line, installed above ground tively sustain the longitudinal pullout or
or in an area where the blowing of gas thrust forces caused by contraction or ex-
would be hazardous, must be designed and pansion of the piping, or by anticipated ex-
constructed to minimize the possibility of ternal or internal loading; and
the removal of the core of the valve with (2) If gaskets are used in connecting the
other than specialized tools. service line to the main connection fitting,
have gaskets that are compatible with the
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] kind of gas in the system.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended

§192.365 Service lines: Location of by Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26,
valves. 1996]
(a) Relation to regulator or meter. Each

service line valve must be installed up- §192.369 Service lines: Connections to
stream of the regulator or, if there is no reg- cast iron or ductile iron mains.
ulator, upstream of the meter.
(b) Outside valves. Each service line (a) Each service line connected to a cast
must have a shutoff valve in a readily ac- iron or ductile iron main must be connected
cessible location that, if feasible, is outside by a mechanical clamp, by drilling and tap-
of the building. ping the main, or by another method meet-
(c) Underground valves. Each under- ing the requirements of §192.273.
ground service line valve must be located in
a covered durable curb box or standpipe
that allows ready operation of the valve and

61/153
(b) If a threaded tap is being inserted, (2) It may terminate above ground level
the requirements of §192.151(b) and (c) and outside the building, if–
must also be met. (i) The above ground level part of the
plastic service line is protected against dete-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] rioration and external damage; and
(ii) The plastic service line is not used to
support external loads.
§192.371 Service lines: Steel. (b) Each plastic service line inside a
building must be protected against external
Each steel service line to be operated at damage.
less than 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage must be
constructed of pipe designed for a minimum [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
of 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage. by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
1996]
by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17,
1970; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, §192.377 Service lines: Copper
1998]
Each copper service line installed within
a building must be protected against exter-
§192.373 Service lines: Cast iron and nal damage.
ductile iron.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
(a) Cast or ductile iron pipe less than 6
inches (152 millimeters) in diameter may
not be installed for service lines. §192.379 New service lines not in use.
(b) If cast iron pipe or ductile iron pipe
is installed for use as a service line, the part Each service line that is not placed in
of the service line which extends through service upon completion of installation
the building wall must be of steel pipe. must comply with one of the following until
(c) A cast iron or ductile iron service the customer is supplied with gas:
line may not be installed in unstable soil or (a) The valve that is closed to prevent
under a building. the flow of gas to the customer must be
provided with a locking device or other
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended means designed to prevent the opening of
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, the valve by persons other than those au-
1998] thorized by the operator.
(b) A mechanical device or fitting that
will prevent the flow of gas must be in-
§192.375 Service lines: Plastic. stalled in the service line or in the meter
assembly.
(a) Each plastic service line outside a (c) The customer's piping must be phys-
building must be installed below ground ically disconnected from the gas supply and
level, except that– the open pipe ends sealed.
(1) It may be installed in accordance
with §192.321(g); and [Amdt. 192-8, 37 FR 20694, Oct. 1972]

62/153
§192.381 Service lines: Excess flow valve connecting the service line to its source of
performance standards. gas supply.
(e) An operator should not install an ex-
(a) Excess flow valves to be used on cess flow valve on a service line where the
single residence service lines that operate operator has prior experience with contami-
continuously throughout the year at a pres- nants in the gas stream, where these con-
sure not less than 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage taminants could be expected to cause the
must be manufactured and tested by the excess flow valve to malfunction or where
manufacturer according to an industry spec- the excess flow valve would interfere with
ification, or the manufacturer's written spec- necessary operation and maintenance activi-
ification, to ensure that each valve will: ties on the service, such as blowing liquids
(1) Function properly up to the maxi- from the line.
mum operating pressure at which the valve
is rated; [Amdt. 192-79, 61 FR 31449, June 20, 1996
(2) Function properly at all temperatures as amended by Amdt. 192-80, 62 FR 2618,
reasonably expected in the operating envi- Jan. 17, 1997; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500,
ronment of the service line; July 13, 1998]
(3) At 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage:
(i) Close at, or not more than 50 percent
above, the rated closure flow rate specified §192.383 Excess flow valve installation.
by the manufacturer; and
(ii) Upon closure, reduce gas flow– (a) Definitions. As used in this section:
(A) For an excess flow valve designed Replaced service line means a gas ser-
to allow pressure to equalize across the vice line where the fitting that connects the
valve, to no more than 5 percent of the service line to the main is replaced or the
manufacturer's specified closure flow rate, piping connected to this fitting is replaced.
up to a maximum of 20 cubic feet per hour Service line serving single-family resi-
(0.57 cubic meters per hour); or dence means a gas service line that begins at
(B) For an excess flow valve designed the fitting that connects the service line to
to prevent equalization of pressure across the main and serves only one single-family
the valve, to no more than 0.4 cubic feet per residence.
hour (.01 cubic meters per hour); and (b) Installation required. An excess flow
valve (EFV) installation must comply with
(4) Not close when the pressure is less
the performance standards in §192.381. The
than the manufacturer's minimum specified
operator must install an EFV on any new or
operating pressure and the flow rate is be-
replaced service line serving a single-family
low the manufacturer's minimum specified
residence after February 12, 2010, unless
closure flow rate.
one or more of the following conditions is
(b) An excess flow valve must meet the
present:
applicable requirements of Subparts B and
(1) The service line does not operate at a
D of this part.
pressure of 10 psig or greater throughout the
(c) An operator must mark or otherwise
year;
identify the presence of an excess flow
(2) The operator has prior experience
valve on the service line.
with contaminants in the gas stream that
(d) An operator shall locate an excess
could interfere with the EFV's operation or
flow valve as near as practical to the fitting
cause loss of service to a residence;

63/153
(3) An EFV could interfere with neces-

sary operation or maintenance activities,
such as blowing liquids from the line; or
(4) An EFV meeting performance stand-
ards in §192.381 is not commercially avail-
able to the operator.
(c) Reporting. Each operator must report
the EFV measures detailed in the annual re-
port required by § 191.11.
[Amdt. 192-83, 63 FR 5464, Feb. 3, 1998 as

amended by Amdt. 192-113, 74 FR 63905,
Dec. 4, 2009; Amdt. 192-113c, 75 FR5244,
Feb. 2, 2010, Amdt. 192-116, 76 FR 5494,
February 1, 2011]

64/153
Subpart I–Requirements for Corrosion change in class location or increase in dwell-

Control ing density:
(1) The requirements of this subpart spe-
cifically applicable to pipelines installed be-
§192.451 Scope. fore August 1, 1971, apply to the gathering
line regardless of the date the pipeline was
(a) This subpart prescribes minimum actually installed; and
requirements for the protection of metallic (2) The requirements of this subpart
pipelines from external, internal, and at- specifically applicable to pipelines installed
mospheric corrosion. after July 31, 1971, apply only if the pipe-
(b) [Reserved] line substantially meets those requirements.
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR as amended by Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR
34598, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-33, 43 60146, Nov. 25, 1977, Amdt. 192-102, 71
FR 39389, Sept. 5, 1978] FR 13289, Mar. 15, 2006]
§192.452 How does this subpart apply to §192.453 General.

converted pipelines and regulated on-
shore gathering lines? The corrosion control procedures re-
quired by §192.605(b)(2), including those
(a) Converted pipelines. Notwithstand- for the design, installation, operation, and
ing the date the pipeline was installed or maintenance of cathodic protection systems,
any earlier deadlines for compliance, each must be carried out by, or under the direc-
pipeline which qualifies for use under this tion of, a person qualified in pipeline corro-
part in accordance with §192.14 must meet sion control methods.
the requirements of this subpart specifically
applicable to pipelines installed before Au- [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
gust 1, 1971, and all other applicable reas amended by Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575,
quirements within 1 year after the pipeline Feb. 11, 1994]
is readied for service. However, the re-
quirements of this subpart specifically ap-
plicable to pipelines installed after July 31, §192.455 External corrosion control:
1971, apply if the pipeline substantially Buried or submerged pipelines installed
meets those requirements before it is read- after July 31, 1971.
ied for service or it is a segment which is
replaced, relocated, or substantially altered. (a) Except as provided in paragraphs
(b) Regulated onshore gathering lines. (b), (c), and (f) of this section, each buried
For any regulated onshore gathering line un- or submerged pipeline installed after July
der §192.9 existing on April 14, 2006, that 31, 1971, must be protected against external
was not previously subject to this part, and corrosion, including the following:
for any onshore gathering line that becomes (1) It must have an external protective
a regulated onshore gathering line under coating meeting the requirements of
§192.9 after April 14, 2006, because of a §192.461.

65/153
(2) It must have a cathodic protection natural pH in excess of 8, unless tests or

system designed to protect the pipeline in experience indicate its suitability in the par-
accordance with this subpart, installed and ticular environment involved.
placed in operation within 1 year after com- (f) This section does not apply to elec-
pletion of construction. trically isolated, metal alloy fittings in plas-
(b) An operator need not comply with tic pipelines, if:
paragraph (a) of this section, if the operator (1) For the size fitting to be used, an op-
can demonstrate by tests, investigation, or erator can show by test, investigation, or
experience in the area of application, in- experience in the area of application that
cluding, as a minimum, soil resistivity adequate corrosion control is provided by
measurements and tests for corrosion accel- the alloy composition; and
erating bacteria, that a corrosive environ- (2) The fitting is designed to prevent
ment does not exist. However, within 6 leakage caused by localized corrosion pit-
months after an installation made pursuant ting.
to the preceding sentence, the operator shall
conduct tests, including pipe-to-soil poten- [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
tial measurements with respect to either a as amended by Amdt. 192-28, 42 FR
continuous reference electrode or an elec- 35654, July 11, 1977; Amdt. 192-39, 47 FR
trode using close spacing, not to exceed 20 9842, Mar. 8, 1982; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR
feet (6 meters), and soil resistivity meas- 28770, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR
urements at potential profile peak locations, 37500, July 13, 1998]
to adequately evaluate the potential profile
along the entire pipeline. If the tests made
indicate that a corrosive condition exists, §192.457 External corrosion control:
the pipeline must be cathodically protected Buried or submerged pipelines installed
in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this before August 1, 1971.
section.
(c) An operator need not comply with (a) Except for buried piping at compres-
paragraph (a) of this section, if the operator sor, regulator, and measuring stations, each
can demonstrate by tests, investigation, or buried or submerged transmission line in-
experience that- stalled before August 1, 1971, that has an
(1) For a copper pipeline, a corrosive effective external coating must be cathodi-
environment does not exist; or cally protected along the entire area that is
(2) For a temporary pipeline with an effectively coated, in accordance with this
operating period of service not to exceed 5 subpart. For the purposes of this subpart, a
years beyond installation, corrosion during pipeline does not have an effective external
the 5-year period of service of the pipeline coating if its cathodic protection current re-
will not be detrimental to public safety. quirements are substantially the same as if it
(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of were bare. The operator shall make tests to
paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, if a determine the cathodic protection current
pipeline is externally coated, it must be ca- requirements.
thodically protected in accordance with par- (b) Except for cast iron or ductile iron,
agraph (a)(2) of this section. each of the following buried or submerged
(e) Aluminum may not be installed in a pipelines installed before August 1, 1971,
buried or submerged pipeline if that alumi- must be cathodically protected in accord-
num is exposed to an environment with a

66/153
ance with this subpart in areas in which ac- (1) Be applied on a properly prepared
tive corrosion is found: surface;
(1) Bare or ineffectively coated trans- (2) Have sufficient adhesion to the met-
mission lines. al surface to effectively resist underfilm mi-
(2) Bare or coated pipes at compressor, gration of moisture;
regulator, and measuring stations. (3) Be sufficiently ductile to resist
(3) Bare or coated distribution lines. cracking;
(4) Have sufficient strength to resist
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, damage due to handling and soil stress; and,
as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR (5) Have properties compatible with any
39389, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR supplemental cathodic protection.
53895, Sept. 15, 2003] (b) Each external protective coating
which is an electrically insulating type must
also have low moisture absorption and high
§192.459 External corrosion control: electrical resistance.
Examination of buried pipeline when ex- (c) Each external protective coating
posed. must be inspected just prior to lowering the
pipe into the ditch and backfilling, and any
Whenever an operator has knowledge damage detrimental to effective corrosion
that any portion of a buried pipeline is ex- control must be repaired.
posed, the exposed portion must be exam- (d) Each external protective coating
ined for evidence of external corrosion if must be protected from damage resulting
the pipe is bare, or if the coating is deterio- from adverse ditch conditions or damage
rated. If external corrosion requiring reme- from supporting blocks.
dial action under §§ 192.483 through (e) If coated pipe is installed by boring,
192.489 is found, the operator shall investi- driving, or other similar method, precau-
gate circumferentially and longitudinally tions must be taken to minimize damage to
beyond the exposed portion (by visual ex- the coating during installation.
amination, indirect method, or both) to de-
termine whether additional corrosion requir- [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971]
ing remedial action exists in the vicinity of
the exposed portion.
§192.463 External corrosion control:
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, Cathodic protection.
as amended by Amdt. 192-87, 64 FR
56978, Oct. 22, 1999] (a) Each cathodic protection system re-
quired by this subpart must provide a level
of cathodic protection that complies with
§192.461 External corrosion control: one or more of the applicable criteria con-
Protective coating. tained in Appendix D of this part. If none
of these criteria is applicable, the cathodic
(a) Each external protective coating, protection system must provide a level of
whether conductive or insulating, applied cathodic protection at least equal to that
for the purpose of external corrosion control provided by compliance with one or more
must– of these criteria.

67/153
(b) If amphoteric metals are included in failure would jeopardize structure protec-
a buried or submerged pipeline containing a tion must be electrically checked for proper
metal or different anodic potential– performance six times each calendar year,
(1) The amphoteric metals must be elec- but with intervals not exceeding 2½ months.
trically isolated from the remainder of the Each other interference bond must be
pipeline and cathodically protected; or checked at least once each calendar year,
(2) The entire buried or submerged but with intervals not exceeding 15 months.
pipeline must be cathodically protected at a (d) Each operator shall take prompt re-
cathodic potential that meets the require- medial action to correct any deficiencies
ments of Appendix D of this part for am- indicated by the monitoring.
photeric metals. (e) After the initial evaluation required
(c) The amount of cathodic protection by §§ 192.455(b) and (c) and 192.457(b),
must be controlled so as not to damage the each operator must, not less than every 3
protective coating or the pipe. years at intervals not exceeding 39 months,
reevaluate its unprotected pipelines and ca-
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971] thodically protect them in accordance with
this subpart in areas in which active corro-
sion is found. The operator must determine
§192.465 External corrosion control: the areas of active corrosion by electrical
Monitoring. survey. However, on distribution lines and
where an electrical survey is impractical on
(a) Each pipeline that is under cathodic transmission lines, areas of active corrosion
protection must be tested at least once each may be determined by other means that in-
calendar year, but with intervals not exceed- clude review and analysis of leak repair and
ing 15 months, to determine whether the inspection records, corrosion monitoring
cathodic protection meets the requirements records, exposed pipe inspection records,
of §192.463. However, if tests at those in- and the pipeline environment.
tervals are impractical for separately pro-
tected short sections of mains or transmis- [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
sion lines, not in excess of 100 feet (30 meas amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR
ters), or separately protected service lines, 34598, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-33, 43
these pipelines may be surveyed on a sam- FR 39389, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-35, 44
pling basis. At least 10 percent of these FR 75381, Dec. 20, 1979; Amdt. 192-35A,
protected structures, distributed over the 45 FR 23441, Apr. 7, 1980; Amdt. 192-85,
entire system must be surveyed each calen- 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-93,
dar year, with a different 10 percent 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-
checked each subsequent year, so that the 114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11, 2010; Amdt.
entire system is tested in each 10-year peri- 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015]
od.
(b) Each cathodic protection rectifier or
other impressed current power source must §192.467 External corrosion control:
be inspected six times each calendar year, Electrical isolation.
but with intervals not exceeding 2½ months,
to ensure that it is operating. (a) Each buried or submerged pipeline
(c) Each reverse current switch, each must be electrically isolated from other un-
diode, and each interference bond whose derground metallic structures, unless the

68/153
pipeline and the other structures are electri- [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
cally interconnected and cathodically pro- as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR
tected as a single unit. 34606, Aug. 16, 1976]
(b) One or more insulating devices must
be installed where electrical isolation of a
portion of a pipeline is necessary to facili- 192.471 External corrosion control: Test
tate the application of corrosion control. leads.
(c) Except for unprotected copper in-
serted in a ferrous pipe, each pipeline must (a) Each test lead wire must be connect-
be electrically isolated from metallic cas- ed to the pipeline so as to remain mechani-
ings that are a part of the underground sys- cally secure and electrically conductive.
tem. However, if isolation is not achieved (b) Each test lead wire must be attached
because it is impractical, other measures to the pipeline so as to minimize stress con-
must be taken to minimize corrosion of the centration on the pipe.
pipeline inside the casing. (c) Each bared test lead wire and bared
(d) Inspection and electrical tests must metallic area at point of connection to the
be made to assure that electrical isolation is pipeline must be coated with an electrical
adequate. insulating material compatible with the pipe
(e) An insulating device may not be in- coating and the insulation on the wire.
stalled in an area where a combustible at-
mosphere is anticipated unless precautions [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971]
are taken to prevent arcing.
(f) Where a pipeline is located in close
proximity to electrical transmission tower §192.473 External corrosion control:
footings, ground cables or counterpoise, or Interference currents.
in other areas where fault currents or unu-
sual risk of lightning may be anticipated, it (a) Each operator whose pipeline system
must be provided with protection against is subjected to stray currents shall have in
damage due to fault currents or lightning, effect a continuing program to minimize the
and protective measures must also be taken detrimental effects of such currents.
at insulating devices. (b) Each impressed current type cathod-
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, ic protection system or galvanic anode sys-
as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR tem must be designed and installed so as to
39389, Sept. 5, 1978] minimize any adverse effects on existing
adjacent underground metallic structures.
§192.469 External corrosion control: [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
Test stations. as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR
39389, Sept. 5, 1978]
Each pipeline under cathodic protection
required by this subpart must have suffi-
cient test stations or other contact points for §192.475 Internal corrosion control:
electrical measurement to determine the ad- General.
equacy of cathodic protection.
(a) Corrosive gas may not be transport-
ed by pipeline, unless the corrosive effect of

69/153
the gas on the pipeline has been investigat- (2) Have effective liquid removal fea-
ed and steps have been taken to minimize tures whenever the configuration would al-
internal corrosion. low liquids to collect; and
(b) Whenever any pipe is removed from (3) Allow use of devices for monitoring
a pipeline for any reason, the internal sur- internal corrosion at locations with signifi-
face must be inspected for evidence of cor- cant potential for internal corrosion.
rosion. If internal corrosion is found– (b) Exceptions to applicability. The de-
(1) The adjacent pipe must be investi- sign and construction requirements of para-
gated to determine the extent of internal graph (a) of this section do not apply to the
corrosion: following:
(2) Replacement must be made to the (1) Offshore pipeline; and
extent required by the applicable paragraphs (2) Pipeline installed or line pipe, valve,
of §§ 192.485, 192.487, or 192,489; and, fitting or other line component replaced be-
(3) Steps must be taken to minimize the fore May 23, 2007.
internal corrosion. (c) Change to existing transmission line.
(c) Gas containing more than 0.25 grain When an operator changes the configuration
of hydrogen sulfide per 100 cubic feet (5.8 of a transmission line, the operator must
milligrams/m3) at standard conditions (4 evaluate the impact of the change on internal
parts per million) may not be stored in pipe- corrosion risk to the downstream portion of
type or bottle-type holders. an existing onshore transmission line and
provide for removal of liquids and monitor-
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, ing of internal corrosion as appropriate.
as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR (d) Records. An operator must maintain
39389, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR records demonstrating compliance with this
28770, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR section. Provided the records show why in-
37500, July 13, 1998] corporating design features addressing para-
graph (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section
is impracticable or unnecessary, an operator
§192.476 Internal corrosion control: De- may fulfill this requirement through written
sign and construction of transmission procedures supported by as-built drawings
line. or other construction records.
(a) Design and construction. Except as [72 FR 20055, April 23, 2007]
provided in paragraph (b) of this section,
each new transmission line and each re-
placement of line pipe, valve, fitting, or oth- §192.477 Internal corrosion control:
er line component in a transmission line Monitoring.
must have features incorporated into its de-
sign and construction to reduce the risk of If corrosive gas is being transported,
internal corrosion. At a minimum, unless it coupons or other suitable means must be
is impracticable or unnecessary to do so, used to determine the effectiveness of the
each new transmission line or replacement steps taken to minimize internal corrosion.
of line pipe, valve, fitting, or other line Each coupon or other means of monitoring
component in a transmission line must: internal corrosion must be checked two
(1) Be configured to reduce the risk that times each calendar year, but with interval
liquids will collect in the line; not exceeding 7½ months.

70/153
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, (b) During inspections the operator must
as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR give particular attention to pipe at soil-to-air
39389, Sept. 5, 1978] interfaces, under thermal insulation, under
disbonded coatings, at pipe supports, in
splash zones, at deck penetrations, and in
§192.479 Atmospheric corrosion control: spans over water.
General. (c) If atmospheric corrosion is found
during an inspection, the operator must pro-
(a) Each operator must clean and coat vide protection against the corrosion as re-
each pipeline or portion of pipeline that is quired by §192.479.
exposed to the atmosphere, except pipelines
under paragraph (c) of this section. [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
(b) Coating material must be suitable for as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598,
the prevention of atmospheric corrosion. Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389,
(c) Except portions of pipelines in off- Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895,
shore splash zones or soil-to-air interfaces, Sept. 15, 2003]
the operator need not protect from atmos-
pheric corrosion any pipeline for which the
operator demonstrates by test, investigation, §192.483 Remedial measures: General.
or experience appropriate to the environ-
ment of the pipeline that corrosion will— (a) Each segment of metallic pipe that
(1) Only be a light surface oxide; or replaces pipe removed from a buried or
(2) Not affect the safe operation of the submerged pipeline because of external cor-
pipeline before the next scheduled inspec- rosion must have a properly prepared sur-
tion. face and must be provided with an external
protective coating that meets the require-
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, ments of §192.461.
as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR (b) Each segment of metallic pipe that
39389, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR replaces pipe removed from a buried or
53895, Sept. 15, 2003] submerged pipeline because of external cor-
rosion must be cathodically protected in ac-
cordance with this subpart.
§192.481 Atmospheric corrosion control: (c) Except for cast iron or ductile iron
Monitoring. pipe, each segment of buried or submerged
pipe that is required to be repaired because
(a) Each operator must inspect each of external corrosion must be cathodically
pipeline or portion of pipeline that is ex- protected in accordance with this subpart.
posed to the atmosphere for evidence of at-
mospheric corrosion, as follows: [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971]
If the pipline Then the frequency of inspection is:

is located: §192.485 Remedial measures:
Onshore At least once every 3 calendar years,
but with intervals not exceeding 39
Transmission lines.
months
Offshore At least once each calendar year, but (a) General corrosion. Each segment of
with intervals not exceeding 15 months transmission line with general corrosion and

71/153
with a remaining wall thickness less than §192.487 Remedial measures: Distribu-
that required for the MAOP of the pipeline tion lines other than cast iron or ductile
must be replaced or the operating pressure iron lines.
reduced commensurate with the strength of
the pipe based on actual remaining wall (a) General corrosion. Except for cast
thickness. However, corroded pipe may be iron or ductile iron pipe, each segment of
repaired by a method that reliable engineer- generally corroded distribution line pipe
ing tests and analyses show can permanent- with a remaining wall thickness less than
ly restore the serviceability of the pipe. Cor- that required for the MAOP of the pipeline,
rosion pitting so closely grouped as to affect or a remaining wall thickness less than 30
the overall strength of the pipe is considered percent of the nominal wall thickness, must
general corrosion for the purpose of this be replaced. However, corroded pipe may
paragraph. be repaired by a method that reliable engi-
(b) Localized corrosion pitting. Each neering tests and analyses show can perma-
segment of transmission line pipe with lo- nently restore the serviceability of the pipe.
calized corrosion pitting to a degree where Corrosion pitting so closely grouped as to
leakage might result must be replaced or affect the overall strength of the pipe is con-
repaired, or the operating pressure must be sidered general corrosion for the purpose of
reduced commensurate with the strength of this paragraph.
the pipe, based on the actual remaining wall (b) Localized corrosion pitting. Except
thickness in the pits. for cast iron or ductile iron pipe, each seg-
(c) Under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this ment of distribution line pipe with localized
section, the strength of pipe based on actual corrosion pitting to a degree where leakage
remaining wall thickness may be deter- might result must be replaced or repaired.
mined by the procedure in ASME/ANSI [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
B31G (incorporated by reference, see as amended by Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR
§ 192.7) or the procedure in AGA Pipeline 69660, Dec. 14, 1999]
Research Committee Project PR 3-805
(with RSTRENG disk) PRCI PR 3-805 (R-
STRENG) (incorporated by reference, see §192.489 Remedial measures: Cast iron
§ 192.7). Both procedures apply to corrod- and ductile iron pipelines.
ed regions that do not penetrate the pipe
wall, subject to the limitations prescribed in (a) General graphitization. Each seg-
the procedures. ment of cast iron or ductile iron pipe on
which general graphitization is found to a
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, degree where a fracture or any leakage
as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR might result, must be replaced.
39389, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR (b) Localized graphitization. Each seg-
28770, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR ment of cast iron or ductile iron pipe on
69660, Dec. 14, 1999; Amdt. 192-119, 80 which localized graphitization is found to a
FR 168, January 5, 2015] degree where any leakage might result,
must be replaced or repaired, or sealed by
internal sealing methods adequate to pre-
vent or arrest any leakage.
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971]

72/153
§192.490 Direct assessment. for as long as the pipeline remains in ser-

vice.
Each operator that uses direct assess- (c) Each operator shall maintain a rec-
ment as defined in §192.903 on an onshore ord of each test, survey, or inspection re-
transmission line made primarily of steel or quired by this subpart in sufficient detail to
iron to evaluate the effects of a threat in the demonstrate the adequacy of corrosion con-
first column must carry out the direct as- trol measures or that a corrosive condition
sessment according to the standard listed in does not exist. These records must be re-
the second column. These standards do not tained for at least 5 years, except that rec-
apply to methods associated with direct as- ords related to §§ 192.465(a) and (e) and
sessment, such as close interval surveys, 192.475(b) must be retained for as long as
voltage gradient surveys, or examination of the pipeline remains in service.
exposed pipelines, when used separately
from the direct assessment process. [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
Threat Standard1 39389, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR
External corrosion §192.9252 28770, June 6, 1996]
Internal corrosion in pipelines §192.927
that transport dry gas.
Stress corrosion cracking §192.929
1 For lines not subject to subpart O of this part, the
terms “covered segment'' and “covered pipeline
segment'' in §§ 192.925, 192.927, and 192.929 refer
to the pipeline segment on which direct assessment
is performed.
2 In §192.925(b), the provision regarding detection of
coating damage applies only to pipelines subject to
subpart O of this part.
[Amdt. 192-102, 70 FR 61571, Oct. 25,

2005]
§192.491 Corrosion control records.
(a) Each operator shall maintain records

or maps to show the location of cathodically
protected piping, cathodic protection facili-
ties, galvanic anodes, and neighboring
structures bonded to the cathodic protection
system. Records or maps showing a stated
number of anodes, installed in a stated
manner or spacing, need not show specific
distances to each buried anode.
(b) Each record or map required by par-
agraph (a) of this section must be retained

73/153
Subpart J–Test Requirements cific test requirements of this subpart, but

each non-welded joint must be leak tested at
not less than its operating pressure.
§192.501 Scope. (e) If a component other than pipe is the
only item being replaced or added to a pipe-
This subpart prescribes minimum leak- line, a strength test after installation is not
test and strength-test requirements for pipe- required, if the manufacturer of the compo-
lines. nent certifies that:
(1) The component was tested to at least
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] the pressure required for the pipeline to
which it is being added;
(2) The component was manufactured
§192.503 General requirements. under a quality control system that ensures
that each item manufactured is at least equal
(a) No person may operate a new seg- in strength to a prototype and that the proto-
ment of pipeline, or return to service a seg- type was tested to at least the pressure re-
ment of pipeline that has been relocated or quired for the pipeline to which it is being
replaced, until– added; or
(1) It has been tested in accordance with (3) The component carries a pressure
this subpart and §192.619 to substantiate rating established through applicable
the maximum allowable operating pressure; ASME/ANSI/Manufacturers Standardiza-
and tion Society of the Valve and Fittings In-
(2) Each potentially hazardous leak has dustry, Inc. (MSS) specifications, or by unit
been located and eliminated. strength calculations as described in
(b) The test medium must be liquid, air, § 192.143.
natural gas, or inert gas that is–
(1) Compatible with the material of [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
which the pipeline is constructed; by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
(2) Relatively free of sedimentary mate- 1988; Amdt. 192-60, 53 FR 36028, Sept.
rials; and, 16, 1988; Amdt. 192-60A, 54 FR 5485,
(3) Except for natural gas, nonflamma- Feb. 3, 1989; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763,
ble. March 11, 2015]
(c) Except as provided in §192.505(a), if
air, natural gas, or inert gas is used as the
test medium, the following maximum hoop §192.505 Strength test requirements for
stress limitations apply: steel pipeline to operate at a hoop stress
of 30 percent or more of SMYS.
Maximum hoop stress allowed as
Class percentage of SMYS (a) Except for service lines, each seg-
location Natural gas Air or inert gas ment of a steel pipeline that is to operate at
1 80 80
2 30 75
a hoop stress of 30 percent or more of
3 30 50 SMYS must be strength tested in accord-
4 30 40 ance with this section to substantiate the
proposed maximum allowable operating
(d) Each joint used to tie in a test seg- pressure. In addition, in a Class 1 or Class
ment of pipeline is excepted from the spe- 2 location, if there is a building intended for

74/153
human occupancy within 300 feet (91 me-

ters) of a pipeline, a hydrostatic test must be [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
conducted to a test pressure of at least 125 by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
percent of maximum operating pressure on 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14,
that segment of the pipeline within 300 feet 2004; Amdt. 192-94A, 69 FR 54591, Sept.
(91 meters) of such a building, but in no 9, 2004; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763,
event may the test section be less than 600 March 11, 2015]
feet (183 meters) unless the length of the
newly installed or relocated pipe is less than
600 feet (183 meters). However, if the §192.507 Test requirements for pipelines
buildings are evacuated while the hoop to operate at a hoop stress less than 30
stress exceeds 50 percent of SMYS, air or percent of SMYS and at or above 100
inert gas may be used as the test medium. p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage.
(b) In a Class 1 or Class 2 location, each
compressor station, regulator station, and Except for service lines and plastic pipe-
measuring station, must be tested to at least lines, each segment of a pipeline that is to
Class 3 location test requirements. be operated at a hoop stress less than 30
(c) Except as provided in paragraph (e) percent of SMYS and at or above 100 p.s.i.
of this section, the strength test must be (689 kPa) gage must be tested in accord-
conducted by maintaining the pressure at or ance with the following:
above the test pressure for at least 8 hours. (a) The pipeline operator must use a test
(d) If a component other than pipe is the procedure that will ensure discovery of all
only item being replaced or added to a pipe- potentially hazardous leaks in the segment
line, a strength test after installation is not being tested.
required, if the manufacturer of the compo- (b) If, during the test, the segment is to
nent certifies that– be stressed to 20 percent or more of SMYS
(1) The component was tested to at least and natural gas, inert gas, or air is the test
the pressure required for the pipeline to medium–
which it is being added; (1) A leak test must be made at a pres-
(2) The component was manufactured sure between 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage and
under a quality control system that ensures the pressure required to produce a hoop
that each item manufactured is at least equal stress of 20 percent of SMYS; or
in strength to a prototype and that the proto- (2) The line must be walked to check for
type was tested to at least the pressure re- leaks while the hoop stress is held at ap-
quired for the pipeline to which it is being proximately 20 percent of SMYS.
added; or (c) The pressure must be maintained at
(3) The component carries a pressure or above the test pressure for at least 1 hour.
rating established through applicable
ASME/ANSI, MSS specifications, or by [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
unit strength calculations as described in by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
§192.143. 1988; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
(e) For fabricated units and short sec- 1998]
tions of pipe, for which a post installation
test is impractical, a preinstallation strength
test must be conducted by maintaining the
pressure for at least 4 hours.

75/153
§192.509 Test requirements for pipelines kPa) gage, except that each segment of the
to operate below 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) steel service line stressed to 20 percent or
gage. more of SMYS must be tested in accord-
ance with §192.507 of this subpart.
Except for service lines and plastic pipe-
lines, each segment of a pipeline that is to [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
be operated below 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage by Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26,
must be leak tested in accordance with the 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
following: 1998]
(a) The test procedure used must ensure
discovery of all potentially hazardous leaks
in the segment being tested. §192.513 Test requirements for plastic
(b) Each main that is to be operated at pipelines.
less than 1 p.s.i. (6.9 kPa) gage must be
tested to at least 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage and (a) Each segment of a plastic pipeline
each main to be operated at or above 1 p.s.i. must be tested in accordance with this sec-
(6.9 kPa) gage must be tested to at least 90 tion.
p.s.i. (621 kPa) gage. (b) The test procedure must insure dis-
covery of all potentially hazardous leaks in
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended the segment being tested.
by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21, (c) The test pressure must be at least
1988; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 150 percent of the maximum operating
1998] pressure or 50 p.s.i. (345 kPa) gage, which-
ever is greater. However, the maximum test
pressure may not be more than three times
§192.511 Test requirements for service the pressure determined under §192.121, at
lines. a temperature not less than the pipe temper-
ature during the test.
(a) Each segment of a service line (other (d) During the test, the temperature of
than plastic) must be leak tested in accord- thermoplastic material may not be more
ance with this section before being placed than 100F (38C), or the temperature at
in service. If feasible, the service line con- which the material's long-term hydrostatic
nection to the main must be included in the strength has been determined under the
test; if not feasible, it must be given a leak- listed specification, whichever is greater.
age test at the operating pressure when
placed in service. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
(b) Each segment of a service line (other by Amdt. 192-77, 61 FR 27789, June 3,
than plastic) intended to be operated at a 1996; Amdt. 192-77A, 61 FR 45905, Aug.
pressure of at least 1 p.s.i. (6.9 kPa) gage 30, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July
but not more than 40 p.s.i. (276 kPa) gage 13, 1998]
must be given a leak test at a pressure of not
less than 50 p.s.i. (345 kPa) gage.
(c) Each segment of a service line (other
than plastic) intended to be operated at
pressures of more than 40 p.s.i. (276 kPa)
gage must be tested to at least 90 p.s.i. (621

76/153
§192.515 Environmental protection and [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
safety requirements. by Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
2003]
(a) In conducting tests under this sub-
part, each operator shall insure that every
reasonable precaution is taken to protect its
employees and the general public during the
testing. Whenever the hoop stress of the
segment of the pipeline being tested will
exceed 50 percent of SMYS, the operator
shall take all practicable steps to keep per-
sons not working on the testing operation
outside of the testing area until the pressure
is reduced to or below the proposed maxi-
mum allowable operating pressure.
(b) The operator shall insure that the test
medium is disposed of in a manner that will
minimize damage to the environment.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
§192.517 Records.
(a) Each operator shall make, and retain

for the useful life of the pipeline, a record of
each test performed under §§ 192.505 and
192.507. The record must contain at least
the following information:
(1) The operator's name, the name of the
operator's employee responsible for making
the test, and the name of any test company
used.
(2) Test medium used.
(3) Test pressure.
(4) Test duration.
(5) Pressure recording charts, or other
record of pressure readings.
(6) Elevation variations, whenever sig-
nificant for the particular test.
(7) Leaks and failures noted and their
disposition.
(b) Each operator must maintain a rec-
ord of each test required by §§ 192.509,
192.511, and 192.513 for at least 5 years.

77/153
Subpart K–Uprating allowable operating pressure established

under this subpart may not exceed the max-
imum that would be allowed under §§
§192.551 Scope. 192.619 and 192.621 for a new segment of
pipeline constructed of the same materials
This subpart prescribes minimum rein the same location. However, when uprat-
quirements for increasing maximum allow- ing a steel pipeline, if any variable neces-
able operating pressures (uprating) for pipe- sary to determine the design pressure under
lines. the design formula (§192.105) is unknown,
the MAOP may be increased as provided in
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] §192.619(a)(1).

§192.553 General requirements. by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
1996; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept.
(a) Pressure increases. Whenever the 15, 2003]
requirements of this subpart require that an
increase in operating pressure be made in
increments, the pressure must be increased §192.555 Uprating to a pressure that will
gradually, at a rate that can be controlled, produce a hoop stress of 30 percent or
and in accordance with the following: more of SMYS in steel pipelines.
(1) At the end of each incremental in-
crease, the pressure must be held constant (a) Unless the requirements of this sec-
while the entire segment of the pipeline that tion have been met, no person may subject
is affected is checked for leaks. any segment of a steel pipeline to an operat-
(2) Each leak detected must be repaired ing pressure that will produce a hoop stress
before a further pressure increase is made, of 30 percent or more of SMYS and that is
except that a leak determined not to be po- above the established maximum allowable
tentially hazardous need not be repaired, if operating pressure.
it is monitored during the pressure increase (b) Before increasing operating pressure
and it does not become potentially hazard- above the previously established maximum
ous. allowable operating pressure the operator
(b) Records. Each operator who uprates shall:
a segment of pipeline shall retain for the life (1) Review the design, operating, and
of the segment a record of each investiga- maintenance history and previous testing of
tion required by this subpart, of all work the segment of pipeline and determine
performed, and of each pressure test con- whether the proposed increase is safe and
ducted, in connection with the uprating. consistent with the requirements of this
(c) Written plan. Each operator who part; and
uprates a segment of pipeline shall establish (2) Make any repairs, replacements, or
a written procedure that will ensure that alterations in the segment of pipeline that
each applicable requirement of this subpart are necessary for safe operation at the in-
is complied with. creased pressure.
(d) Limitation on increase in maximum (c) After complying with paragraph (b)
allowable operating pressure. Except as of this section, an operator may increase the
provided in §192.555(c), a new maximum maximum allowable operating pressure of a

78/153
segment of pipeline constructed before Sep- §192.557 Uprating: Steel pipelines to a

tember 12, 1970, to the highest pressure that pressure that will produce a hoop stress
is permitted under §192.619, using as test less than 30 percent of SMYS: plastic,
pressure the highest pressure to which the cast iron, and ductile iron pipelines.
segment of pipeline was previously subject-
ed (either in a strength test or in actual op- (a) Unless the requirements of this sec-
eration). tion have been met, no person may subject:
(d) After complying with paragraph (b) (1) A segment of steel pipeline to an
of this section, an operator that does not operating pressure that will produce a hoop
qualify under paragraph (c) of this section stress less than 30 percent of SMYS and
may increase the previously established that is above the previously established
maximum allowable operating pressure if at maximum allowable operating pressure; or
least one of the following requirements is (2) A plastic, cast iron, or ductile iron
met: pipeline segment to an operating pressure
(1) The segment of pipeline is success- that is above the previously established
fully tested in accordance with the require- maximum allowable operating pressure.
ments of this part for a new line of the same (b) Before increasing operating pressure
material in the same location. above the previously established maximum
(2) An increased maximum allowable allowable operating pressure, the operator
operating pressure may be established for a shall:
segment of pipeline in a Class 1 location if (1) Review the design, operating, and
the line has not previously been tested, and maintenance history of the segment of pipe-
if: line;
(i) It is impractical to test it in accord- (2) Make a leakage survey (if it has
ance with the requirements of this part; been more than 1 year since the last survey)
(ii) The new maximum operating pres- and repair any leaks that are found, except
sure does not exceed 80 percent of that al- that a leak determined not to be potentially
lowed for a new line of the same design in hazardous need not be repaired, if it is mon-
the same location; and, itored during the pressure increase and it
(iii) The operator determines that the does not become potentially hazardous;
new maximum allowable operating pressure (3) Make any repairs, replacements, or
is consistent with the condition of the seg- alterations in the segment of pipeline that
ment of pipeline and the design require- are necessary for safe operation at the in-
ments of this part. creased pressure;
(e) Where a segment of pipeline is up- (4) Reinforce or anchor offsets, bends
rated in accordance with paragraph (c) or and dead ends in pipe joined by compres-
(d)(2) of this section, the increase in pres- sion couplings or bell and spigot joints to
sure must be made in increments that are prevent failure of the pipe joint, if the off-
equal to: set, bend, or dead end is exposed in an ex-
(1) 10 percent of the pressure before the cavation;
uprating; or (5) Isolate the segment of pipeline in
(2) 25 percent of the total pressure in- which the pressure is to be increased from
crease, whichever produces the fewer num- any adjacent segment that will continue to
ber of increments. be operated at a lower pressure; and,
(6) If the pressure in mains or service
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] lines, or both, is to be higher than the pres-

79/153
sure delivered to the customer, install a ser- increased by the allowance indicated in the
vice regulator on each service line and test following table:
each regulator to determine that it is func-
tioning. Pressure may be increased as nec- Allowance (inches) (millimeters)
essary to test each regulator, after a regula- Pipe size Cast iron pipe Ductile
tor has been installed on each pipeline sub- (inches) Pit cast Centrifugally iron
(millimeters) pipe cast pipe pipe
ject to the increased pressure. 3 to 8 0.075 0.065 0.065
(c) After complying with paragraph (b) (76 to 203) (1.91) (1.65) (1.65)
of this section, the increase in maximum 10 to 12 0.080 0.070 0.070
allowable operating pressure must be made (254 to 305) (2.03) (1.91) (1.91)
in increments that are equal to 10 p.s.i. (69 14 to 24 0.080 0.080 0.075
kPa) gage or 25 percent of the total pressure (356 to 610) (2.03) (2.03) (1.91)
30 to 42 0.090 0.090 0.075
increase, whichever produces the fewer (762 to 1067) (2.29) (2.29) (1.91)
number of increments. Whenever the re- 48 0.090 0.090 0.080
quirements of paragraph (b)(6) of this sec- (1219) (2.29) (2.29) (2.03)
tion apply, there must be at least two ap- 54 to 60 0.090
proximately equal incremental increases. (1372 to 1524) (2.29)
(d) If records for cast iron or ductile iron
pipeline facilities are not complete enough (4) For cast iron pipe, unless the pipe
to determine stresses produced by internal manufacturing process is known, the opera-
pressure, trench loading, rolling loads, beam tor shall assume that the pipe is pit cast pipe
stresses, and other bending loads, in evalu- with a bursting tensile strength of 11,000
ating the level of safety of the pipeline p.s.i. (76 MPa) gage and a modulus of rup-
when operating at the proposed increased ture of 31,000 p.s.i. (214 MPa) gage.
pressure, the following procedures must be
followed: [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
(1) In estimating the stress, if the origi- by Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2,
nal laying conditions cannot be ascertained, 1981; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6,
the operator shall assume that cast iron pipe 1989; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
was supported on blocks with tamped back- 1998]
fill and that ductile iron pipe was laid with-
out blocks with tamped backfill.
(2) Unless the actual maximum cover
depth is known, the operator shall measure
the actual cover in at least three places
where the cover is most likely to be greatest
and shall use the greatest cover measured.
(3) Unless the actual nominal wall
thickness is known, the operator shall de-
termine the wall thickness by cutting and
measuring coupons from at least three sepa-
rate pipe lengths. The coupons must be cut
from pipe lengths in areas where the cover
depth is most likely to be the greatest. The
average of all measurements taken must be

80/153
Subpart L–Operations (a) General. Each operator shall prepare

and follow for each pipeline, a manual of
written procedures for conducting opera-
§192.601 Scope. tions and maintenance activities and for
emergency response. For transmission
This subpart prescribes minimum re- lines, the manual must also include proce-
quirements for the operation of pipeline fa- dures for handling abnormal operations.
cilities. This manual must be reviewed and updated
by the operator at intervals not exceeding
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] 15 months, but at least once each calendar
year. This manual must be prepared before
operations of a pipeline system commence.
§192.603 General provisions. Appropriate parts of the manual must be
kept at locations where operations and
(a) No person may operate a segment of maintenance activities are conducted.
pipeline unless it is operated in accordance (b) Maintenance and normal operations.
with this subpart. The manual required by paragraph (a) of
(b) Each operator shall keep records this section must include procedures for the
necessary to administer the procedures es- following, if applicable, to provide safety
tablished under §192.605. during maintenance and operations.
(c) The Administrator or the State (1) Operating, maintaining, and repair-
Agency that has submitted a current certifi- ing the pipeline in accordance with each of
cation under the pipeline safety laws (49 the requirements of this subpart and Subpart
U.S.C. 60101 et seq.) with respect to the M of this part.
pipeline facility governed by an operator's (2) Controlling corrosion in accordance
plans and procedures may, after notice and with the operations and maintenance re-
opportunity for hearing as provided in 49 quirements of Subpart I of this part.
CFR 190.206 or the relevant State proce- (3) Making construction records, maps,
dures, require the operator to amend its and operating history available to appropri-
plans and procedures as necessary to pro- ate operating personnel.
vide a reasonable level of safety. (4) Gathering of data needed for report-
ing incidents under Part 191 of this chapter
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 9, 1970, as amended in a timely and effective manner.
by 192-66, 56 FR 31087, July 9, 1991; (5) Starting up and shutting down any
Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11, 1994; part of the pipeline in a manner designed to
Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26, 1996; assure operation within the MAOP limits
Amdt. 192-118, 78 FR 58897, Sep. 25, prescribed by this part, plus the build-up
2013] allowed for operation of pressure-limiting
and control devices.
(6) Maintaining compressor stations,
§192.605 Procedural manual for opera- including provisions for isolating units or
tions, maintenance, and emergencies. sections of pipe and for purging before re-
turning to service.
Each operator shall include the follow- (7) Starting, operating and shutting
ing in its operating and maintenance plan: down gas compressor units.

81/153
(8) Periodically reviewing the work (i) Unintended closure of valves or

done by operator personnel to determine the shutdowns;
effectiveness and adequacy of the proce- (ii) Increase or decrease in pressure or
dures used in normal operation and mainte- flow rate outside normal operating limits;
nance and modifying the procedure when (iii) Loss of communications;
deficiencies are found. (iv) Operation of any safety device; and,
(9) Taking adequate precautions in ex- (v) Any other foreseeable malfunction
cavated trenches to protect personnel from of a component, deviation from normal op-
the hazards of unsafe accumulations of va- eration, or personnel error which may result
por or gas, and making available when in a hazard to persons or property.
needed at the excavation, emergency rescue (2) Checking variations from normal
equipment, including a breathing apparatus operation after abnormal operation has end-
and, a rescue harness and line. ed at sufficient critical locations in the sys-
(10) Systematic and routine testing and tem to determine continued integrity and
inspection of pipe-type or bottle-type hold- safe operation.
ers including – (3) Notifying responsible operator per-
(i) Provision for detecting external cor- sonnel when notice of an abnormal opera-
rosion before the strength of the container tion is received.
has been impaired; (4) Periodically reviewing the response
(ii) Periodic sampling and testing of gas of operator personnel to determine the ef-
in storage to determine the dew point of va- fectiveness of the procedures controlling
pors contained in the stored gas which, if abnormal operation and taking corrective
condensed, might cause internal corrosion action where deficiencies are found.
or interfere with the safe operation of the (5) The requirements of this paragraph
storage plant; and, (c) do not apply to natural gas distribution
(iii) Periodic inspection and testing of operators that are operating transmission
pressure limiting equipment to determine lines in connection with their distribution
that it is in safe operating condition and has system.
adequate capacity. (d) Safety-related condition reports.
(11) Responding promptly to a report of The manual required by paragraph (a) of
a gas odor inside or near a building, unless this section must include instructions ena-
the operator's emergency procedures under bling personnel who perform operation and
§192.615(a)(3) specifically apply to these maintenance activities to recognize condi-
reports. tions that potentially may be safety-related
(12) Implementing the applicable con- conditions that are subject to the reporting
trol room management procedures required requirements of §191.23 of this subchapter.
by §192.631. (e) Surveillance, emergency response,
(c) Abnormal operation. For transmis- and accident investigation. The procedures
sion lines, the manual required by para- required by §§ 192.613(a), 192.615, and
graph (a) of this section must include pro- 192.617 must be included in the manual re-
cedures for the following to provide safety quired by paragraph (a) of this section
when operating design limits have been ex-
ceeded: [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
(1) Responding to, investigating, and by Amdt. 192-59, 53 FR 24942, July
correcting the cause of: 1,1988; Amdt. 192-59C, 53 FR 26560, July
13, 1988; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6579, Feb.

82/153
11, 1994; Amdt. 192-71A, 60 FR 14381, (f) The actual area affected by the popu-
Mar. 17, 1995; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR lation density increase, and physical barriers
53895, Sept. 15, 2003: Amdt. 192-112, 74 or other factors which may limit further ex-
FR 63310, Dec. 3, 2009] pansion of the more densely populated area.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]

§192.607 [Removed and Reserved]
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 10, 1970, as amended §192.611 Change in class location: Con-
by Amdt. 192-5, 36 FR 18194, Sept. 10, firmation or revision of maximum allow-
1971; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, able operating pressure.
1996]
(a) If the hoop stress corresponding to
the established maximum allowable operat-
§192.609 Change in class location: Re- ing pressure of a segment of pipeline is not
quired study. commensurate with the present class loca-
tion, and the segment is in satisfactory
Whenever an increase in population physical condition, the maximum allowable
density indicates a change in class location operating pressure of that segment of pipe-
for a segment of an existing steel pipeline line must be confirmed or revised according
operating at a hoop stress that is more than to one of the following requirements:
40 percent of SMYS, or indicates that the (1) If the segment involved has been
hoop stress corresponding to the established previously tested in place for a period of not
maximum allowable operating pressure for less than 8 hours:
a segment of existing pipeline is not com- (i) The maximum allowable operating
mensurate with the present class location, pressure is 0.8 times the test pressure in
the operator shall immediately make a study Class 2 locations, 0.667 times the test pres-
to determine; sure in Class 3 locations, or 0.555 times the
(a) The present class location for the test pressure in Class 4 locations. The corre-
segment involved. sponding hoop stress may not exceed 72
(b) The design, construction, and testing percent of the SMYS of the pipe in Class 2
procedures followed in the original con- locations, 60 percent of SMYS in Class 3
struction, and a comparison of these proce- locations, or 50 percent of SMYS in Class 4
dures with those required for the present locations.
class location by the applicable provisions (ii) The alternative maximum allowable
of this part. operating pressure is 0.8 times the test pres-
(c) The physical condition of the seg- sure in Class 2 locations and 0.667 times
ment to the extent it can be ascertained from the test pressure in Class 3 locations. For
available records; pipelines operating at alternative maximum
(d) The operating and maintenance his- allowable pressure per §192.620, the corre-
tory of the segment; sponding hoop stress may not exceed 80
(e) The maximum actual operating pres- percent of the SMYS of the pipe in Class 2
sure and the corresponding operating hoop locations and 67 percent of SMYS in Class
stress, taking pressure gradient into account, 3 locations.
for the segment of pipeline involved; and, (2) The maximum allowable operating
pressure of the segment involved must be

83/153
reduced so that the corresponding hoop months of the change in class location.
stress is not more than that allowed by this Pressure reduction under paragraph (a) (1)
part for new segments of pipelines in the or (2) of this section within the 24-month
existing class location. period does not preclude establishing a
(3) The segment involved must be tested maximum allowable operating pressure un-
in accordance with the applicable require- der paragraph (a)(3) of this section at a later
ments of Subpart J of this part, and its max- date.
imum allowable operating pressure must
then be established according to the follow- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
ing criteria: by Amdt. 192-5, 36 FR 18195, Sept. 10,
(i) The maximum allowable operating 1971; Amdt. 192-53, 51 FR 34987, Oct. 1,
pressure after the requalification test is 0.8 1986; Amdt. 192-63, 54 FR 24173, June 6,
times the test pressure for Class 2 locations, 1989; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
0.667 times the test pressure for Class 3 lo- 1996; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14,
cations, and 0.555 times the test pressure 2004; Amdt. 192-[107], 73 FR 62147, Oc-
for Class 4 locations. tober 17, 2008]
(ii) The corresponding hoop stress may
not exceed 72 percent of the SMYS of the
pipe in Class 2 locations, 60 percent of §192.612 Underwater inspection and re-
SMYS in Class 3 locations, or 50 percent of burial of pipelines in the Gulf of Mexico
SMYS in Class 4 locations. and its inlets.
(iii) For pipeline operating at an alterna-
tive maximum allowable operating pressure (a) Each operator shall prepare and fol-
per §192.620, the alternative maximum allow a procedure to identify its pipelines in
lowable operating pressure after the requali- the Gulf of Mexico and its inlets in waters
fication test is 0.8 times the test pressure for less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep as meas-
Class 2 locations and 0.667 times the test ured from mean low water that are at risk of
pressure for Class 3 locations. The corre- being an exposed underwater pipeline or a
sponding hoop stress may not exceed 80 hazard to navigation. The procedures must
percent of the SMYS of the pipe in Class 2 be in effect August 10, 2005.
locations and 67 percent of SMYS in Class (b) Each operator shall conduct appro-
3 locations. priate periodic underwater inspections of its
(b) The maximum allowable operating pipelines in the Gulf of Mexico and its inlets
pressure confirmed or revised in accordance in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep
with this section, may not exceed the max- as measured from mean low water based on
imum allowable operating pressure estab- the identified risk.
lished before the confirmation or revision. (c) If an operator discovers that its pipe-
(c) Confirmation or revision of the max- line is an exposed underwater pipeline or
imum allowable operating pressure of a poses a hazard to navigation, the operator
segment of pipeline in accordance with this shall—
section does not preclude the application of (1) Promptly, but not later than 24 hours
§§ 192.553 and 192.555. after discovery, notify the National Re-
(d) Confirmation or revision of the max- sponse Center, telephone: 1-800-424-8802,
imum allowable operating pressure that is of the location and, if available, the geo-
required as a result of a study under graphic coordinates of that pipeline.
§192.609 must be completed within 24

84/153
(2) Promptly, but not later than 7 days shall initiate a program to recondition or
after discovery, mark the location of the phase out the segment involved, or, if the
pipeline in accordance with 33 CFR part 64 segment cannot be reconditioned or phased
at the ends of the pipeline segment and at out, reduce the maximum allowable operat-
intervals of not over 500 yards (457 meters) ing pressure in accordance with §192.619(a)
long, except that a pipeline segment less and (b).
than 200 yards (183 meters) long need only
be marked at the center; and [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
(3) Within 6 months after discovery, or
not later than November 1 of the following
year if the 6 month period is later than No- §192.614 Damage prevention program.
vember 1 of the year of discovery, bury the
pipeline so that the top of the pipe is 36 (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (d)
inches (914 millimeters) below the underwa- and (e) of this section, each operator of a
ter natural bottom (as determined by recog- buried pipeline shall carry out, in accord-
nized and generally accepted practices) for ance with this section, a written program to
normal excavation or 18 inches (457 milli- prevent damage to that pipeline from exca-
meters) for rock excavation. vation activities. For the purpose of this
(i) An operator may employ engineered section, the term "excavation activities" in-
alternatives to burial that meet or exceed the cludes excavation, blasting, boring, tunnel-
level of protection provided by burial. ing, backfilling, the removal of above
(ii) If an operator cannot obtain required ground structures by either explosive or
state or Federal permits in time to comply mechanical means, and other earth moving
with this section, it must notify OPS; speci- operations.
fy whether the required permit is State or (b) An operator may comply with any of
Federal; and, justify the delay. the requirements of paragraph (c) of this
section through participation in a public
[Amdt. 192-67, 56 FR 63764, Dec. 5, 1991 service program, such as a one-call system,
as amended by Amdt 192-85, 63 FR 37500, but such participation does not relieve the
July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-98, 69 FR 48400, operator of responsibility for compliance
Aug. 10, 2004] with this section. However, an operator
must perform the duties of paragraph (c)(3)
of this section through participation in a
§192.613 Continuing Surveillance. one-call system, if that one-call system is a
qualified one-call system. In areas that are
(a) Each operator shall have a procedure covered by more than one qualified one-call
for continuing surveillance of its facilities to system, an operator need only join one of
determine and take appropriate action con- the qualified one-call systems if there is a
cerning changes in class location, failures, central telephone number for excavators to
leakage history, corrosion, substantial call for excavation activities, or if the one-
changes in cathodic protection require- call systems in those areas communicate
ments, and other unusual operating and with one another. An operator’s pipeline
maintenance conditions. system must be covered by a qualified one-
(b) If a segment of pipeline is deter- call system where there is one in place. For
mined to be in unsatisfactory condition but the purpose of this section, a one-call sys-
no immediate hazard exists, the operator tem is considered a “qualified one-call sys-

85/153
tem” if it meets the requirements of section activity before, as far as practical, the ac-
(b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section. tivity begins.
(1) The state has adopted a one-call (6) Provide as follows for inspection of
damage prevention program under §198.37 pipelines that an operator has reason to be-
of this chapter, or lieve could be damaged by excavation ac-
(2) The one-call system: tivities:
(i) Is operated in accordance with (i) The inspection must be done as fre-
§198.39 of this chapter; quently as necessary during and after the
(ii) Provides a pipeline operator an op- activities to verify the integrity of the pipe-
portunity similar to a voluntary participant line; and
to have a part in management responsibili- (ii) In the case of blasting, any inspec-
ties; and tion must include leakage surveys.
(iii) Assesses a participating pipeline (d) A damage prevention program under
operator a fee that is proportionate to the this section is not required for the following
costs of the one-call system’s coverage of pipelines:
the operator’s pipeline. (1) Pipelines located offshore.
(c) The damage prevention program re- (2) Pipelines, other than those located
quired by paragraph (a) of this section must, offshore, in Class 1 or 2 locations until Sep-
at a minimum: tember 20, 1995.
(1) Include the identity, on a current ba- (3) Pipelines to which access is physi-
sis, of persons who normally engage in ex- cally controlled by the operator.
cavation activities in the area in which the (e) Pipelines operated by persons other
pipeline is located. than municipalities (including operators of
(2) Provides for notification of the pub- master meters) whose primary activity does
lic in the vicinity of the pipeline and actual not include the transportation of gas need
notification of the persons identified in par- not comply with the following:
agraph (c)(1) of this section of the follow- (1) The requirement of paragraph (a) of
ing as often as needed to make them aware this section that the damage prevention pro-
of the damage prevention program: gram be written; and
(i) The program's existence and pur- (2) The requirements of paragraphs
pose; and (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.
(ii) How to learn the location of under-
ground pipelines before excavation activi- [Amdt. 192-40, 47 FR 13818, Apr. 1, 1982;
ties are begun. Amdt. 192-57, 52 FR 32798, Aug. 31,
(3) Provide a means of receiving and 1987; Amdt. 192-73, 60 FR 14646, Mar.
recording notification of planned excavation 20, 1995; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June
activities. 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-82, 62 FR 61695, Nov.
(4) If the operator has buried pipelines 19, 1997; Amdt. 192-84, 63 FR 7721, Feb.
in the area of excavation activity, provide 17, 1998; Amdt. 192-84A, 63 FR 38757,
for actual notification of persons who give July 20, 1998]
notice of their intent to excavate of the type
of temporary marking to be provided and
how to identify the markings. §192.615 Emergency plans.
(5) Provide for temporary marking of
buried pipelines in the area of excavation (a) Each operator shall establish written
procedures to minimize the hazard resulting

86/153
from a gas pipeline emergency. At a mini- emergency procedures established under

mum, the procedures must provide for the paragraph (a) of this section as necessary
following: for compliance with those procedures.
(1) Receiving, identifying, and classify- (2) Train the appropriate operating per-
ing notices of events which require immedi- sonnel to assure that they are knowledgea-
ate response by the operator. ble of the emergency procedures and verify
(2) Establishing and maintaining ade- that the training is effective.
quate means of communication with appro- (3) Review employee activities to de-
priate fire, police, and other public officials. termine whether the procedures were effec-
(3) Prompt and effective response to a tively followed in each emergency.
notice of each type of emergency, including (c) Each operator shall establish and
the following: maintain liaison with appropriate fire, po-
(i) Gas detected inside or near a build- lice, and other public officials to:
ing. (1) Learn the responsibility and re-
(ii) Fire located near or directly involv- sources of each government organization
ing a pipeline facility. that may respond to a gas pipeline emer-
(iii) Explosion occurring near or directly gency;
involving a pipeline facility. (2) Acquaint the officials with the oper-
(iv) Natural disaster. ator's ability in responding to a gas pipeline
(4) The availability of personnel, emergency;
equipment, tools, and materials, as needed (3) Identify the types of gas pipeline
at the scene of an emergency. emergencies of which the operator notifies
(5) Actions directed toward protecting the officials; and,
people first and then property. (4) Plan how the operator and officials
(6) Emergency shutdown and pressure can engage in mutual assistance to mini-
reduction in any section of the operator's mize hazards to life or property.
pipeline system necessary to minimize haz-
ards to life or property. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
(7) Making safe any actual or potential by Amdt. 192-24, 41 FR 13586, Mar. 31,
hazard to life or property. 1976; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6585, Feb. 11,
(8) Notifying appropriate fire, police, 1994: Amdt. 192-112, 74 FR 63310, Dec. 3,
and other public officials of gas pipeline 2009]
emergencies and coordinating with them
both planned responses and actual respons-
es during an emergency. §192.616 Public awareness.
(9) Safely restoring any service outage.
(10) Beginning action under §192.617, (a) Except for an operator of a master
if applicable, as soon after the end of the meter or petroleum gas system covered un-
emergency as possible. der paragraph (j) of this section, each pipe-
(11) Actions required to be taken by a line operator must develop and implement a
controller during an emergency in accord- written continuing public education program
ance with §192.631. that follows the guidance provided in the
(b) Each operator shall: American Petroleum Institute's (API) Rec-
(1) Furnish its supervisors who are re- ommended Practice (RP) 1162 (IBR, see
sponsible for emergency action a copy of §192.7).
that portion of the latest edition of the

87/153
(b) The operator's program must follow programs no later than June 20, 2006. The
the general program recommendations of operator of a master meter or petroleum gas
API RP 1162 and assess the unique attrib- system covered under paragraph (j) of this
utes and characteristics of the operator's section must complete development of its
pipeline and facilities. written procedure by June 13, 2008. Upon
(c) The operator must follow the general request, operators must submit their com-
program recommendations, including base- pleted programs to PHMSA or, in the case
line and supplemental requirements of API an intrastate pipeline facility operator,
RP 1162, unless the operator provides justi- the appropriate State agency.
fication in its program or procedural manual (i) The operator's program documenta-
as to why compliance with all or certain tion and evaluation results must be available
provisions of the recommended practice is for periodic review by appropriate regulato-
not practicable and not necessary for safety. ry agencies.
(d) The operator's program must specifi- (j) Unless the operator transports gas as
cally include provisions to educate the pub- a primary activity, the operator of a master
lic, appropriate government organizations, meter or petroleum gas system is not re-
and persons engaged in excavation related quired to develop a public awareness pro-
activities on: gram as prescribed in paragraphs (a) through
(1) Use of a one-call notification system (g) of this section. Instead the operator must
prior to excavation and other damage pre- develop and implement a written procedure
vention activities; to provide its customers public awareness
(2) Possible hazards associated with un- messages twice annually. If the master meter
intended releases from a gas pipeline facili- or petroleum gas system is located on prop-
ty; erty the operator does not control, the opera-
(3) Physical indications that such a re- tor must provide similar messages twice an-
lease may have occurred; nually to persons controlling the property.
(4) Steps that should be taken for public The public awareness message must include:
safety in the event of a gas pipeline release; (1) A description of the purpose and re-
and liability of the pipeline;
(5) Procedures for reporting such an (2) An overview of the hazards of the
event. pipeline and prevention measures used;
(e) The program must include activities (3) Information about damage preven-
to advise affected municipalities, school dis- tion;
tricts, businesses, and residents of pipeline (4) How to recognize and respond to a
facility locations. leak; and
(f) The program and the media used (5) How to get additional information.
must be as comprehensive as necessary to
reach all areas in which the operator trans- [Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11, 1994
ports gas. as amended by Amdt. 192-99, 70 FR
(g) The program must be conducted in 28833, May 19, 2005; Amdt. 192-99A, 70
English and in other languages commonly FR 35041, June 16, 2005; Amdt. 192-[105],
understood by a significant number and con- 72 FR 70808, Dec. 13, 2007]
centration of the non-English speaking pop-
ulation in the operator's area.
(h) Operators in existence on June 20,
2005, must have completed their written

88/153
§192.617 Investigation of failures. (ii) If the pipe is 12¾ inches (324 mm)
or less in outside diameter and is not tested
Each operator shall establish procedures to yield under this paragraph, 200 p.s.i.
for analyzing accidents and failures, includ- (1379 kPa) gage.
ing the selection of samples of the failed (2) The pressure obtained by dividing
facility or equipment for laboratory exami- the pressure to which the segment was test-
nation, where appropriate, for the purpose ed after construction as follows:
of determining the causes of the failure and (i) For plastic pipe in all locations, the
minimizing the possibility of a recurrence. test pressure is divided by a factor of 1.5.
(ii) For steel pipe operated at 100 p.s.i.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (689 kPa) gage or more, the test pressure is
divided by a factor determined in accord-
ance with the following table:
§192.619 Maximum allowable operating
1
pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines. Factors , segment
Class Installed Installed Covered
(a) No person may operate a segment of location before after under
steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that Nov. 12, Nov. 11, §192.14
1970 1970
exceeds a maximum allowable operating 1 1.1 1.1 1.25
pressure determined under paragraph (c) or 2 1.25 1.25 1.25
(d) of this section, or the lowest of the fol- 3 1.4 1.5 1.5
lowing: 4 1.4 1.5 1.5
1
(1) The design pressure of the weakest For offshore segments installed, uprated or con-
element in the segment, determined in ac- verted after July 31, 1977, that are not located on an
cordance with Subparts C and D of this offshore platform, the factor is 1.25. For segments
part. However, for steel pipe in pipelines installed, uprated or converted after July 31, 1977,
that are located on an offshore platform or on a plat-
being converted under §192.14 or uprated form in inland navigable waters, including a pipe
under subpart K of this part, if any variable riser, the factor is 1.5.
necessary to determine the design pressure
under the design formula (§192.105) is un- (3) The highest actual operating pres-
known, one of the following pressures is to sure to which the segment was subjected
be used as design pressure: during the 5 years preceding the applicable
(i) Eighty percent of the first test pres- date in the second column. This pressure
sure that produces yield under section N5 of restriction applies unless the segment was
Appendix N of ASME B31.8 (incorporated tested according to the requirements in par-
by reference, see § 192.7), reduced by the agraph (a)(2) of this section after the appli-
appropriate factor in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of cable date in the third column or the seg-
this section; or ment was uprated according to the require-
ments in subpart K of this part:
Pipeline segment Pressure date Test date

—Onshore gathering line that first became subject to this March 15, 2006, or date 5 years preceding appli-
part (other than §192.612) after April 13, 2006. line becomes subject to cable date in second
—Onshore transmission line that was a gathering line not this part, whichever is column.
subject to this part before March 15, 2006. later.
Offshore gathering lines. July 1, 1976. July 1, 1971.
All other pipelines. July 1, 1970. July 1, 1965.

89/153
(4) The pressure determined by the opera- §192.620 Alternative maximum allowable
tor to be the maximum safe pressure after con- operating pressure for certain steel pipelines.
sidering the history of the segment, particularly
known corrosion and the actual operating pres- (a) How does an operator calculate the al-
sure. ternative maximum allowable operating pres-
(b) No person may operate a segment to sure? An operator calculates the alternative
which paragraph (a)(4) of this section is appli- maximum allowable operating pressure by us-
cable, unless overpressure protective devices ing different factors in the same formulas used
are installed on the segment in a manner that for calculating maximum allowable operating
will prevent the maximum allowable operating pressure under §192.619(a) as follows:
pressure from being exceeded, in accordance (1) In determining the alternative design
with §192.195. pressure under §192.105, use a design factor
(c) The requirements on pressure re- determined in accordance with §192.111(b),
strictions in this section do not apply in the fol- (c), or (d) or, if none of these paragraphs apply,
lowing instance. An operator may operate a in accordance with the following table:
segment of pipeline found to be in satisfactory
condition, considering its operating and Class Location Alternative design factor
maintenance history, at the highest actual oper- (F)
ating pressure to which the segment was sub- 1 0.80
jected during the 5 years preceding the appli- 2 0.67
cable date in the second column of the table in 3 0.56
paragraph (a)(3) of this section. An operator
must still comply with §192.611. (i) For facilities installed prior to December
(d) The operator of a pipeline segment of 22, 2008, for which §192.111(b), (c), or (d) ap-
steel pipeline meeting the conditions pre- ply, use the following design factors as alterna-
scribed in §192.620(b) may elect to operate the tives for the factors specified in those para-
segment at a maximum allowable operating graphs: §192.111(b)–0.67 or less; 192.111(c)
pressure determined under §192.620(a). and (d)–0.56 or less.
(ii) [Reserved]
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended by (2) The alternative maximum allowable op-
Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17559, Nov. 17, 1970; erating pressure is the lower of the following:
Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976; (i) The design pressure of the weakest ele-
Amdt. 192-27A, 41 FR 47252, Oct. 28, 1976; ment in the pipeline segment, determined under
Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60146, Nov. 25, 1977; subparts C and D of this part.
Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996; (ii) The pressure obtained by dividing the
Amdt 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998, pressure to which the pipeline segment was
Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13289, Mar. 15, 2006; tested after construction by a factor determined
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006; in the following table:
Amdt. 192-[107], 73 FR 62147, October 17,
2008] Class Location Alternative test factor
1 1.25
1
2 1.50
3 1.50

90/153
1
For Class 2 alternative maximum allowable (c) What is an operator electing to use the
operating pressure segments installed prior to alternative maximum allowable operating pres-
December 22, 2008, the alternative test factor is sure required to do? If an operator elects to use
1.25. the alternative maximum allowable operating
(b) When may an operator use the alterna- pressure calculated under paragraph (a) of this
tive maximum allowable operating pressure section for a pipeline segment, the operator
calculated under paragraph (a) of this section? must do each of the following:
An operator may use an alternative maximum (1) For pipelines already in service, Nnotify
allowable operating pressure calculated under each the PHMSA pipeline safety regional office
paragraph (a) of this section if the following where the pipeline is in service of the intention
conditions are met: to use its election with respect to a segment at
(1) The pipeline segment is in a Class 1, 2, least 180 days before operating at the alterna-
or 3 location; tive maximum allowable operating pressure at
(2) The pipeline segment is constructed of least 180 days before operating at the alterna-
steel pipe meeting the additional design re- tive MAOP. For new pipelines, notify the
quirements in §192.112; PHMSA pipeline safety regional office of
(3) A supervisory control and data acquisi- planned alternative MAOP design and opera-
tion system provides remote monitoring and tion at least 60 days prior to the earliest start
control of the pipeline segment. The control date of either pipe manufacturing or construc-
provided must include monitoring of pressures tion activities. An operator must also notify the
and flows, monitoring compressor start-ups and a Sstate pipeline safety authority when the pipe-
shut-downs, and remote closure of valves per line is located in a Sstate where PHMSA has an
paragraph (d)(3) of this section; interstate agent agreement, or where an intra-
(4) The pipeline segment meets the addi- state pipeline is regulated by that Sstate.
tional construction requirements described in (2) Certify, by signature of a senior execu-
§192.328; tive officer of the company, as follows:
(5) The pipeline segment does not contain (i) The pipeline segment meets the condi-
any mechanical couplings used in place of girth tions described in paragraph (b) of this section;
welds; and
(6) If a pipeline segment has been previous- (ii) The operating and maintenance proce-
ly operated, the segment has not experienced dures include the additional operating and
any failure during normal operations indicative maintenance requirements of paragraph (d) of
of a systemic fault in material as determined by this section; and
a root cause analysis, including metallurgical (iii) The review and any needed program
examination of the failed pipe. The results of upgrade of the damage prevention program re-
this root cause analysis must be reported to quired by paragraph (d)(4)(v) of this section has
each PHMSA pipeline safety regional office been completed.
where the pipeline is in service at least 60 days (3) Send a copy of the certification required
prior to operation at the alternative MAOP. An by paragraph (c)(2) of this section to each
operator must also notify a State pipeline safety PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where
authority when the pipeline is located in a State the pipeline is in service 30 days prior to oper-
where PHMSA has an interstate agent agree- ating at the alternative MAOP. An operator
ment, or an intrastate pipeline is regulated by must also send a copy to a State pipeline safety
that State; and authority when the pipeline is located in a State
(7) At least 95 percent of girth welds on a where PHMSA has an interstate agent agree-
segment that was constructed prior to Decem- ment, or an intrastate pipeline is regulated by
ber 22, 2008, must have been non-destructively that State.
examined in accordance with §192.243(b) and (4) For each pipeline segment, do one of the
(c). following:

91/153
(i) Perform a strength test as described in (7) Maintain, for the useful life of the pipe-
§192.505 at a test pressure calculated under line, records demonstrating compliance with
paragraph (a) of this section or paragraphs (b), (c)(6), and (d) of this section.
(ii) For a pipeline segment in existence pri- (8) A Class 1 and Class 2 pipeline location
or to December 22, 2008, certify, under para- can be upgraded one class due to class changes
graph (c)(2) of this section, that the strength test per §192.611(a)(3)(i). All class location chang-
performed under §192.505 was conducted at a es from Class 1 to Class 2 and from Class 2 to
test pressure calculated under paragraph (a) of Class 3 must have all anomalies evaluated and
this section, or conduct a new strength test in remediated per: The “original pipeline class
accordance with paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this sec- grade” §192.620(d)(11) anomaly repair re-
tion. quirements; and all anomalies with a wall loss
(5) Comply with the additional operation equal to or greater than 40 percent must be ex-
and maintenance requirements described in cavated and remediated. Pipelines in Class 4
paragraph (d) of this section. may not operate at an alternative MAOP.
(6) If the performance of a construction task (d) What additional operation and mainte-
associated with implementing alternative nance requirements apply to operation at the
MAOP that occurs after December 22, 2008, alternative maximum allowable operating pres-
can affect the integrity of the pipeline segment, sure? In addition to compliance with other ap-
treat that task as a “covered task”, notwith- plicable safety standards in this part, if an oper-
standing the definition in §192.801(b) and im- ator establishes a maximum allowable operat-
plement the requirements of subpart N as ap- ing pressure for a pipeline segment under para-
propriate. graph (a) of this section, an operator must com-
ply with the additional operation and mainte-
nance requirements as follows:
To address increased risk Take the following additional step:

of a maximum allowable
operating pressure based on
higher stresslevels in the
following areas:
(1) Identifying and evaluat- Develop a threat matrix consistent with § 192.917 to do the following:
ing threats. (i) Identify and compare the increased risk of operating the pipeline
at the increased stress level under this section with conventional op-
eration; and
(ii) Describe and implement procedures used to mitigate the risk
(2) Notifying the public. (i) Recalculate the potential impact circle as defined in § 192.903 to re-
flect use of the alternative maximum operating pressure calculated under
paragraph (a) of this section and pipeline operating conditions; and
(ii) In implementing the public education program required under
§ 192.616, perform the following:
(A) Include persons occupying property within 220 yards of the center-
line and within the potential impact circle within the targeted audience;
and
(B) Include information about the integrity management activities per-
formed under this section within the message provided to the audience.
(3) Responding to an emer- (i) Ensure that the identification of high consequence areas reflects the
gency in an area defined as larger potential impact circle recalculated under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of
a high consequence area in this section.

92/153
§192.903. (ii) If personnel response time to mainline valves on either side of the
high consequence area exceeds one hour (under normal driving condi-
tions and speed limits) from the time the event is identified in the con-
trol room, provide remote valve control through a supervisory control
and data acquisition (SCADA) system, other leak detection system, or
an alternative method of control.
(iii) Remote valve control must include the ability to close and monitor
the valve position (open or closed), and monitor pressure upstream and
downstream.(iv) A line break valve control system using differential
pressure, rate of pressure drop or other widely-accepted method is an
acceptable alternative to remote valve control.
(4) Protecting the right-of- (i) Patrol the right-of-way at intervals not exceeding 45 days, but at least
way. 12 times each calendar year, to inspect for excavation activities, ground
movement, wash outs, leakage, or other activities or conditions affecting
the safety operation of the pipeline.
(ii) Develop and implement a plan to monitor for and mitigate occur-
rences of unstable soil and ground movement.
(iii) If observed conditions indicate the possible loss of cover, perform a
depth of cover study and replace cover as necessary to restore the depth
of cover or apply alternative means to provide protection equivalent to
the originally-required depth of cover.
(iv) Use line-of-sight line markers satisfying the requirements of
§192.707(d) except in agricultural areas, large water crossings or
swamp, steep terrain, or where prohibited by Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission orders, permits, or local law.
(v) Review the damage prevention program under § 192.614(a) in light
of national consensus practices, to ensure the program provides ade-
quate protection of the right-of-way. Identify the standards or practices
considered in the review, and meet or exceed those standards or practic-
es by incorporating appropriate changes into the program.
(vi) Develop and implement a right- of-way management plan to protect
the pipeline segment from damage due to excavation activities.
(5) Controlling internal (i) Develop and implement a program to monitor for and mitigate the
corrosion. presence of, deleterious gas stream constituents.
(ii) At points where gas with potentially deleterious contaminants enters
the pipeline, use filter separators or separators and gas quality monitor-
ing equipment.
(iii) Use gas quality monitoring equipment that includes a moisture ana-
lyzer, chromatograph, and periodic hydrogen sulfide sampling.
(iv) Use cleaning pigs and sample accumulated liquids. Use inhibitors
when corrosive gas or liquids are present.
(v) Address deleterious gas stream constituents as follows:
(A) Limit carbon dioxide to 3 percent by volume;
(B) Allow no free water and otherwise limit water to seven pounds
per million cubic feet of gas; and
(C) Limit hydrogen sulfide to 1.0 grain per hundred cubic feet (16
ppm) of gas, where the hydrogen sulfide is greater than 0.5 grain per
hundred cubic feet (8 ppm) of gas, implement a pigging and inhibitor
injection program to address deleterious gas stream constituents, in-

93/153
cluding follow-up sampling and quality testing of liquids at receipt

points.
(vi) Review the program at least quarterly based on the gas stream expe-
rience and implement adjustments to monitor for, and mitigate the pres-
ence of, deleterious gas stream constituents.
(6) Controlling interference (i) Prior to operating an existing pipeline segment at an alternate maxi-
that can impact external mum allowable operating pressure calculated under this section, or with-
corrosion. in six months after placing a new pipeline segment in service at an alter-
nate maximum allowable operating pressure calculated under this sec-
tion, address any interference currents on the pipeline segment.
(ii) To address interference currents, perform the following:
(A) Conduct an interference survey to detect the presence and level
of any electrical current that could impact external corrosion where
interference is suspected;
(B) Analyze the results of the survey; and
(C) Take any remedial action needed within 6 months after complet-
ing the survey to protect the pipeline segment from deleterious cur-
rent.
(7) Confirming external (i) Within six months after placing the cathodic protection of a new
corrosion control through pipeline segment in operation, or within six months after certifying a
indirect assessment. segment under §192.620(c)(1) of an existing pipeline segment under this
section, assess the adequacy of the cathodic protection through an indi-
rect method such as close- interval survey, and the integrity of the coat-
ing using direct current voltage gradient (DCVG) or alternating current
voltage gradient (ACVG).
(ii) Remediate any construction damaged coating with a voltage drop
classified as moderate or severe (IR drop greater than 35% for DCVG or
50 dB[mu]v for ACVG) under section 4 of NACE RP-0502-2002 (in-
corporated by reference, see §192.7).
(iii) Within six months after completing the baseline internal inspection
required under paragraph (d)(9) of this section, integrate the results of
the indirect assessment required under paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section
with the results of the baseline internal inspection and take any needed
remedial actions.
(iv) For all pipeline segments in high consequence areas, perform peri-
odic assessments as follows:
(A) Conduct periodic close interval surveys with current interrupted
to confirm voltage drops in association with periodic assessments
under subpart O of this part.
(B) Locate pipe-to-soil test stations at half-mile intervals within each
high consequence area ensuring at least one station is within each
high consequence area, if practicable.
(C) Integrate the results with those of the baseline and periodic as-
sessments for integrity done under paragraphs (d)(9) and (d)(10) of
this section.
(8) Controlling external (i) If an annual test station reading indicates cathodic protection below
corrosion through cathodic the level of protection required in subpart I of this part, complete reme-
protection. dial action within six months of the failed reading or notify each
PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipeline is in service

94/153
demonstrating that the integrity of the pipeline is not compromised if the

repair takes longer than 6 months. An operator must also notify a State
pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a State where
PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is
regulated by that State; and
(ii) After remedial action to address a failed reading, confirm restoration
of adequate corrosion control by a close interval survey on either side of
the affected test station to the next test station unless the reason for the
failed reading is determined to be a rectifier connection or power input
problem that can be remediated and otherwise verified.
(iii) If the pipeline segment has been in operation, the cathodic protec-
tion system on the pipeline segment must have been operational within
12 months of the completion of construction.
(9) Conducting a baseline (i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(9)(iii) of this section, for a new
assessment of integrity. pipeline segment operating at the new alternative maximum allowable
operating pressure, perform a baseline internal inspection of the entire
pipeline segment as follows:
(A) Assess using a geometry tool after the initial hydrostatic test and
backfill and within six months after placing the new pipeline seg-
ment in service; and
(B) Assess using a high resolution magnetic flux tool within three
years after placing the new pipeline segment in service at the alterna-
tive maximum allowable operating pressure.
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(9)(iii) of this section, for an ex-
isting pipeline segment, perform a baseline internal assessment using a
geometry tool and a high resolution magnetic flux tool before, but with-
in two years prior to, raising pressure to the alternative maximum allow-
able operating pressure as allowed under this section.
(iii) If headers, mainline valve by- passes, compressor station piping,
meter station piping, or other short portion of a pipeline segment operat-
ing at alternative maximum allowable operating pressure cannot ac-
commodate a geometry tool and a high resolution magnetic flux tool,
use direct assessment (per §192.925, §192.927 and/or §192.929) or
pressure testing (per subpart J of this part) to assess that portion.
(10) Conducting periodic (i) Determine a frequency for subsequent periodic integrity assessments
assessments of integrity. as if all the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure pipeline
segments were covered by subpart O of this part and
(ii) Conduct periodic internal inspections using a high resolution mag-
netic flux tool on the frequency determined under paragraph (d)(10)(i)
of this section, or
(iii) Use direct assessment (per § 192.925, § 192.927 and/ or § 192.929)
or pressure testing (per subpart J of this part) for periodic assessment of
a portion of a segment to the extent permitted for a baseline assessment
under paragraph (d)(9)(iii) of this section.
(11) Making repairs. (i) Perform the following when evaluating an anomaly:
(A) Use the most conservative calculation for determining remaining
strength or an alternative validated calculation based on pipe diame-
ter, wall thickness, grade, operating pressure, operating stress level,
and operating temperature: and

95/153
(B) Take into account the tolerances of the tools used for the inspec-
tion.
(ii) Repair a defect immediately if any of the following apply:
(A) The defect is a dent discovered during the baseline assessment
for integrity under paragraph (d)(9) of this section and the defect
meets the criteria for immediate repair in §192.309(b).
(B) The defect meets the criteria for immediate repair in
§192.933(d).
(C) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was
based on a design factor of 0.67 under paragraph (a) of this section
and the failure pressure is less than 1.25 times the alternative maxi-
(D) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was
and the failure pressure is less than or equal to 1.4 times the alterna-
(iii) If paragraph (d)(11)(ii) of this section does not require immediate
repair, repair a defect within one year if any of the following apply:
(A) The defect meets the criteria for repair within one year in
§192.933(d).
(B) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was
(C) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was
(D) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was
and the failure pressure is less than or equal to 1.80 times the alterna-
(iv) Evaluate any defect not required to be repaired under paragraph
(d)(11)(ii) or (iii) of this section to determine its growth rate, set the
maximum interval for repair or re-inspection, and repair or re-inspect
within that interval.
(e) Is there any change in overpressure 104 percent of the maximum allowable op-
protection associated with operating at the erating pressure; and
alternative maximum allowable operating (2) Develop and follow a procedure for
pressure? Notwithstanding the required ca- establishing and maintaining accurate set
pacity of pressure relieving and limiting sta- points for the supervisory control and data
tions otherwise required by §192.201, if an acquisition system.
operator establishes a maximum allowable
operating pressure for a pipeline segment in Amdt. 192-[107], 73 FR 62147, October 17,
accordance with paragraph (a) of this sec- 2008; Amdt. 192-111, 74 FR 62503, Nov.
tion, an operator must: 30, 2009; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763,
(1) Provide overpressure protection that March 11, 2015]
limits mainline pressure to a maximum of

96/153
§192.621 Maximum allowable operating §192.623 Maximum and minimum

pressure: High-pressure distribution sys- allowable operating pressure:
tems. Low-pressure distribution systems.
(a) No person may operate a segment of (a) No person may operate a low-
a high pressure distribution system at a pressure distribution system at a pressure
pressure that exceeds the lowest of the fol- high enough to make unsafe the operation
lowing pressures, as applicable: of any connected and properly adjusted
(1) The design pressure of the weakest low-pressure gas burning equipment.
element in the segment, determined in ac- (b) No person may operate a low pres-
cordance with Subparts C and D of this sure distribution system at a pressure lower
part. than the minimum pressure at which the
(2) 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, for a seg- safe and continuing operation of any con-
ment of a distribution system otherwise des- nected and properly adjusted low-pressure
ignated to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gas burning equipment can be assured.
gage, unless the service lines in the segment
are equipped with service regulators or oth- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
er pressure limiting devices in series that by Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26,
meet the requirements of §192.197(c). 1996]
(3) 25 p.s.i. (172 kPa) gage in segments
of cast iron pipe in which there are unrein-
forced bell and spigot joints. §192.625 Odorization of gas.
(4) The pressure limits to which a joint
could be subjected without the possibility of (a) A combustible gas in a distribution
its parting. line must contain a natural odorant or be
(5) The pressure determined by the op- odorized so that at a concentration in air of
erator to be the maximum safe pressure af- one-fifth of the lower explosive limit, the
ter considering the history of the segment, gas is readily detectable by a person with a
particularly known corrosion and the actual normal sense of smell.
operating pressures. (b) After December 31, 1976, a combus-
(b) No person may operate a segment of tible gas in a transmission line in a Class 3
pipeline to which paragraph (a)(5) of this or Class 4 location must comply with the
section applies, unless overpressure protec- requirements of paragraph (a) of this section
tive devices are installed on the segment in unless:
a manner that will prevent the maximum (1) At least 50 percent of the length of
allowable operating pressure from being the line downstream from that location is in
exceeded, in accordance with §192.195. a Class 1 or Class 2 location;
(2) The line transports gas to any of the
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended following facilities which received gas
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, without an odorant from that line before
1998] May 5, 1975:
(i) An underground storage field;
(ii) A gas processing plant;
(iii) A gas dehydration plant; or
(iv) An industrial plant using gas in a
process where the presence of an odorant:

97/153
(A) Makes the end product unfit for the 1970; Amdt. 192-6, 36 FR 25423, Dec. 31,
purpose for which it is intended; 1971; Amdt. 192-7, 37 FR 17970, Sept. 2,
(B) Reduces the activity of a catalyst; or 1972; Amdt. 192-14, 38 FR 14943, June 7,
(C) Reduces the percentage completion 1973; Amdt. 192-15, 38 FR 35471, Dec. 28,
of a chemical reaction; 1973; Amdt. 192-16, 39 FR 45253, Dec. 31,
(3) In the case of a lateral line which 1974; Amdt. 192-21, 40 FR 20279, May 9,
transports gas to a distribution center, at 1975; Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
least 50 percent of the length of that line is 1988; Amdt. 192-76, 61 FR 26121, May 24,
in a Class 1 or Class 2 location; or, 1996; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
(4) The combustible gas is hydrogen 1996; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept.
intended for use as a feedstock in a manu- 15, 2003]
facturing process.
(c) In the concentrations in which it is
used, the odorant in combustible gases must §192.627 Tapping pipelines under pres-
comply with the following: sure.
(1) The odorant may not be deleterious
to persons, materials, or pipe. Each tap made on a pipeline under pres-
(2) The products of combustion from sure must be performed by a crew qualified
the odorant may not be toxic when breathed to make hot taps.
nor may they be corrosive or harmful to
those materials to which the products of [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
combustion will be exposed.
(d) The odorant may not be soluble in
water to an extent greater than 2.5 parts to §192.629 Purging of pipelines.
100 parts by weight.
(e) Equipment for odorization must in- (a) When a pipeline is being purged of
troduce the odorant without wide variations air by use of gas, the gas must be released
in the level of odorant. into one end of the line in a moderately rap-
(f) To assure the proper concentration of id and continuous flow. If gas cannot be
odorant in accordance with this section, supplied in sufficient quantity to prevent the
each operator must conduct periodic sam- formation of a hazardous mixture of gas and
pling of combustible gases using an instru- air, a slug of inert gas must be released into
ment capable of determining the percentage the line before the gas.
of gas in air at which the odor becomes (b) When a pipeline is being purged of
readily detectable. Operators of master me- gas by use of air, the air must be released
ter systems may comply with this require- into one end of the line in a moderately rap-
ment by– id and continuous flow. If air cannot be
(1) Receiving written verification from supplied in sufficient quantity to prevent the
their gas source that the gas has the proper formation of a hazardous mixture of gas and
concentration of odorant; and air, a slug of inert gas must be released into
(2) Conducting periodic "sniff" tests at the line before the air.
the extremities of the system to confirm that
the gas contains odorant. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended

by Amdt. 192-2, 35 FR 17335, Nov. 11,

98/153
§192.631 Control room management. provide for a controller's prompt and appro-
priate response to operating conditions, an
(a) General. operator must define each of the following:
(1) This section applies to each operator (1) A controller's authority and responsi-
of a pipeline facility with a controller work- bility to make decisions and take actions
ing in a control room who monitors and con- during normal operations;
trols all or part of a pipeline facility through (2) A controller's role when an abnormal
a SCADA system. Each operator must have operating condition is detected, even if the
and follow written control room manage- controller is not the first to detect the condi-
ment procedures that implement the re- tion, including the controller's responsibility
quirements of this section, except that for to take specific actions and to communicate
each control room where an operator's activ- with others;
ities are limited to either or both of: (3) A controller's role during an emer-
(i) Distribution with less than 250,000 gency, even if the controller is not the first
services, or to detect the emergency, including the con-
(ii) Transmission without a compressor troller's responsibility to take specific ac-
station, the operator must have and follow tions and to communicate with others; and
written procedures that implement only par- (4) A method of recording controller
agraphs (d) (regarding fatigue), (i) (regard- shift-changes and any hand-
ing compliance validation), and (j) (regard- over of responsibility between controllers.
ing compliance and deviations) of this sec- (c) Provide adequate information. Each
tion. operator must provide its controllers with
(2) The procedures required by this sec- the information, tools, processes and proce-
tion must be integrated, as appropriate, with dures necessary for the controllers to carry
operating and emergency procedures re- out the roles and responsibilities the operator
quired by Sec. §192.605 and 192.615. An has defined by performing each of the fol-
operator must develop the procedures no lowing:
later than August 1, 2011, and must imple- (1) Implement sections 1, 4, 8, 9, 11.1,
ment the procedures according to the follow- and 11.3 of API RP 1165 (incorporated by
ing schedule. The procedures required by reference, see §192.7) whenever a SCADA
paragraphs (b), (c)(5), (d)(2) and (d)(3), (f) system is added, expanded or replaced, un-
and (g) of this section must be implemented less the operator demonstrates that certain
no later than October 1, 2011. The proce- provisions of sections 1, 4, 8, 9, 11.1, and
dures required by paragraphs (c)(1) through 11.3 of API RP 1165 are not practical for the
(4), (d)(1), (d)(4), and (e) must be imple- SCADA system used;
mented no later than August 1, 2012. The (2) Conduct a point-to-point verification
training procedures required by paragraph between SCADA displays and related field
(h) must be implemented no later than Au- equipment when field equipment is added or
gust 1, 2012, except that any training removed and when other changes that affect
quired by another paragraph of this section pipeline safety are made to field equipment
must be implemented no later than the dead- or SCADA displays;
line for that paragraph. (3) Test and verify an internal communi-
(b) Roles and responsibilities. Each op- cation plan to provide adequate means for
erator must define the roles and responsibili- manual operation of the pipeline safely, at
ties of a controller during normal, abnormal, least once each calendar year, but at inter-
and emergency operating conditions. To vals not to exceed 15 months;

99/153
(4) Test any backup SCADA systems at tions at least once each calendar year, but at
least once each calendar year, but at inter- intervals not to exceed 15 months;
vals not to exceed 15 months; and (4) Review the alarm management plan
(5) Establish and implement procedures required by this paragraph at least once each
for when a different controller assumes re- calendar year, but at intervals not exceeding
sponsibility, including the content of infor- 15 months, to determine the effectiveness of
mation to be exchanged. the plan;
(d) Fatigue mitigation. Each operator (5) Monitor the content and volume of
must implement the following methods to general activity being directed to and re-
reduce the risk associated with controller quired of each controller at least once each
fatigue that could inhibit a controller's abil- calendar year, but at intervals not to exceed
ity to carry out the roles and responsibilities 15 months, that will assure controllers have
the operator has defined: sufficient time to analyze and react to in-
(1) Establish shift lengths and schedule coming alarms; and
rotations that provide controllers off-duty (6) Address deficiencies identified
time sufficient to achieve eight hours of con- through the implementation of paragraphs
tinuous sleep; (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section.
(2) Educate controllers and supervisors (f) Change management. Each operator
in fatigue mitigation strategies and how off- must assure that changes that could affect
duty activities contribute to fatigue; control room operations are coordinated
(3) Train controllers and supervisors to with the control room personnel by perform-
recognize the effects of fatigue; and ing each of the following:
(4) Establish a maximum limit on con- (1) Establish communications between
troller hours-of-service, which may provide control room representatives, operator's
for an emergency deviation from the maxi- management, and associated field personnel
mum limit if necessary for the safe operation when planning and implementing physical
of a pipeline facility. changes to pipeline equipment or configura-
(e) Alarm management. Each operator tion;
using a SCADA system must have a written (2) Require its field personnel to contact
alarm management plan to provide for effec- the control room when emergency condi-
tive controller response to alarms. An operations exist and when making field changes
tor's plan must include provisions to: that affect control room operations; and
(1) Review SCADA safety-related alarm (3) Seek control room or control room
operations using a process that ensures management participation in planning prior
alarms are accurate and support safe pipeline to implementation of significant pipeline
operations; hydraulic or configuration changes.
(2) Identify at least once each calendar (g) Operating experience. Each operator
month points affecting safety that have been must assure that lessons learned from its op-
taken off scan in the SCADA host, have had erating experience are incorporated, as ap-
alarms inhibited, generated false alarms, or propriate, into its control room management
that have had forced or manual values for procedures by performing each of the fol-
periods of time exceeding that required for lowing:
associated maintenance or operating activi- (1) Review incidents that must be re-
ties; ported pursuant to 49 CFR part 191 to de-
(3) Verify the correct safety-related termine if control room actions contributed
alarm set-point values and alarm descrip-

100/153
to the event and, if so, correct, where neces- (j) Compliance and deviations. An oper-
sary, deficiencies related to: ator must maintain for review during inspec-
(i) Controller fatigue; tion:
(ii) Field equipment; (1) Records that demonstrate compliance
(iii) The operation of any relief device; with the requirements of this section; and
(iv) Procedures; (2) Documentation to demonstrate that
(v) SCADA system configuration; and any deviation from the procedures required
(vi) SCADA system performance. by this section was necessary for the safe
(2) Include lessons learned from the op- operation of a pipeline facility.
erator's experience in the training program
required by this section. [Amdt. 192-112, 74 FR 63310, Dec. 3,
(h) Training. Each operator must estab- 2009 as amended by Amdt. 192-112c, 75
lish a controller training program and review FR 5536, Feb. 3, 2010; Amdt. 192-117, 76
the training program content to identify po- FR35130, June 16, 2011]
tential improvements at least once each cal-
endar year, but at intervals not to exceed 15
months. An operator's program must provide
for training each controller to carry out the
roles and responsibilities defined by the op-
erator. In addition, the training program
must include the following elements:
(1) Responding to abnormal operating
conditions likely to occur simultaneously or
in sequence;
(2) Use of a computerized simulator or
non-computerized (tabletop) method for
training controllers to recognize abnormal
operating conditions;
(3) Training controllers on their respon-
sibilities for communication under the oper-
ator's emergency response procedures;
(4) Training that will provide a control-
ler a working knowledge of the pipeline sys-
tem, especially during the development of
abnormal operating conditions; and
(5) For pipeline operating setups that are
periodically, but infrequently used, provid-
ing an opportunity for controllers to review
relevant procedures in advance of their ap-
plication.
(i) Compliance validation. Upon request,
operators must submit their procedures to
PHMSA or, in the case of an intrastate pipe-
line facility regulated by a State, to the ap-
propriate State agency.

101/153
Subpart M–Maintenance Class Maximum interval between patrols

location At highway and At all other places
of line railroad crossings
1, 2 7½ months; but at 15 months; but at
§192.701 Scope. least twice each least once each
calendar year. calendar year.
This subpart prescribes minimum re- 3 4½ months; but at 7½ months; but at
quirements for maintenance of pipeline fa- least four times least twice each
cilities. each calendar calendar year.
year.
4 4½ months; but at 4½ months; but at
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] least four times least four times
each calendar each calendar year.
year.
§192.703 General.
(c) Methods of patrolling include walk-
(a) No person may operate a segment of ing, driving, flying or other appropriate
pipeline, unless it is maintained in accord- means of traversing the right-of-way.
ance with this subpart.
(b) Each segment of pipeline that be- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
comes unsafe must be replaced, repaired, or by Amdt. 192-21, 40 FR 20283, May 9,
removed from service. 1975; Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21,
(c) Hazardous leaks must be repaired 1982; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
promptly. 1996]
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]

§192.706 Transmission lines: Leakage
surveys.
§192.705 Transmission lines: Patrolling.
Leakage surveys of a transmission line
(a) Each operator shall have a patrol must be conducted at intervals not exceed-
program to observe surface conditions on ing 15 months, but at least once each calen-
and adjacent to the transmission line right- dar year. However, in the case of a trans-
of-way for indications of leaks, construction mission line which transports gas in con-
activity, and other factors affecting safety formity with §192.625 without an odor or
and operation. odorant, leakage surveys using leak detector
(b) The frequency of patrols is deter- equipment must be conducted–
mined by the size of the line, the operating (a) In Class 3 locations, at intervals not
pressures, the class location, terrain, weath- exceeding 7½ months, but at least twice
er, and other relevant factors, but intervals each calendar year; and
between patrols may not be longer than pre- (b) In Class 4 locations, at intervals not
scribed in the following table: exceeding 4½ months, but at least four
times each calendar year.
[Amdt. 192-21, 40 FR 20283, May 9, 1975,

46850, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR
6575, Feb. 11, 1994]

102/153
§192.707 Line markers for mains and (2) The name of the operator and tele-
transmission lines. phone number (including area code) where
the operator can be reached at all times.
(a) Buried pipelines. Except as provid-
ed in paragraph (b) of this section, a line [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
marker must be placed and maintained as by Amdt. 192-20, 40 FR 13505, Mar. 27,
close as practical over each buried main and 1975; Amdt. 192-20A, 41 FR 56808, Dec.
transmission line: 30, 1976; Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 39752,
(1) At each crossing of a public road Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-40, 47 FR
and railroad; and 13818, Apr. 1, 1982; Amdt. 192-44, 48 FR
(2) Wherever necessary to identify the 25206, June 6, 1983; Amdt. 192-73, 60 FR
location of the transmission line or main to 14646, Mar. 20, 1995; Amdt. 192-85, 63
reduce the possibility of damage or interfer- FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
ence.
(b) Exceptions for buried pipelines. Line
markers are not required for the following §192.709 Transmission lines: Record-
pipelines: keeping.
(1) Mains and transmission lines located
offshore, or at crossings of or under water- Each operator shall maintain the follow-
ways and other bodies of water. ing records for transmission lines for the
(2) Mains in Class 3 or Class 4 locations periods specified:
where a damage prevention program is in (a) The date, location, and description of
effect under §192.614. each repair made to pipe (including pipe-to-
(3) Transmission lines in Class 3 or 4 pipe connections) must be retained for as
locations until March 20, 1996. long as the pipe remains in service.
(4) Transmission lines in Class 3 or 4 (b) The date, location, and description
locations where placement of a line marker of each repair made to parts of the pipeline
is impractical. system other than pipe must be retained for
(c) Pipelines above ground. Line mark- at least 5 years. However, repairs generated
ers must be placed and maintained along by patrols, surveys, inspections, or tests re-
each section of a main and transmission line quired by subparts L and M of this part
that is located above ground in an area ac- must be retained in accordance with para-
cessible to the public. graph (c) of this section.
(d) Marker warning. The following (c) A record of each patrol, survey, in-
must be written legibly on a background of spection, and test required by subparts L
sharply contrasting color on each line mark- and M of this part must be retained for at
er: least 5 years or until the next patrol, survey,
(1) The word "Warning," "Caution," or inspection, or test is completed, whichever
"Danger" followed by the words "Gas (or is longer.
name of gas transported) Pipeline" all of
which, except for markers in heavily devel- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
oped urban areas, must be in letters at least by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
1 inch (25 millimeters) high with ¼ inch 1996]
(6.4 millimeters) stroke.

103/153
§192.711 Transmission lines: General (2) Repaired by a method that reliable

requirements for repair procedures. engineering tests and analyses show can
permanently restore the serviceability of the
(a) Temporary repairs. Each operator pipe.
shall take immediate temporary measures to (b) Operating pressure must be at a safe
protect the public whenever: level during repair operations.
(1) A leak, imperfection, or damage that [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
impairs its serviceability is found in a seg- by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16,
ment of steel transmission line operating at 1976; Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69660, Dec. 14,
or above 40 percent of the SMYS; and 1999]
(2) It is not feasible to make a perma-
nent repair at the time of discovery.
(b) Permanent repairs. An operator must §192.715 Transmission lines: Perma-
make permanent repairs on its pipeline sys- nent field repair of welds.
tem according to the following:
(1) Non integrity management repairs: Each weld that is unacceptable under
The operator must make permanent repairs §192.241(c) must be repaired as follows:
as soon as feasible. (a) If it is feasible to take the segment of
(2) Integrity management repairs: When transmission line out of service, the weld
an operator discovers a condition on a pipe- must be repaired in accordance with the ap-
line covered under Subpart O-Gas Trans- plicable requirements of §192.245.
mission Pipeline Integrity Management, the (b) A weld may be repaired in accord-
operator must remediate the condition as ance with §192.245 while the segment of
prescribed by §192.933(d). transmission line is in service if:
(c) Welded patch. Except as provided in (1) The weld is not leaking:
§192.717(b)(3), no operator may use a (2) The pressure in the segment is re-
welded patch as a means of repair. duced so that it does not produce a stress
that is more than 20 percent of the SMYS of
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended the pipe; and
by Amdt. 192-27B, 45 FR 3272, Jan. 17, (3) Grinding of the defective area can be
1980; Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69660, Dec. 14, limited so that at least 1/8-inch (3.2 milli-
1999 ; Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug meters) thickness in the pipe weld remains.
11, 2010] (c) A defective weld which cannot be
repaired in accordance with paragraph (a) or
(b) of this section must be repaired by in-
§192.713 Transmission lines: Perma- stalling a full encirclement welded split
nent field repair of imperfections and sleeve of appropriate design.
damages.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
(a) Each imperfection or damage that im- by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
pairs the serviceability of pipe in a steel 1998]
transmission line operating at or above 40
percent of SMYS must be--
(1) Removed by cutting out and replac-
ing a cylindrical piece of pipe; or

104/153
§192.717 Transmission lines: Perma- cutting out the damaged portion of the pipe
nent field repair of leaks. as a cylinder, the replacement pipe must be
tested to the pressure required for a new line
Each permanent field repair of a leak on installed in the same location. This test
a transmission line must be made by-- may be made on the pipe before it is in-
(a) Removing the leak by cutting out stalled.
and replacing a cylindrical piece of pipe; or (b) Testing of repairs made by welding.
(b) Repairing the leak by one of the fol- Each repair made by welding in accordance
lowing methods: with §§ 192.713, 192.715, and 192.717
(1) Install a full encirclement welded must be examined in accordance with
split sleeve of appropriate design, unless the §192.241.
transmission line is joined by mechanical
couplings and operates at less than 40 per- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
cent of SMYS. by Amdt. 192-54, 51 FR 41634, Nov. 18,
(2) If the leak is due to a corrosion pit, 1986]
install a properly designed bolt-on-leak
clamp.
(3) If the leak is due to a corrosion pit §192.721 Distribution systems: Patrol-
and on pipe of not more than 40,000 psi ling.
(267 Mpa) SMYS, fillet weld over the pit-
ted area a steel plate patch with rounded (a) The frequency of patrolling mains
corners, of the same or greater thickness must be determined by the severity of the
than the pipe, and not more than one-half of conditions which could cause failure or
the diameter of the pipe in size. leakage, and the consequent hazards to pub-
(4) If the leak is on a submerged off- lic safety.
shore pipeline or submerged pipeline in in- (b) Mains in places or on structures
land navigable waters, mechanically apply a where anticipated physical movement or
full encirclement split sleeve of appropriate external loading could cause failure or leak-
design. age must be patrolled–
(5) Apply a method that reliable engi- (1) In business districts, at intervals not
neering tests and analyses show can perma- exceeding 4½ months, but at least four
nently restore the serviceability of the pipe. times each calendar year; and
(2) Outside business districts, at inter-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended vals not exceeding 7½ months, but at least
by Amdt. 192-11, 37 FR 21816, Oct. 14, twice each calendar year.
1972; Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug.
16, 1976; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
13, 1998; Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69660, Dec. by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21,
14, 1999] 1982; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
1996]
§192.719 Transmission lines:

Testing of repairs.
(a) Testing of replacement pipe. If a

segment of transmission line is repaired by

105/153
§192.723 Distribution systems: Leakage §192.725 Test requirements for reinstat-

surveys. ing service lines.
(a) Each operator of a distribution sys- (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b)
tem shall conduct periodic leakage surveys of this section, each disconnected service
in accordance with this section. line must be tested in the same manner as a
(b) The type and scope of the leakage new service line, before being reinstated.
control program must be determined by the (b) Each service line temporarily dis-
nature of the operations and the local condi- connected from the main must be tested
tions, but it must meet the following mini- from the point of disconnection to the ser-
mum requirements: vice line valve in the same manner as a new
(1) A leakage survey with leak detector service line, before reconnecting. However,
equipment must be conducted in business if provisions are made to maintain continu-
districts, including tests of the atmosphere ous service, such as by installation of a by-
in gas, electric, telephone, sewer, and water pass, any part of the original service line
system manholes, at cracks in pavement and used to maintain continuous service need
sidewalks, and at other locations providing not be tested.
an opportunity for finding gas leaks, at in-
tervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
once each calendar year.
(2) A leakage survey with leak detector
equipment must be conducted outside busi- §192.727 Abandonment or deactivation
ness districts as frequently as necessary, but of facilities.
at least once every 5 calendar years at inter-
vals not exceeding 63 months. However, for (a) Each operator shall conduct aban-
cathodically unprotected distribution lines donment or deactivation of pipelines in ac-
subject to §192.465(e) on which electrical cordance with the requirements of this sec-
surveys for corrosion are impractical, a tion.
leakage survey must be conducted at least (b) Each pipeline abandoned in place
once every 3 calendar years at intervals not must be disconnected from all sources and
exceeding 39 months. supplies of gas; purged of gas; in the case of
offshore pipelines, filled with water or inert
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended materials; and sealed at the ends. However,
by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, the pipeline need not be purged when the
1982; Amdt. 192-70, 58 FR 54524, Oct. 22, volume of gas is so small that there is no
1993; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11, potential hazard.
1994; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, (c) Except for service lines, each inac-
2004; Amdt. 192-94A, 69 FR 54591, Sept. tive pipeline that is not being maintained
9, 2004] under this part must be disconnected from
all sources and supplies of gas; purged of
gas; in the case of offshore pipelines, filled
with water or inert materials; and sealed at
the ends. However, the pipeline need not be
purged when the volume of gas is so small
that there is no potential hazard.

106/153
(d) Whenever service to a customer is the reasonably available information re-

discontinued, one of the following must be quested was provided and, to the best of the
complied with: operator's knowledge, the abandonment was
(1) The valve that is closed to prevent completed in accordance with applicable
the flow of gas to the customer must be laws. Refer to the NPMS Standards for de-
provided with a locking device or other tails in preparing your data for submission.
means designed to prevent the opening of The NPMS Standards also include details of
the valve by persons other than those au- how to submit data. Alternatively, operators
thorized by the operator. may submit reports by mail, fax or e-mail to
(2) A mechanical device or fitting that the Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and
will prevent the flow of gas must be in- Hazardous Materials Safety Administration,
stalled in the service line or in the meter U.S. Department of Transportation, Infor-
assembly. mation Resources Manager, PHP-10, 1200
(3) The customer's piping must be phys- New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC
ically disconnected from the gas supply and 20590-0001; fax (202) 366-4566; e-mail
the open pipe ends sealed. InformationResourcesManag-
(e) If air is used for purging, the opera- er@PHMSA.dot.gov. The information in
tor shall insure that a combustible mixture the report must contain all reasonably avail-
is not present after purging. able information related to the facility, in-
(f) Each abandoned vault must be filled cluding information in the possession of a
with a suitable compacted material. third party. The report must contain the lo-
(g) For each abandoned offshore pipe- cation, size, date, method of abandonment,
line facility or each abandoned onshore and a certification that the facility has been
pipeline facility that crosses over, under or abandoned in accordance with all applicable
through a commercially navigable water- laws.
way, the last operator of that facility must
file a report upon abandonment of that facil- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
ity. by Amdt. 192-8, 37 FR 20694, Oct. 3, 1972,
(1) The preferred method to submit data Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
on pipeline facilities abandoned after Octo- Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11, 1994;
ber 10, 2000 is to the National Pipeline Amdt. 192-89, 65 FR 54440, Sept. 8, 2000;
Mapping System (NPMS) in accordance Amdt. 192-89A, 65 FR 57861, Sept. 26,
with the NPMS “Standards for Pipeline and 2000; 70 FR 11135, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt.
Liquefied Natural Gas Operator Submis- 192-103c, 72 FR 4655, Feb. 1, 2007; Amdt.
sions.” To obtain a copy of the NPMS 192-[106], 73 FR 16562, Mar. 28, 2008;
Standards, please refer to the NPMS Amdt. 192-[109], 74 FR 2889, January 16,
homepage at www.npms.PHMSA.dot.gov 2009.]
or contact the NPMS National Repository at
703-317-3073. A digital data format is pre-
ferred, but hard copy submissions are ac- §192.729 [Removed]
ceptable if they comply with the NPMS
Standards. In addition to the NPMS- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
required attributes, operators must submit by Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11,
the date of abandonment, diameter, method 1994]
of abandonment, and certification that, to
the best of the operator's knowledge, all of

107/153
§192.731 Compressor stations: Inspec- §192.736 Compressor stations: Gas de-

tion and testing of relief devices. tection.
(a) Except for rupture discs, each pres- (a) Not later than September 16, 1996,
sure relieving device in a compressor sta- each compressor building in a compressor
tion must be inspected and tested in accord- station must have a fixed gas detection and
ance with §§ 192.739 and 192.743, and alarm system, unless the building is–
must be operated periodically to determine (1) Constructed so that at least 50 per-
that it opens at the correct set pressure. cent of its upright side area is permanently
(b) Any defective or inadequate equip- open; or
ment found must be promptly repaired or (2) Located in an unattended field com-
replaced. pressor station of 1,000 horsepower (746
(c) Each remote control shutdown de- kilowatts) or less.
vice must be inspected and tested at inter- (b) Except when shutdown of the sys-
vals not exceeding 15 months, but at least tem is necessary for maintenance under par-
once each calendar year, to determine that it agraph (c) of this section, each gas detection
functions properly. and alarm system required by this section
must–
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended (1) Continuously monitor the compres-
by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, sor building for a concentration of gas in air
1982] of not more than 25 percent of the lower
explosive limit; and
(2) If that concentration of gas is detect-
§192.733 [Removed] ed, warn persons about to enter the building
and persons inside the building of the dan-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended ger.
by Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11, (c) Each gas detection and alarm system
1994] required by this section must be maintained
to function properly. The maintenance
must include performance tests.
§192.735 Compressor stations:
Storage of combustible materials. [Amdt. 192-69, 58 FR 48460, Sept. 16,
1993 as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR
(a) Flammable or combustible materials 37500, July 13, 1998]
in quantities beyond those required for eve-
ryday use, or other than those normally used
in compressor buildings, must be stored a §192.737 [Removed]
safe distance from the compressor building.
(b) Above ground oil or gasoline storage [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
tanks must be protected in accordance with by Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11,
National Fire Protection Association Stand- 1994]
ard No. 30 NFPA-30 (incorporated by ref-
erence, see §192.7).
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970; Amdt. 192-

119, 80 FR 168, January 5, 2015]

108/153
§192.739 Pressure limiting and regulat- §192.741 Pressure limiting and regulat-
ing stations: Inspection and testing. ing stations: Telemetering or recording
gauges.
(a) Each pressure limiting station, relief
device (except rupture discs), and pressure (a) Each distribution system supplied by
regulating station and its equipment must be more than one district pressure regulating
subjected at intervals not exceeding 15 station must be equipped with telemetering
months, but at least once each calendar or recording pressure gauges to indicate the
year, to inspections and tests to determine gas pressure in the district.
that it is– (b) On distribution systems supplied by
(1) In good mechanical condition; a single district pressure regulating station,
(2) Adequate from the standpoint of ca- the operator shall determine the necessity of
pacity and reliability of operation for the installing telemetering or recording gauges
service in which it is employed; in the district, taking into consideration the
(3) Except as provided in paragraph (b) number of customers supplied, the operat-
of this section, set to control or relieve at ing pressures, the capacity of the installa-
the correct pressure consistent with the tion, and other operating conditions.
pressure limits of §192.201(a); and (c) If there are indications of abnormally
(4) Properly installed and protected high- or low-pressure, the regulator and the
from dirt, liquids, or other conditions that auxiliary equipment must be inspected and
might prevent proper operation. the necessary measures employed to correct
(b) For steel pipelines whose MAOP is any unsatisfactory operating conditions.
determined under §192.619(c), if the
MAOP is 60 psi (414 kPa) gage or more, [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
the control or relief pressure limit is as fol-
lows:
§192.743 Pressure limiting and regulat-
If the MAOP pro- Then the pressure limit ing stations: Capacity of relief devices.
duces a hoop stress is:
that is: (a) Pressure relief devices at pressure
Greater than 72 MAOP plus 4 percent. limiting stations and pressure regulating sta-
percent of SMYS tions must have sufficient capacity to protect
Unknown as a A pressure that will the facilities to which they are connected.
percentage of prevent unsafe opera- Except as provided in §192.739(b), the ca-
SMYS tion of the pipeline pacity must be consistent with the pressure
considering its oper- limits of §192.201(a). This capacity must be
ating and mainte- determined at intervals not exceeding 15
nance history and months, but at least once each calendar year,
MAOP. by testing the devices in place or by review
and calculations.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended (b) If review and calculations are used to
by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, determine if a device has sufficient capacity,
1982; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. the calculated capacity must be compared
15, 2003; Amdt. 192-96, 69 FR 27861, May with the rated or experimentally determined
17, 2004] relieving capacity of the device for the con-
ditions under which it operates. After the

109/153
initial calculations, subsequent calculations (b) Each operator must take prompt re-
need not be made if the annual review doc- medial action to correct any valve found
uments that parameters have not changed to inoperable, unless the operator designates
cause the rated or experimentally deter- an alternative valve.
mined relieving capacity to be insufficient.
(c) If a relief device is of insufficient ca- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
pacity, a new or additional device must be by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21,
installed to provide the capacity required by 1982; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept.
paragraph (a) of this section. 15, 2003]

by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, §192.749 Vault maintenance.
1982; and Amdt. 192-55, 51 FR 41633.
Nov. 18, 1986; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR (a) Each vault housing pressure regulat-
53895, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-96, 69 ing and pressure limiting equipment, and
FR 27861, May 17, 2004] having a volumetric internal content of 200
cubic feet (5.66 cubic meters) or more, must
be inspected at intervals not exceeding 15
§192.745 Valve maintenance: Transmis- months, but at least once each calendar
sion lines. year, to determine that it is in good physical
condition and adequately ventilated.
(a) Each transmission line valve that (b) If gas is found in the vault, the
might be required during any emergency equipment in the vault must be inspected
must be inspected and partially operated at for leaks, and any leaks found must be re-
intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at paired.
least once each calendar year. (c) The ventilating equipment must also
(b) Each operator must take prompt re- be inspected to determine that it is function-
medial action to correct any valve found ing properly.
inoperable, unless the operator designates (d) Each vault cover must be inspected
an alternative valve. to assure that it does not present a hazard to
public safety.
by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
1982; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21,
15, 2003] 1982; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998]
§192.747 Valve maintenance: Distribu-

tion systems. §192.751 Prevention of accidental igni-
tion.
(a) Each valve, the use of which may be
necessary for the safe operation of a distri- Each operator shall take steps to mini-
bution system, must be checked and ser- mize the danger of accidental ignition of
viced at intervals not exceeding 15 months, gas in any structure or area where the pres-
but at least once each calendar year. ence of gas constitutes a hazard of fire or
explosion, including the following:

110/153
(a) When a hazardous amount of gas is §192.755 Protecting cast-iron pipelines.

being vented into open air, each potential
source of ignition must be removed from When an operator has knowledge that
the area and a fire extinguisher must be the support for a segment of a buried cast-
provided. iron pipeline is disturbed:
(b) Gas or electric welding or cutting (a) That segment of the
may not be performed on pipe or on pipe pipeline must be protected, as necessary,
components that contain a combustible mix- against damage during the disturbance by:
ture of gas and air in the area of work. (1) Vibrations from heavy construction
(c) Post warning signs, where appropri- equipment, trains, trucks, buses, or blasting;
ate. (2) Impact forces by vehicles;
(3) Earth movement;
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (4) Apparent future excavations near the
pipeline; or
(5) Other foreseeable outside forces
§192.753 Caulked bell and spigot joints. which may subject that segment of the pipe-
line to bending stress.
(a) Each cast iron caulked bell and spig- (b) As soon as feasible, appropriate
ot joint that is subject to pressures of more steps must be taken to provide permanent
than 25 psi (172kPa) gage must be sealed protection for the disturbed segment from
with: damage that might result from external
(1) A mechanical leak clamp; or loads, including compliance with applicable
(2) A material or device which: requirements of §§ 192.317(a), 192.319,
(i) Does not reduce the flexibility of the and 192.361 (b)–(d).
joint;
(ii) Permanently bonds, either chemical- [Amdt. 192-23, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31,
ly or mechanically, or both, with the bell 1976]
and spigot metal surfaces or adjacent pipe
metal surfaces; and,
(iii) Seals and bonds in a manner that §192.761 [Removed]
meets the strength, environmental, and
chemical compatibility requirements of [Amdt. 192-90, 67 FR 50824, Aug. 6, 2002
§§ 192.53(a) and (b) and 192.143. as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 16 FR
(b) Each cast iron caulked bell and 69778, Dec. 15, 2003]
spigot joint that is subject to pressures of 25
psi (172kPa) gage or less and is exposed for
any reason must be sealed by a means other
than caulking.

by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21,
1982; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept.
15, 2003]

111/153
Subpart N–Qualification of Pipeline (3) Simulations;

Personnel (e) Other forms of assessment.
Qualified means that an individual has

§192.801 Scope. been evaluated and can:
(a) Perform assigned covered tasks; and
(a) This subpart prescribes the minimum (b) Recognize and react to abnormal
requirements for operator qualification of operating conditions.
individuals performing covered tasks on a
pipeline facility. [Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27,
(b) For the purpose of this subpart, a 1999 as amended by Amdt. 192-86A, 66 FR
covered task is an activity, identified by the 43523, Aug. 20, 2001]
operator, that:
(1) Is performed on a pipeline facility;
(2) Is an operations or maintenance task; §192.805 Qualification program.
(3) Is performed as a requirement of this
part; and Each operator shall have and follow a
(4) Affects the operation or integrity of written qualification program. The program
the pipeline. shall include provisions to:
(a) Identify covered tasks;
[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27, (b) Ensure through evaluation that indi-
1999] viduals performing covered tasks are quali-
fied;
(c) Allow individuals that are not quali-
§192.803 Definitions. fied pursuant to this subpart to perform a
covered task if directed and observed by an
Abnormal operating condition means a individual that is qualified;
condition identified by the operator that (d) Evaluate an individual if the opera-
may indicate a malfunction of a component tor has reason to believe that the individu-
or deviation from normal operations that al's performance of a covered task contrib-
may: uted to an incident as defined in Part 191;
(a) Indicate a condition exceeding de- (e) Evaluate an individual if the operator
sign limits; or has reason to believe that the individual is
(b) Result in a hazard(s) to persons, no longer qualified to perform a covered
property, or the environment. task;
(f) Communicate changes that affect
Evaluation means a process, established covered tasks to individuals performing
and documented by the operator, to deter- those covered tasks;
mine an individual's ability to perform a (g) Identify those covered tasks and the
covered task by any of the following: intervals at which evaluation of the individ-
(a) Written examination; ual's qualifications is needed;
(b) Oral examination; (h) After December 16, 2004, provide
(c) Work performance history review; training, as appropriate, to ensure that indi-
(d) Observation during: viduals performing covered tasks have the
(1) Performance on the job, necessary knowledge and skills to perform
(2) On the job training, or

112/153
the tasks in a manner that ensures the safe §192.809 General.

operation of pipeline facilities; and
(i) After December 16, 2004, notify the (a) Operators must have a written quali-
Administrator or a state agency participat- fication program by April 27, 2001. The
ing under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 601 if the op- program must be available for review by the
erator significantly modifies the program Administrator or by a state agency partici-
after the Aadministrator or state agency has pating under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 601 if the
verified that it complies with this section. program is under the authority of that state
Notifications to PHMSA may be submitted agency.
by electronic mail to InformationRe- (b) Operators must complete the qualifi-
sourcesManager@dot.gov, or by mail to cation of individuals performing covered
ATTN: Information Resources Manager tasks by October 28, 2002.
DOT/PHMSA/OPS, East Building, 2nd (c) Work performance history review
Floor, E22–321, New Jersey Avenue SE., may be used as a sole evaluation method for
Washington, DC 20590. individuals who were performing a covered
task prior to October 26, 1999.
[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27, (d) After October 28, 2002, work per-
1999 as amended by Amdt. 192-100, 70 FR formance history may not be used as a sole
10322, Mar. 3, 2005; Amdt. 192-120, 80 evaluation method.
FR 12763, March 11, 2015] (e) After December 16, 2004, observa-
tion of on-the-job performance may not be
used as the sole method of evaluation.
§192.807 Recordkeeping.
[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27,
Each operator shall maintain records 1999 as amended by Amdt. 192-86A, 66 FR
that demonstrate compliance with this sub- 43523, Aug. 20, 2001; Amdt. 192-100, 70
part. FR 10322, Mar. 3, 2005]
(a) Qualification records shall include:
(1) Identification of qualified individu-
al(s);
(2) Identification of the covered tasks
the individual is qualified to perform;
(3) Date(s) of current qualification; and
(4) Qualification method(s).
(b) Records supporting an individual's
current qualification shall be maintained
while the individual is performing the cov-
ered task. Records of prior qualification and
records of individuals no longer performing
covered tasks shall be retained for a period
of five years.
[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27,

1999]

113/153
Subpart O—Gas Transmission Pipeline evaluate certain threats (i.e., external corro-
Integrity Management sion, internal corrosion and stress corrosion
cracking) to a covered pipeline segment's
integrity. The process includes the gathering
§192.901 What do the regulations in this and integration of risk factor data, indirect
subpart cover? examination or analysis to identify areas of
suspected corrosion, direct examination of
This subpart prescribes minimum re- the pipeline in these areas, and post assess-
quirements for an integrity management ment evaluation.
program on any gas transmission pipeline
covered under this part. For gas transmis- High consequence area means an area
sion pipelines constructed of plastic, only established by one of the methods described
the requirements in §§ 192.917, 192.921, in paragraphs (1) or (2) as follows:
192.935 and 192.937 apply. (1) An area defined as—
(i) A Class 3 location under §192.5; or
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December (ii) A Class 4 location under §192.5; or
15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 (iii) Any area in a Class 1 or Class 2 lo-
FR 2307, December 22, 2003] cation where the potential impact radius is
greater than 660 feet (200 meters), and the
area within a potential impact circle con-
§192.903 What definitions apply to this tains 20 or more buildings intended for hu-
subpart? man occupancy; or
(iv) Any area in a Class 1 or Class 2 lo-
The following definitions apply to this cation where the potential impact circle
subpart: contains an identified site.
(2) The area within a potential impact
Assessment is the use of testing tech- circle containing—
niques as allowed in this subpart to ascer- (i) 20 or more buildings intended for
tain the condition of a covered pipeline human occupancy, unless the exception in
segment. paragraph (4) applies; or
(ii) An identified site.
Confirmatory direct assessment is an (3) Where a potential impact circle is
integrity assessment method using more calculated under either method (1) or (2) to
focused application of the principles and establish a high consequence area, the
techniques of direct assessment to identify length of the high consequence area extends
internal and external corrosion in a covered axially along the length of the pipeline from
transmission pipeline segment. the outermost edge of the first potential im-
pact circle that contains either an identified
Covered segment or covered pipeline site or 20 or more buildings intended for
segment means a segment of gas transmis- human occupancy to the outermost edge of
sion pipeline located in a high consequence the last contiguous potential impact circle
area. The terms gas and transmission line that contains either an identified site or 20
are defined in §192.3. or more buildings intended for human oc-
cupancy. (See Figure E.I.A. in appendix E.)
Direct assessment is an integrity as- (4) If in identifying a high consequence
sessment method that utilizes a process to area under paragraph (1)(iii) of this defini-

114/153
tion or paragraph (2)(i) of this definition, Potential impact circle is a circle of ra-
the radius of the potential impact circle is dius equal to the potential impact radius
greater than 660 feet (200 meters), the oper- (PIR).
ator may identify a high consequence area
based on a prorated number of buildings Potential impact radius (PIR) means
intended for human occupancy within a dis- the radius of a circle within which the po-
tance 660 feet (200 meters) from the center- tential failure of a pipeline could have sig-
line of the pipeline until December 17, nificant impact on people or property. PIR
2006. If an operator chooses this approach, is determined by the formula r = 0.69*
the operator must prorate the number of (square root of (p*d2)), where `r' is the radi-
buildings intended for human occupancy us of a circular area in feet surrounding the
based on the ratio of an area with a radius of point of failure, `p' is the maximum allowa-
660 feet (200 meters) to the area of the po- ble operating pressure (MAOP) in the pipe-
tential impact circle (i.e., the prorated num- line segment in pounds per square inch and
ber of buildings intended for human occu- `d' is the nominal diameter of the pipeline in
pancy is equal to [20 x (660 feet [or 200 inches.
meters ]/potential impact radius in feet [or
meters])2]). Note: 0.69 is the factor for natural gas.
This number will vary for other gases de-
Identified site means each of the follow- pending upon their heat of combustion. An
ing areas: operator transporting gas other than natural
(a) An outside area or open structure gas must use section 3.2 of ASME/ANSI
that is occupied by twenty (20) or more per- B31.8S–2001 (Supplement to ASME
sons on at least 50 days in any twelve (12)- B31.8; incorporated by reference, see §
month period. (The days need not be con- 192.7) (incorporated by reference, see
secutive.) Examples include but are not lim- § 192.7) to calculate the impact radius for-
ited to, beaches, playgrounds, recreational mula.
facilities, camping grounds, outdoor thea-
ters, stadiums, recreational areas near a Remediation is a repair or mitigation
body of water, or areas outside a rural activity an operator takes on a covered
building such as a religious facility); or segment to limit or reduce the probability of
(b) A building that is occupied by twen- an undesired event occurring or the ex-
ty (20) or more persons on at least five (5) pected consequences from the event.
days a week for ten (10) weeks in any
twelve (12)-month period. (The days and [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December
weeks need not be consecutive.) Examples 15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69
include, but are not limited to, religious fa- FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-
cilities, office buildings, community cen- 95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt.
ters, general stores, 4-H facilities, or roller 192-95C, 69 FR 29903, May 26, 2004;
skating rinks); or Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006;
(c) A facility occupied by persons who Amdt. 192-103c, 72 FR 4655, Feb. 1, 2007;
are confined, are of impaired mobility, or Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5,
would be difficult to evacuate. Examples 2015]
include but are not limited to hospitals,
prisons, schools, day-care facilities, retire-
ment facilities or assisted-living facilities.

115/153
(iii) The site is on a list (including a list

§192.905 How does an operator identify on an internet web site) or map maintained
a high consequence area? by or available from a Federal, State, or lo-
cal government agency and available to the
(a) General. To determine which seg- general public.
ments of an operator's transmission pipeline (c) Newly identified areas. When an op-
system are covered by this subpart, an oper- erator has information that the area around a
ator must identify the high consequence ar- pipeline segment not previously identified
eas. An operator must use method (1) or (2) as a high consequence area could satisfy
from the definition in §192.903 to identify a any of the definitions in §192.903, the oper-
high consequence area. An operator may ator must complete the evaluation using
apply one method to its entire pipeline sys- method (1) or (2). If the segment is deter-
tem, or an operator may apply one method mined to meet the definition as a high con-
to individual portions of the pipeline sys- sequence area, it must be incorporated into
tem. An operator must describe in its integ- the operator's baseline assessment plan as a
rity management program which method it high consequence area within one year from
is applying to each portion of the operator's the date the area is identified.
pipeline system. The description must in-
clude the potential impact radius when uti- [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December
lized to establish a high consequence area. 15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69
(See appendix E.I. for guidance on identify- FR 2307, December 22, 2003]
ing high consequence areas.)
(b)(1) Identified sites. An operator must
identify an identified site, for purposes of §192.907 What must an operator do to
this subpart, from information the operator implement this subpart?
has obtained from routine operation and
maintenance activities and from public offi- (a) General. No later than December 17,
cials with safety or emergency response or 2004, an operator of a covered pipeline
planning responsibilities who indicate to the segment must develop and follow a written
operator that they know of locations that integrity management program that contains
meet the identified site criteria. These pub- all the elements described in §192.911 and
lic officials could include officials on a lo- that addresses the risks on each covered
cal emergency planning commission or rel- transmission pipeline segment. The initial
evant Native American tribal officials. integrity management program must con-
(2) If a public official with safety or sist, at a minimum, of a framework that de-
emergency response or planning responsi- scribes the process for implementing each
bilities informs an operator that it does not program element, how relevant decisions
have the information to identify an identi- will be made and by whom, a time line for
fied site, the operator must use one of the completing the work to implement the pro-
following sources, as appropriate, to identi- gram element, and how information gained
fy these sites. from experience will be continuously incor-
(i) Visible marking (e.g., a sign); or porated into the program. The framework
(ii) The site is licensed or registered by will evolve into a more detailed and com-
a Federal, State, or local government agen- prehensive program. An operator must
cy; or make continual improvements to the pro-
gram.

116/153
(b) Implementation Standards. In carry- FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-
ing out this subpart, an operator must fol- 95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004]
low the requirements of this subpart and of
ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by ref- §192.911 What are the elements of an
erence, see §192.7) and its appendices, integrity management program?
where specified. An operator may follow an
equivalent standard or practice only when An operator's initial integrity manage-
the operator demonstrates the alternative ment program begins with a framework (see
standard or practice provides an equivalent §192.907) and evolves into a more detailed
level of safety to the public and property. In and comprehensive integrity management
the event of a conflict between this subpart program, as information is gained and in-
and ASME/ANSI B31.8S, the requirements corporated into the program. An operator
in this subpart control. must make continual improvements to its
program. The initial program framework
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December and subsequent program must, at minimum,
15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 contain the following elements. (When in-
FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192- dicated, refer to ASME/ANSI B31.8S (in-
103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006] corporated by reference, see §192.7) for
more detailed information on the listed ele-
ment.)
§192.909 How can an operator change (a) An identification of all high conse-
its integrity management program? quence areas, in accordance with §192.905.
(b) A baseline assessment plan meeting
(a) General. An operator must docu- the requirements of §192.919 and §192.921.
ment any change to its program and the rea- (c) An identification of threats to each
sons for the change before implementing covered pipeline segment, which must in-
the change. clude data integration and a risk assessment.
(b) Notification. An operator must noti- An operator must use the threat identifica-
fy OPS, in accordance with §192.949, of tion and risk assessment to prioritize cov-
any change to the program that may sub- ered segments for assessment (§192.917)
stantially affect the program's implementa- and to evaluate the merits of additional pre-
tion or may significantly modify the pro- ventive and mitigative measures (§192.935)
gram or schedule for carrying out the pro- for each covered segment.
gram elements. An operator must also noti- (d) A direct assessment plan, if applica-
fy a State or local pipeline safety authority ble, meeting the requirements of §192.923,
when either a covered segment is located in and depending on the threat assessed, of
a State where OPS has an interstate agent §§ 192.925, 192.927, or 192.929.
agreement, or an intrastate covered segment (e) Provisions meeting the requirements
is regulated by that State. An operator must of §192.933 for remediating conditions
provide the notification within 30 days after found during an integrity assessment.
adopting this type of change into its pro- (f) A process for continual evaluation
gram. and assessment meeting the requirements of
§192.937.
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December (g) If applicable, a plan for confirmatory
15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 direct assessment meeting the requirements
of §192.931.

117/153
(h) Provisions meeting the requirements §192.913 When may an operator deviate
of §192.935 for adding preventive and miti- its program from certain requirements of
gative measures to protect the high conse- this subpart?
quence area.
(i) A performance plan as outlined in (a) General. ASME/ANSI B31.8S (in-
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 9 that incorporated by reference, see §192.7) pro-
cludes performance measures meeting the vides the essential features of a perfor-
requirements of §192.945. mance-based or a prescriptive integrity
(j) Record keeping provisions meeting management program. An operator that uses
the requirements of §192.947. a performance-based approach that satisfies
(k) A management of change process as the requirements for exceptional perfor-
outlined in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section mance in paragraph (b) of this section may
11. deviate from certain requirements in this
(l) A quality assurance process as out- subpart, as provided in paragraph (c) of this
lined in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 12. section.
(m) A communication plan that includes (b) Exceptional performance. An opera-
the elements of ASME/ANSI B31.8S, sector must be able to demonstrate the excep-
tion 10, and that includes procedures for tional performance of its integrity manage-
addressing safety concerns raised by— ment program through the following ac-
(1) OPS; and tions.
(2) A State or local pipeline safety au- (1) To deviate from any of the require-
thority when a covered segment is located ments set forth in paragraph (c) of this sec-
in a State where OPS has an interstate agent tion, an operator must have a performance-
agreement. based integrity management program that
(n) Procedures for providing (when re- meets or exceed the performance-based re-
quested), by electronic or other means, a quirements of ASME/ANSI B31.8S and
copy of the operator's risk analysis or integ- includes, at a minimum, the following ele-
rity management program to— ments—
(1) OPS; and (i) A comprehensive process for risk
(2) A State or local pipeline safety au- analysis;
thority when a covered segment is located (ii) All risk factor data used to support
in a State where OPS has an interstate agent the program;
agreement. (iii) A comprehensive data integration
(o) Procedures for ensuring that each process;
integrity assessment is being conducted in a (iv) A procedure for applying lessons
manner that minimizes environmental and learned from assessment of covered pipe-
safety risks. line segments to pipeline segments not cov-
(p) A process for identification and as- ered by this subpart;
sessment of newly-identified high conse- (v) A procedure for evaluating every
quence areas. (See §192.905 and §192.921.) incident, including its cause, within the op-
erator's sector of the pipeline industry for
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December implications both to the operator's pipeline
15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 system and to the operator's integrity man-
FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192- agement program;
95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt. (vi) A performance matrix that demon-
192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006] strates the program has been effective in

118/153
ensuring the integrity of the covered seg- demonstrates the time frame will not jeop-
ments by controlling the identified threats to ardize the safety of the covered segment.
the covered segments;
(vii) Semi-annual performance [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December
measures beyond those required in 15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69
§192.945 that are part of the operator's per- FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-
formance plan. (See §192.911(i).) An op- 95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt.
erator must submit these measures, by elec- 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006]
tronic or other means, on a semi-annual fre-
quency to OPS in accordance with
§192.951; and §192.915 What knowledge and training
(viii) An analysis that supports the de- must personnel have to carry out an in-
sired integrity reassessment interval and the tegrity management program?
remediation methods to be used for all cov-
ered segments. (a) Supervisory personnel. The integrity
(2) In addition to the requirements for management program must provide that
the performance-based plan, an operator each supervisor whose responsibilities re-
must— late to the integrity management program
(i) Have completed at least two integrity possesses and maintains a thorough
assessments on each covered pipeline seg- knowledge of the integrity management
ment the operator is including under the program and of the elements for which the
performance-based approach, and be able to supervisor is responsible. The program must
demonstrate that each assessment effective- provide that any person who qualifies as a
ly addressed the identified threats on the supervisor for the integrity management
covered segment. program has appropriate training or experi-
(ii) Remediate all anomalies identified ence in the area for which the person is re-
in the more recent assessment according to sponsible.
the requirements in §192.933, and incorpo- (b) Persons who carry out assessments
rate the results and lessons learned from the and evaluate assessment results. The integ-
more recent assessment into the operator's rity management program must provide cri-
data integration and risk assessment. teria for the qualification of any person—
(c) Deviation. Once an operator has (1) Who conducts an integrity assess-
demonstrated that it has satisfied the re- ment allowed under this subpart; or
quirements of paragraph (b) of this section, (2) Who reviews and analyzes the re-
the operator may deviate from the prescrip- sults from an integrity assessment and eval-
tive requirements of ASME/ANSI B31.8S uation; or
and of this subpart only in the following (3) Who makes decisions on actions to
instances. be taken based on these assessments.
(1) The time frame for reassessment as (c) Persons responsible for preventive
provided in §192.939 except that reassess- and mitigative measures. The integrity
ment by some method allowed under this management program must provide criteria
subpart (e.g., confirmatory direct assess- for the qualification of any person—
ment) must be carried out at intervals no (1) Who implements preventive and
longer than seven years; mitigative measures to carry out this sub-
(2) The time frame for remediation as part, including the marking and locating of
provided in §192.933 if the operator buried structures; or

119/153
(2) Who directly supervises excavation corrosion control records, continuing sur-
work carried out in conjunction with an in- veillance records, patrolling records,
tegrity assessment. maintenance history, internal inspection
records and all other conditions specific to
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December each pipeline.
15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 (c) Risk assessment. An operator must
FR 2307, December 22, 2003] conduct a risk assessment that follows
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 5, and con-
siders the identified threats for each covered
§192.917 How does an operator identify segment. An operator must use the risk as-
potential threats to pipeline integrity and sessment to prioritize the covered segments
use the threat identification in its integri- for the baseline and continual reassessments
ty program? (§§ 192.919, 192.921, 192.937), and to de-
termine what additional preventive and mit-
(a) Threat identification. An operator igative measures are needed (§192.935) for
must identify and evaluate all potential the covered segment.
threats to each covered pipeline segment. (d) Plastic transmission pipeline. An
Potential threats that an operator must con- operator of a plastic transmission pipeline
sider include, but are not limited to, the must assess the threats to each covered
threats listed in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (in- segment using the information in sections 4
corporated by reference, see §192.7), sec- and 5 of ASME B31.8S, and consider any
tion 2, which are grouped under the follow- threats unique to the integrity of plastic
ing four categories: pipe.
(1) Time dependent threats such as in- (e) Actions to address particular
ternal corrosion, external corrosion, and threats. If an operator identifies any of the
stress corrosion cracking; following threats, the operator must take the
(2) Static or resident threats, such as following actions to address the threat.
fabrication or construction defects; (1) Third party damage. An operator
(3) Time independent threats such as must utilize the data integration required in
third party damage and outside force dam- paragraph (b) of this section and ASME/
age; and ANSI B31.8S, Appendix A7 to determine
(4) Human error. the susceptibility of each covered segment
(b) Data gathering and integration. To to the threat of third party damage. If an op-
identify and evaluate the potential threats to erator identifies the threat of third party
a covered pipeline segment, an operator damage, the operator must implement com-
must gather and integrate existing data and prehensive additional preventive measures
information on the entire pipeline that could in accordance with §192.935 and monitor
be relevant to the covered segment. In per- the effectiveness of the preventive
forming this data gathering and integration, measures. If, in conducting a baseline as-
an operator must follow the requirements in sessment under §192.921, or a reassessment
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 4. At a mini- under §192.937, an operator uses an internal
mum, an operator must gather and evaluate inspection tool or external corrosion direct
the set of data specified in Appendix A to assessment, the operator must integrate data
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, and consider both on from these assessments with data related to
the covered segment and similar non- any encroachment or foreign line crossing
covered segments, past incident history, on the covered segment, to define where

120/153
potential indications of third party damage (iii) The stresses leading to cyclic fa-
may exist in the covered segment. tigue increase.
An operator must also have procedures (4) ERW pipe. If a covered pipeline
in its integrity management program ad- segment contains low frequency electric
dressing actions it will take to respond to resistance welded pipe (ERW), lap welded
findings from this data integration. pipe or other pipe that satisfies the condi-
(2) Cyclic fatigue. An operator must tions specified in ASME/ANSI B31.8S,
evaluate whether cyclic fatigue or other Appendices A4.3 and A4.4, and any cov-
loading condition (including ground move- ered or noncovered segment in the pipeline
ment, suspension bridge condition) could system with such pipe has experienced
lead to a failure of a deformation, including seam failure, or operating pressure on the
a dent or gouge, or other defect in the cov- covered segment has increased over the
ered segment. An evaluation must assume maximum operating pressure experienced
the presence of threats in the covered seg- during the preceding five years, an operator
ment that could be exacerbated by cyclic must select an assessment technology or
fatigue. An operator must use the results technologies with a proven application ca-
from the evaluation together with the crite- pable of assessing seam integrity and seam
ria used to evaluate the significance of this corrosion anomalies. The operator must pri-
threat to the covered segment to prioritize oritize the covered segment as a high risk
the integrity baseline assessment or reas- segment for the baseline assessment or a
sessment. subsequent reassessment.
(3) Manufacturing and construction de- (5) Corrosion. If an operator identifies
fects. If an operator identifies the threat of corrosion on a covered pipeline segment
manufacturing and construction defects (in- that could adversely affect the integrity of
cluding seam defects) in the covered seg- the line (conditions specified in §192.933),
ment, an operator must analyze the covered the operator must evaluate and remediate,
segment to determine the risk of failure as necessary, all pipeline segments (both
from these defects. The analysis must con- covered and non-covered) with similar ma-
sider the results of prior assessments on the terial coating and environmental character-
covered segment. An operator may consider istics. An operator must establish a schedule
manufacturing and construction related de- for evaluating and remediating, as neces-
fects to be stable defects if the operating sary, the similar segments that is consistent
pressure on the covered segment has not with the operator's established operating
increased over the maximum operating and maintenance procedures under part 192
pressure experienced during the five years for testing and repair.
preceding identification of the high conse-
quence area. If any of the following changes [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December
occur in the covered segment, an operator 15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69
must prioritize the covered segment as a FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-
high risk segment for the baseline assess- 95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt.
ment or a subsequent reassessment. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006]
(i) Operating pressure increases above
the maximum operating pressure experi-
enced during the preceding five years;
(ii) MAOP increases; or

121/153
§192.919 What must be in the baseline on the threats to which the covered segment
assessment plan? is susceptible. An operator must select the
method or methods best suited to address
An operator must include each of the the threats identified to the covered segment
following elements in its written baseline (See §192.917).
assessment plan: (1) Internal inspection tool or tools ca-
(a) Identification of the potential threats pable of detecting corrosion, and any other
to each covered pipeline segment and the threats to which the covered segment is sus-
information supporting the threat identifica- ceptible. An operator must follow
tion. (See §192.917.); ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by ref-
(b) The methods selected to assess the erence, see §192.7), section 6.2 in selecting
integrity of the line pipe, including an ex- the appropriate internal inspection tools for
planation of why the assessment method the covered segment.
was selected to address the identified threats (2) Pressure test conducted in accord-
to each covered segment. The integrity as- ance with subpart J of this part. An operator
sessment method an operator uses must be must use the test pressures specified in Ta-
based on the threats identified to the cov- ble 3 of section 5 of ASME/ANSI B31.8S,
ered segment. (See §192.917.) More than to justify an extended reassessment interval
one method may be required to address all in accordance with §192.939.
the threats to the covered pipeline segment; (3) Direct assessment to address threats
(c) A schedule for completing the integ- of external corrosion, internal corrosion,
rity assessment of all covered segments, and stress corrosion cracking. An operator
including risk factors considered in estab- must conduct the direct assessment in ac-
lishing the assessment schedule; cordance with the requirements listed in
(d) If applicable, a direct assessment §192.923 and with, as applicable, the re-
plan that meets the requirements of quirements specified in §§ 192.925,
§§ 192.923, and depending on the threat to 192.927 or 192.929;
be addressed, of §192.925, §192.927, or (4) Other technology that an operator
§192.929; and demonstrates can provide an equivalent un-
(e) A procedure to ensure that the base- derstanding of the condition of the line pipe.
line assessment is being conducted in a An operator choosing this option must noti-
manner that minimizes environmental and fy the Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS) 180
safety risks. days before conducting the assessment, in
accordance with §192.949. An operator
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December must also notify a State or local pipeline
15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 safety authority when either a covered seg-
FR 2307, December 22, 2003] ment is located in a State where OPS has an
interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate
covered segment is regulated by that State.
§192.921 How is the baseline assessment (b) Prioritizing segments. An operator
to be conducted? must prioritize the covered pipeline seg-
ments for the baseline assessment according
(a) Assessment methods. An operator to a risk analysis that considers the potential
must assess the integrity of the line pipe in threats to each covered segment. The risk
each covered segment by applying one or analysis must comply with the requirements
more of the following methods depending in §192.917.

122/153
(c) Assessment for particular threats. In plastic transmission pipeline indicates that a
choosing an assessment method for the covered segment is susceptible to failure
baseline assessment of each covered seg- from causes other than third-party damage,
ment, an operator must take the actions re- an operator must conduct a baseline as-
quired in §192.917(e) to address particular sessment of the segment in accordance with
threats that it has identified. the requirements of this section and of
(d) Time period. An operator must pri- §192.917. The operator must justify the use
oritize all the covered segments for assess- of an alternative assessment method that
ment in accordance with §192.917 (c) and will address the identified threats to the
paragraph (b) of this section. An operator covered segment.
must assess at least 50% of the covered
segments beginning with the highest risk [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December
segments, by December 17, 2007. An oper- 15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69
ator must complete the baseline assessment FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-
of all covered segments by December 17, 95B, 69 FR 18227, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt.
2012. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006]
(e) Prior assessment. An operator may
use a prior integrity assessment conducted
before December 17, 2002 as a baseline as- §192.923 How is direct assessment used
sessment for the covered segment, if the and for what threats?
integrity assessment meets the baseline re-
quirements in this subpart and subsequent (a) General. An operator may use direct
remedial actions to address the conditions assessment either as a primary assessment
listed in §192.933 have been carried out. In method or as a supplement to the other as-
addition, if an operator uses this prior assessment methods allowed under this sub-
sessment as its baseline assessment, the op- part. An operator may only use direct as-
erator must reassess the line pipe in the sessment as the primary assessment method
covered segment according to the require- to address the identified threats of external
ments of §192.937 and §192.939. corrosion (ECDA), internal corrosion
(f) Newly identified areas. When an op- (ICDA), and stress corrosion cracking
erator identifies a new high consequence (SCCDA).
area (see §192.905), an operator must com- (b) Primary method. An operator using
plete the baseline assessment of the line direct assessment as a primary assessment
pipe in the newly identified high conse- method must have a plan that complies with
quence area within ten (10) years from the the requirements in—
date the area is identified. (1) Section 192.925 and ASME/ANSI
(g) Newly installed pipe. An operator B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see
must complete the baseline assessment of a § 192.7); section 6.4, and NACE SP0502
newly-installed segment of pipe covered by (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7), if
this subpart within ten (10) years from the addressing external corrosion (ECDA).
date the pipe is installed. An operator may (2) Section 192.927 and ASME/ANSI
conduct a pressure test in accordance with B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see §
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, to satisfy 192.7), section 6.4, appendix B2, if address-
the requirement for a baseline assessment. ing internal corrosion (IC).
(h) Plastic transmission pipeline. If the (3) Section 192.929 and ASME/ANSI
threat analysis required in §192.917(d) on a B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see

123/153
§ 192.7), appendix A3, if addressing stress (1) Preassessment. In addition to the re-
corrosion cracking (SCCDA). quirements in ASME/ANSI B31.8S section
(c) Supplemental method. An operator 6.4 and NACE SP0502, section 3, the plan's
using direct assessment as a supplemental procedures for preassessment must in-
assessment method for any applicable threat clude—
must have a plan that follows the require- (i) Provisions for applying more restric-
ments for confirmatory direct assessment in tive criteria when conducting ECDA for the
§192.931. first time on a covered segment; and
(ii) The basis on which an operator se-
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December lects at least two different, but complemen-
15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 tary indirect assessment tools to assess each
FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192- ECDA Region. If an operator utilizes an in-
103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006; Amdt. direct inspection method that is not dis-
192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11, 2010; cussed in Appendix A of NACE SP0502, the
Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, operator must demonstrate the applicability,
2015] validation basis, equipment used, application
procedure, and utilization of data for the in-
spection method.
§192.925 What are the requirements for (2) Indirect inspection examination. In
using External Corrosion Direct addition to the requirements in ASME/ANSI
Assessment (ECDA)? B31.8S, section 6.4 and NACE SP0502–
2008, section 4, the plan's procedures for in-
(a) Definition. ECDA is a four-step pro- direct inspection examination of the ECDA
cess that combines preassessment, indirect regions must include—
inspection, direct examination, and post as- (i) Provisions for applying more restric-
sessment to evaluate the threat of external tive criteria when conducting ECDA for the
corrosion to the integrity of a pipeline. first time on a covered segment;
(b) General requirements. An operator (ii) Criteria for identifying and docu-
that uses direct assessment to assess the menting those indications that must be con-
threat of external corrosion must follow the sidered for excavation and direct examina-
requirements in this section, in ASME/ANSI tion. Minimum identification criteria include
B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see the known sensitivities of assessment tools,
§192.7), section 6.4, and in NACE SP0502- the procedures for using each tool, and the
2008 (incorporated by reference, see approach to be used for decreasing the phys-
§192.7). An operator must develop and im- ical spacing of indirect assessment tool read-
plement a direct assessment plan that has ings when the presence of a defect is sus-
procedures addressing pre-assessment, indi- pected;
rect inspection examination, direct examina- (iii) Criteria for defining the urgency of
tion, and post-assessment. If the ECDA de- excavation and direct examination of each
tects pipeline coating damage, the operator indication identified during the indirect ex-
must also integrate the data from the ECDA amination. These criteria must specify how
with other information from the data integra- an operator will define the urgency of exca-
tion (§192.917(b)) to evaluate the covered vating the indication as immediate, sched-
segment for the threat of third party damage, uled or monitored; and
and to address the threat as required by (iv) Criteria for scheduling excavation of
§192.917(e)(1). indications for each urgency level.

124/153
(3) Direct examination. In addition to FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-
the requirements in ASME/ANSI B31.8S 95C, 69 FR 29903, May 26, 2004; Amdt.
section 6.4 and NACE SP0502, section 5, 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006 ;
the plan's procedures for direct examination Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11,
of indications from the indirect examination 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January
must include— 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12763,
(i) Provisions for applying more restric- March 11, 2015]
tive criteria when conducting ECDA for the
first time on a covered segment;
(ii) Criteria for deciding what action §192.927 What are the requirements for
should be taken if either: using Internal Corrosion Direct Assess-
(A) Corrosion defects are discovered ment (ICDA)?
that exceed allowable limits (Section 5.5.2.2
of NACE RP0502), or (a) Definition. Internal Corrosion Direct
(B) Root cause analysis reveals condi- Assessment (ICDA) is a process an operator
tions for which ECDA is not suitable (Sec- uses to identify areas along the pipeline
tion 5.6.2 of NACE RP0502); where fluid or other electrolyte introduced
(iii) Criteria and notification procedures during normal operation or by an upset
for any changes in the ECDA Plan, includ- condition may reside, and then focuses di-
ing changes that affect the severity classifi- rect examination on the locations in covered
cation, the priority of direct examination, segments where internal corrosion is most
and the time frame for direct examination of likely to exist. The process identifies the
indications; and potential for internal corrosion caused by
(iv) Criteria that describe how and on microorganisms, or fluid with CO2, O2, hy-
what basis an operator will reclassify and drogen sulfide or other contaminants pre-
reprioritize any of the provisions that are sent in the gas.
specified in section 5.9 of NACE SP0502. (b) General requirements. An operator
(4) Post assessment and continuing using direct assessment as an assessment
evaluation. In addition to the requirements method to address internal corrosion in a
in ASME/ANSI B31.8S section 6.4 and covered pipeline segment must follow the
NACE SP0502, section 6, the plan's proce- requirements in this section and in
dures for post assessment of the effective- ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by ref-
ness of the ECDA process must include— erence, see §192.7), section 6.4 and appen-
(i) Measures for evaluating the long- dix B2. The ICDA process described in this
term effectiveness of ECDA in addressing section applies only for a segment of pipe
external corrosion in covered segments; and transporting nominally dry natural gas, and
(ii) Criteria for evaluating whether con- not for a segment with electrolyte nominally
ditions discovered by direct examination of present in the gas stream. If an operator us-
indications in each ECDA region indicate a es ICDA to assess a covered segment oper-
need for reassessment of the covered seg- ating with electrolyte present in the gas
ment at an interval less than that specified in stream, the operator must develop a plan
§ 192.939. (See Appendix D of NACE that demonstrates how it will conduct ICDA
SP0502.) in the segment to effectively address inter-
nal corrosion, and must provide notification
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December in accordance with §192.921 (a)(4) or
15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 §192.937(c)(4).

125/153
(c) The ICDA plan. An operator must Regions are located in the transmission sys-
develop and follow an ICDA plan that pro- tem, in which covered segments are located.
vides for preassessment, identification of An ICDA Region extends from the location
ICDA regions and excavation locations, de- where liquid may first enter the pipeline and
tailed examination of pipe at excavation lo- encompasses the entire area along the pipe-
cations, and post-assessment evaluation and line where internal corrosion may occur and
monitoring. where further evaluation is needed. An
(1) Preassessment. In the preassessment ICDA Region may encompass one or more
stage, an operator must gather and integrate covered segments. In the identification pro-
data and information needed to evaluate the cess, an operator must use the model in GRI
feasibility of ICDA for the covered seg- 02-0057, “Internal Corrosion Direct As-
ment, and to support use of a model to iden- sessment of Gas Transmission Pipelines—
tify the locations along the pipe segment Methodology,” (incorporated by reference,
where electrolyte may accumulate, to iden- see §192.7). An operator may use another
tify ICDA regions, and to identify areas model if the operator demonstrates it is
within the covered segment where liquids equivalent to the one shown in GRI 02-
may potentially be entrained. This data and 0057. A model must consider changes in
information includes, but is not limited to— pipe diameter, locations where gas enters a
(i) All data elements listed in appendix line (potential to introduce liquid) and loca-
A2 of ASME/ANSI B31.8S; tions down stream of gas draw-offs (where
(ii) Information needed to support use of gas velocity is reduced) to define the critical
a model that an operator must use to identi- pipe angle of inclination above which water
fy areas along the pipeline where internal film cannot be transported by the gas.
corrosion is most likely to occur. (See para- (3) Identification of locations for exca-
graph (a) of this section.) This information, vation and direct examination. An opera-
includes, but is not limited to, location of all tor's plan must identify the locations where
gas input and withdrawal points on the line; internal corrosion is most likely in each
location of all low points on covered seg- ICDA region. In the location identification
ments such as sags, drips, inclines, valves, process, an operator must identify a mini-
manifolds, dead-legs, and traps; the eleva- mum of two locations for excavation within
tion profile of the pipeline in sufficient de- each ICDA Region within a covered seg-
tail that angles of inclination can be calcu- ment and must perform a direct examination
lated for all pipe segments; and the diameter for internal corrosion at each location, using
of the pipeline, and the range of expected ultrasonic thickness measurements, radiog-
gas velocities in the pipeline; raphy, or other generally accepted meas-
(iii) Operating experience data that urement technique. One location must be
would indicate historic upsets in gas condi- the low point (e.g., sags, drips, valves, man-
tions, locations where these upsets have oc- ifolds, dead-legs, traps) within the covered
curred, and potential damage resulting from segment nearest to the beginning of the
these upset conditions; and ICDA Region. The second location must be
(iv) Information on covered segments further downstream, within a covered seg-
where cleaning pigs may not have been ment, near the end of the ICDA Region. If
used or where cleaning pigs may deposit corrosion exists at either location, the op-
electrolytes. erator must—
(2) ICDA region identification. An op-
erator's plan must identify where all ICDA

126/153
(i) Evaluate the severity of the defect quirements of this subpart, and risk factors
(remaining strength) and remediate the de- specific to the covered segment. If an opera-
fect in accordance with §192.933; tor finds any evidence of corrosion products
(ii) As part of the operator's current in- in the covered segment, the operator must
tegrity assessment either perform additional take prompt action in accordance with one
excavations in each covered segment within of the two following required actions and
the ICDA region, or use an alternative as- remediate the conditions the operator finds
sessment method allowed by this subpart to in accordance with §192.933.
assess the line pipe in each covered segment (A) Conduct excavations of covered
within the ICDA region for internal corro- segments at locations downstream from
sion; and where the electrolyte might have entered the
(iii) Evaluate the potential for internal pipe; or
corrosion in all pipeline segments (both (B) Assess the covered segment using
covered and non-covered) in the operator's another integrity assessment method al-
pipeline system with similar characteristics lowed by this subpart.
to the ICDA region containing the covered (5) Other requirements. The ICDA plan
segment in which the corrosion was found, must also include—
and as appropriate, remediate the conditions (i) Criteria an operator will apply in
the operator finds in accordance with making key decisions (e.g., ICDA feasibil-
§192.933. ity, definition of ICDA Regions, conditions
(4) Post-assessment evaluation and requiring excavation) in implementing each
monitoring. An operator's plan must pro- stage of the ICDA process;
vide for evaluating the effectiveness of the (ii) Provisions for applying more restric-
ICDA process and continued monitoring of tive criteria when conducting ICDA for the
covered segments where internal corrosion first time on a covered segment and that be-
has been identified. The evaluation and come less stringent as the operator gains
monitoring process includes— experience; and
(i) Evaluating the effectiveness of ICDA (iii) Provisions that analysis be carried
as an assessment method for addressing in- out on the entire pipeline in which covered
ternal corrosion and determining whether a segments are present, except that applica-
covered segment should be reassessed at tion of the remediation criteria of §192.933
more frequent intervals than those specified may be limited to covered segments.
in §192.939. An operator must carry out
this evaluation within a year of conducting [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December
an ICDA; and 15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69
(ii) Continually monitoring each cov- FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-
ered segment where internal corrosion has 95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt.
been identified using techniques such as 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006]
coupons, UT sensors or electronic probes,
periodically drawing off liquids at low
points and chemically analyzing the liquids §192.929 What are the requirements for
for the presence of corrosion products. An using Direct Assessment for Stress Cor-
operator must base the frequency of the rosion Cracking (SCCDA)?
monitoring and liquid analysis on results
from all integrity assessments that have (a) Definition. Stress Corrosion Crack-
been conducted in accordance with the re- ing Direct Assessment (SCCDA) is a pro-

127/153
cess to assess a covered pipe segment for §192.931 How may Confirmatory Direct
the presence of SCC primarily by systemat- Assessment (CDA) be used?
ically gathering and analyzing excavation
data for pipe having similar operational An operator using the confirmatory di-
characteristics and residing in a similar rect assessment (CDA) method as allowed
physical environment. in §192.937 must have a plan that meets the
(b) General requirements. An operator requirements of this section and of §§
using direct assessment as an integrity as- 192.925 (ECDA) and §192.927 (ICDA).
sessment method to address stress corrosion (a) Threats. An operator may only use
cracking in a covered pipeline segment CDA on a covered segment to identify
must have a plan that provides, at mini- damage resulting from external corrosion or
mum, for— internal corrosion.
(1) Data gathering and integration. An (b) External corrosion plan. An opera-
operator's plan must provide for a systemat- tor's CDA plan for identifying external cor-
ic process to collect and evaluate data for all rosion must comply with §192.925 with the
covered segments to identify whether the following exceptions.
conditions for SCC are present and to prior- (1) The procedures for indirect exami-
itize the covered segments for assessment. nation may allow use of only one indirect
This process must include gathering and examination tool suitable for the applica-
evaluating data related to SCC at all sites an tion.
operator excavates during the conduct of its (2) The procedures for direct examina-
pipeline operations where the criteria in tion and remediation must provide that—
ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by ref- (i) All immediate action indications
erence, see §192.7), appendix A3.3 indicate must be excavated for each ECDA region;
the potential for SCC. This data includes at and
minimum, the data specified in (ii) At least one high risk indication that
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, appendix A3. meets the criteria of scheduled action must
(2) Assessment method. The plan must be excavated in each ECDA region.
provide that if conditions for SCC are iden- (c) Internal corrosion plan. An opera-
tified in a covered segment, an operator tor's CDA plan for identifying internal cor-
must assess the covered segment using an rosion must comply with §192.927 except
integrity assessment method specified in that the plan's procedures for identifying
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, appendix A3, and locations for excavation may require exca-
remediate the threat in accordance with vation of only one high risk location in each
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, appendix A3, section ICDA region.
A3.4. (d) Defects requiring near-term remedi-
ation. If an assessment carried out under
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December paragraph (b) or (c) of this section reveals
15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 any defect requiring remediation prior to the
FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192- next scheduled assessment, the operator
95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt. must schedule the next assessment in ac-
192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006] cordance with NACE RP 0502 (incorpo-
rated by reference see §192.7), section 6.2
and 6.3. If the defect requires immediate
remediation, then the operator must reduce
pressure consistent with §192.933 until the

128/153
operator has completed reassessment using evaluation and remediation required under
one of the assessment techniques allowed in paragraph (c) of this section and cannot pro-
§192.937. vide safety through a temporary reduction in
operating pressure or through another action.
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December An operator must also notify a State pipeline
15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 safety authority when either a covered seg-
FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192- ment is located in a State where PHMSA has
103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006; Amdt. an interstate agent agreement or an intrastate
192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11, 2010; covered segment is regulated by that State.
Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5, (2) Long-term pressure reduction. When
2015] a pressure reduction exceeds 365 days, the
operator must notify PHMSA under
§192.949 and explain the reasons for the
§192.933 What actions must be taken to remediation delay. This notice must include
address integrity issues? a technical justification that the continued
pressure reduction will not jeopardize the
(a) General requirements. An operator integrity of the pipeline. The operator also
must take prompt action to address all must notify a State pipeline safety authority
anomalous conditions the operator discovers when either a covered segment is located in
through the integrity assessment. In address- a State where PHMSA has an interstate
ing all conditions, an operator must evaluate agent agreement, or an intrastate covered
all anomalous conditions and remediate segment is regulated by that State.
those that could reduce a pipeline's integrity. (b) Discovery of condition. Discovery of
An operator must be able to demonstrate a condition occurs when an operator has
that the remediation of the condition will adequate information about a condition to
ensure the condition is unlikely to pose a determine that the condition presents a po-
threat to the integrity of the pipeline until the tential threat to the integrity of the pipeline.
next reassessment of the covered segment. A condition that presents a potential threat
(1) Temporary pressure reduction. If an includes, but is not limited to, those condi-
operator is unable to respond within the time tions that require remediation or monitoring
limits for certain conditions specified in this listed under paragraphs (d)(1) through
section, the operator must temporarily re- (d)(3) of this section. An operator must
duce the operating pressure of the pipeline promptly, but no later than 180 days after
or take other action that ensures the safety of conducting an integrity assessment, obtain
the covered segment. An operator must de- sufficient information about a condition to
termine any temporary reduction in operat- make that determination, unless the operator
ing pressure required by this section using demonstrates that the 180-day period is im-
ASME/ANSI B31G (incorporated by refer- practicable.
ence, see §192.7) Pipeline Research Coun- (c) Schedule for evaluation and remedi-
cil, International, PR-3-805 (R–STRENG) ation. An operator must complete remedia-
(incorporated by reference, see § 192.7); or tion of a condition according to a schedule
by reducing the operating pressure to a level prioritizing the conditions for evaluation
not exceeding 80 percent of the level at the and remediation. Unless a special require-
time the condition was discovered. An oper- ment for remediating certain conditions ap-
ator must notify PHMSA in accordance with plies, as provided in paragraph (d) of this
§ 192.949 if it cannot meet the schedule for section, an operator must follow the sched-

129/153
ule in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less
by reference, see §192.7), section 7, Figure than Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 12).
4. If an operator cannot meet the schedule (ii) A dent with a depth greater than 2%
for any condition, the operator must explain of the pipeline's diameter (0.250 inches in
the reasons why it cannot meet the schedule depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS
and how the changed schedule will not 12) that affects pipe curvature at a girth
jeopardize public safety. weld or at a longitudinal seam weld.
(d) Special requirements for scheduling (3) Monitored conditions. An operator
remediation.—(1) Immediate repair condi- does not have to schedule the following
tions. An operator's evaluation and remedia- conditions for remediation, but must record
tion schedule must follow ASME/ANSI and monitor the conditions during subse-
B31.8S, section 7 in providing for immedi- quent risk assessments and integrity as-
ate repair conditions. To maintain safety, an sessments for any change that may require
operator must temporarily reduce operating remediation:
pressure in accordance with paragraph (a) (i) A dent with a depth greater than 6%
of this section or shut down the pipeline of the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50
until the operator completes the repair of inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less
these conditions. An operator must treat the than NPS 12) located between the 4 o'clock
following conditions as immediate repair position and the 8 o'clock position (bottom
conditions: ⅓ of the pipe).
(i) A calculation of the remaining (ii) A dent located between the 8 o'clock
strength of the pipe shows a predicted fail- and 4 o'clock positions (upper ⅔ of the
ure pressure less than or equal to 1.1 times pipe) with a depth greater than 6% of the
the maximum allowable operating pressure pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 inches
at the location of the anomaly. Suitable rein depth for a pipeline diameter less than
maining strength calculation methods in- Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 12), and engi-
clude ASME/ANSI B31G (incorporated by neering analyses of the dent demonstrate
reference, see § 192.7), PRCI PR-3-8-5 (R- critical strain levels are not exceeded.
STRENG) (incorporated by reference, see (iii) A dent with a depth greater than 2%
§ 192.7), or an alternative equivalent meth- of the pipeline's diameter (0.250 inches in
od of remaining strength calculation. depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS
(ii) A dent that has any indication of 12) that affects pipe curvature at a girth
metal loss, cracking or a stress riser. weld or a longitudinal seam weld, and engi-
(iii) An indication or anomaly that in the neering analyses of the dent and girth or
judgment of the person designated by the seam weld demonstrate critical strain levels
operator to evaluate the assessment results are not exceeded. These analyses must con-
requires immediate action. sider weld properties.
(2) One-year conditions. Except for
conditions listed in paragraph (d)(1) and [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December
(d)(3) of this section, an operator must re- 15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69
mediate any of the following within one FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-
year of discovery of the condition: 95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt.
(i) A smooth dent located between the 8 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006; Amdt.
o'clock and 4 o'clock positions (upper ⅔ of 192-104, 72 FR 39012, July 17, 2007;
the pipe) with a depth greater than 6% of Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5,
the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 2015]

130/153
§192.935 What additional preventive (ii) Collecting in a central database in-

and mitigative measures must an opera- formation that is location specific on exca-
tor take? vation damage that occurs in covered and
non covered segments in the transmission
(a) General requirements. An operator system and the root cause analysis to sup-
must take additional measures beyond those port identification of targeted additional
already required by Part 192 to prevent a preventative and mitigative measures in the
pipeline failure and to mitigate the conse- high consequence areas. This information
quences of a pipeline failure in a high con- must include recognized damage that is not
sequence area. An operator must base the required to be reported as an incident under
additional measures on the threats the oper- part 191.
ator has identified to each pipeline segment. (iii) Participating in one-call systems in
(See §192.917) An operator must conduct, locations where covered segments are pre-
in accordance with one of the risk assess- sent.
ment approaches in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (iv) Monitoring of excavations conduct-
(incorporated by reference, see §192.7), ed on covered pipeline segments by pipeline
section 5, a risk analysis of its pipeline to personnel. If an operator finds physical evi-
identify additional measures to protect the dence of encroachment involving excava-
high consequence area and enhance public tion that the operator did not monitor near a
safety. Such additional measures include, covered segment, an operator must either
but are not limited to, installing Automatic excavate the area near the encroachment or
Shut-off Valves or Remote Control Valves, conduct an above ground survey using
installing computerized monitoring and leak methods defined in NACE SP0502 (incor-
detection systems, replacing pipe segments porated by reference, see §192.7). An oper-
with pipe of heavier wall thickness, provid- ator must excavate, and remediate, in ac-
ing additional training to personnel on re- cordance with ANSI/ASME B31.8S and
sponse procedures, conducting drills with §192.933 any indication of coating holidays
local emergency responders and implement- or discontinuity warranting direct examina-
ing additional inspection and maintenance tion.
programs. (2) Outside force damage. If an operator
(b) Third party damage and outside determines that outside force (e.g., earth
force damage—(1) Third party damage. An movement, floods, unstable suspension
operator must enhance its damage preven- bridge) is a threat to the integrity of a cov-
tion program, as required under §192.614 of ered segment, the operator must take
this part, with respect to a covered segment measures to minimize the consequences to
to prevent and minimize the consequences the covered segment from outside force
of a release due to third party damage. En- damage. These measures include, but are
hanced measures to an existing damage not limited to, increasing the frequency of
prevention program include, at a mini- aerial, foot or other methods of patrols, add-
mum— ing external protection, reducing external
(i) Using qualified personnel (see stress, and relocating the line.
§192.915) for work an operator is conduct- (c) Automatic shut-off valves (ASV) or
ing that could adversely affect the integrity Remote control valves (RCV). If an operator
of a covered segment, such as marking, lo- determines, based on a risk analysis, that an
cating, and direct supervision of known ex- ASV or RCV would be an efficient means
cavation work. of adding protection to a high consequence

131/153
area in the event of a gas release, an opera- 95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt.
tor must install the ASV or RCV. In making 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006; Amdt.
that determination, an operator must, at 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11, 2010;
least, consider the following factors— Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January 5,
swiftness of leak detection and pipe shut- 2015]
down capabilities, the type of gas being
transported, operating pressure, the rate of
potential release, pipeline profile, the poten- §192.937 What is a continual process of
tial for ignition, and location of nearest re- evaluation and assessment to maintain a
sponse personnel. pipeline's integrity?
(d) Pipelines operating below 30%
SMYS. An operator of a transmission pipe- (a) General. After completing the base-
line operating below 30% SMYS located in line integrity assessment of a covered seg-
a high consequence area must follow the ment, an operator must continue to assess
requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) the line pipe of that segment at the intervals
of this section. An operator of a transmis- specified in §192.939 and periodically eval-
sion pipeline operating below 30% SMYS uate the integrity of each covered pipeline
located in a Class 3 or Class 4 area but not segment as provided in paragraph (b) of this
in a high consequence area must follow the section. An operator must reassess a cov-
requirements in paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2) ered segment on which a prior assessment is
and (d)(3) of this section. credited as a baseline under §192.921(e) by
(1) Apply the requirements in para- no later than December 17, 2009. An opera-
graphs (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(iii) of this sector must reassess a covered segment on
tion to the pipeline; and which a baseline assessment is conducted
(2) Either monitor excavations near the during the baseline period specified in
pipeline, or conduct patrols as required by §192.921(d) by no later than seven years
§192.705 of the pipeline at bi-monthly in- after the baseline assessment of that covered
tervals. If an operator finds any indication segment unless the evaluation under para-
of unreported construction activity, the op- graph (b) of this section indicates earlier
erator must conduct a follow up investiga- reassessment.
tion to determine if mechanical damage has (b) Evaluation. An operator must con-
occurred. duct a periodic evaluation as frequently as
(3) Perform semi-annual leak surveys needed to assure the integrity of each cov-
(quarterly for unprotected pipelines or ca- ered segment. The periodic evaluation must
thodically protected pipe where electrical be based on a data integration and risk as-
surveys are impractical). sessment of the entire pipeline as specified
(e) Plastic transmission pipeline. An in §192.917. For plastic transmission pipe-
operator of a plastic transmission pipeline lines, the periodic evaluation is based on the
must apply the requirements in paragraphs threat analysis specified in 192.917(d). For
(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(iii) and (b)(1)(iv) of this all other transmission pipelines, the evalua-
section to the covered segments of the pipe- tion must consider the past and present in-
line. tegrity assessment results, data integration
and risk assessment information (§192.917),
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December and decisions about remediation (§192.933)
15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 and additional preventive and mitigative
FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192- actions (§192.935). An operator must use

132/153
the results from this evaluation to identify (5) Confirmatory direct assessment
the threats specific to each covered segment when used on a covered segment that is
and the risk represented by these threats. scheduled for reassessment at a period
(c) Assessment methods. In conducting longer than seven years. An operator using
the integrity reassessment, an operator must this reassessment method must comply with
assess the integrity of the line pipe in the §192.931.
covered segment by any of the following
methods as appropriate for the threats to [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December
which the covered segment is susceptible 15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69
(see §192.917), or by confirmatory direct FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-
assessment under the conditions specified in 95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt.
§192.931. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006]
(1) Internal inspection tool or tools ca-
pable of detecting corrosion, and any other
threats to which the covered segment is sus- §192.939 What are the required reas-
ceptible. An operator must follow sessment intervals?
ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by ref-
erence, see §192.7), section 6.2 in selecting An operator must comply with the fol-
the appropriate internal inspection tools for lowing requirements in establishing the re-
the covered segment. assessment interval for the operator's cov-
(2) Pressure test conducted in accord- ered pipeline segments.
ance with subpart J of this part. An operator (a) Pipelines operating at or above 30%
must use the test pressures specified in Ta- SMYS. An operator must establish a reas-
ble 3 of section 5 of ASME/ANSI B31.8S, sessment interval for each covered segment
to justify an extended reassessment interval operating at or above 30% SMYS in ac-
in accordance with §192.939. cordance with the requirements of this sec-
(3) Direct assessment to address threats tion. The maximum reassessment interval
of external corrosion, internal corrosion, or by an allowable reassessment method is
stress corrosion cracking. An operator must seven years. If an operator establishes a re-
conduct the direct assessment in accordance assessment interval that is greater than sev-
with the requirements listed in §192.923 en years, the operator must, within the sev-
and with as applicable, the requirements en-year period, conduct a confirmatory di-
specified in §§ 192.925, 192.927 or rect assessment on the covered segment,
192.929; and then conduct the follow-up reassess-
(4) Other technology that an operator ment at the interval the operator has estab-
demonstrates can provide an equivalent un- lished. A reassessment carried out using
derstanding of the condition of the line pipe. confirmatory direct assessment must be
An operator choosing this option must noti- done in accordance with §192.931. The ta-
fy the Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS) 180 ble that follows this section sets forth the
days before conducting the assessment, in maximum allowed reassessment intervals.
accordance with §192.949. An operator (1) Pressure test or internal inspection
must also notify a State or local pipeline or other equivalent technology. An operator
safety authority when either a covered seg- that uses pressure testing or internal inspec-
ment is located in a State where OPS has an tion as an assessment method must establish
interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate the reassessment interval for a covered
covered segment is regulated by that State. pipeline segment by—

133/153
(i) Basing the interval on the identified years. An operator must establish reassess-
threats for the covered segment (see ment by at least one of the following—
§192.917) and on the analysis of the results (1) Reassessment by pressure test, inter-
from the last integrity assessment and from nal inspection or other equivalent technolo-
the data integration and risk assessment re- gy following the requirements in paragraph
quired by §192.917; or (a)(1) of this section except that the stress
(ii) Using the intervals specified for dif- level referenced in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of
ferent stress levels of pipeline (operating at this section would be adjusted to reflect the
or above 30% SMYS) listed in lower operating stress level. If an estab-
ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by ref- lished interval is more than seven years, the
erence, see § 192.7), section 5, Table 3. operator must conduct by the seventh year
(2) External Corrosion Direct Assess- of the interval either a confirmatory direct
ment. An operator that uses ECDA that assessment in accordance with §192.931, or
meets the requirements of this subpart must a low stress reassessment in accordance
determine the reassessment interval accord- with §192.941.
ing to the requirements in paragraphs 6.2 (2) Reassessment by ECDA following
and 6.3 of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this
reference, see §192.7). section.
(3) Internal Corrosion or SCC Direct (3) Reassessment by ICDA or SCCDA
Assessment. An operator that uses ICDA or following the requirements in paragraph
SCCDA in accordance with the require- (a)(3) of this section.
ments of this subpart must determine the (4) Reassessment by confirmatory direct
reassessment interval according to the fol- assessment at 7-year intervals in accordance
lowing method. However, the reassessment with §192.931, with reassessment by one of
interval cannot exceed those specified for the methods listed in paragraphs (b)(1)
direct assessment in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, through (b)(3) of this section by year 20 of
section 5, Table 3. the interval.
(i) Determine the largest defect most (5) Reassessment by the low stress as-
likely to remain in the covered segment and sessment method at 7-year intervals in ac-
the corrosion rate appropriate for the pipe, cordance with §192.941 with reassessment
soil and protection conditions; by one of the methods listed in paragraphs
(ii) Use the largest remaining defect as (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section by year
the size of the largest defect discovered in 20 of the interval.
the SCC or ICDA segment; and (6) The following table sets forth the
(iii) Estimate the reassessment interval maximum reassessment intervals. Also refer
as half the time required for the largest de- to Appendix E.II for guidance on Assess-
fect to grow to a critical size. ment Methods and Assessment Schedule for
(b) Pipelines Operating Below 30% Transmission Pipelines Operating Below
SMYS. An operator must establish a reas- 30% SMYS. In case of conflict between the
sessment interval for each covered segment rule and the guidance in the Appendix, the
operating below 30% SMYS in accordance requirements of the rule control. An opera-
with the requirements of this section. The tor must comply with the following re-
maximum reassessment interval by an al- quirements in establishing a reassessment
lowable reassessment method is seven interval for a covered segment:

134/153
Maximum Reassessment Interval
Pipeline operating at
Assessment Pipeline operating at or above 30% SMYS, Pipeline operating
Method or above 50% SMYS up to 50% SMYS below 30% SMYS
Internal Inspection 10 years(*) 15 years(*) 20 years(**)
Tool, Pressure
Test or Direct
Assessment
Confirmatory 7 years 7 years 7 years
Direct
Assessment
Low Stress Not applicable Not applicable 7 years + ongoing
Reassessment actions specified in
§192.941
(*) A Confirmatory direct assessment as described in § 192.931 must be conducted by
year 7 in a 10-year interval and years 7 and 14 of a 15-year interval.
(**) A low stress reassessment or Confirmatory direct assessment must be conducted
by years 7 and 14 of the interval.
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR 2307,
December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402,
June 8, 2006; Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593, Aug 11, 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 168, January
5, 2015]
§192.941 What is a low stress reassessment, an operator must perform an electrical
ment? survey (i.e. indirect examination tool/method)
at least every 7 years on the covered segment.
(a) General. An operator of a transmis- An operator must use the results of each sur-
sion line that operates below 30% SMYS vey as part of an overall evaluation of the ca-
may use the following method to reassess a thodic protection and corrosion threat for the
covered segment in accordance with covered segment. This evaluation must con-
§192.939. This method of reassessment ad- sider, at minimum, the leak repair and inspec-
dresses the threats of external and internal tion records, corrosion monitoring records,
corrosion. The operator must have conduct- exposed pipe inspection records, and the pipe-
ed a baseline assessment of the covered line environment.
segment in accordance with the require- (2) Unprotected pipe or cathodically pro-
ments of §§ 192.919 and 192.921. tected pipe where electrical surveys are im-
(b) External corrosion. An operator must practical. If an electrical survey is impractical
take one of the following actions to address on the covered segment an operator must—
external corrosion on the low stress covered (i) Conduct leakage surveys as required by
segment. §192.706 at 4-month intervals; and
(1) Cathodically protected pipe. To ad- (ii) Every 18 months, identify and remedi-
dress the threat of external corrosion on ca- ate areas of active corrosion by evaluating
thodically protected pipe in a covered seg- leak repair and inspection records, corrosion

135/153
monitoring records, exposed pipe inspection interim ensure the integrity of the covered
records, and the pipeline environment. segment.
(c) Internal corrosion. To address the (2) Maintain product supply. An operator
threat of internal corrosion on a covered may be able to justify a longer reassessment
segment, an operator must— period for a covered segment if the operator
(1) Conduct a gas analysis for corrosive demonstrates that it cannot maintain local
agents at least once each calendar year; product supply if it conducts the reassessment
(2) Conduct periodic testing of fluids within the required interval.
removed from the segment. At least once (b) How to apply. If one of the conditions
each calendar year test the fluids removed specified in paragraph (a) (1) or (a) (2) of this
from each storage field that may affect a section applies, an operator may seek a waiver
covered segment; and of the required reassessment interval. An op-
(3) At least every seven (7) years, inte- erator must apply for a waiver in accordance
grate data from the analysis and testing re- with 49 U.S.C. 60118(c), at least 180 days be-
quired by paragraphs (c)(1)-(c)(2) with ap- fore the end of the required reassessment in-
plicable internal corrosion leak records, interval, unless local product supply issues make
cident reports, safety-related condition re- the period impractical. If local product supply
ports, repair records, patrol records, exposed issues make the period impractical, an opera-
pipe reports, and test records, and define and tor must apply for the waiver as soon as the
implement appropriate remediation actions. need for the waiver becomes known.
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, 69
69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004] FR 18227, April 6, 2004]
§192.943 When can an operator deviate §192.945 What methods must an operator
from these reassessment intervals? use to measure program effectiveness?
(a) Waiver from reassessment interval in (a) General. An operator must include in
limited situations. In the following limited its integrity management program methods to
instances, OPS may allow a waiver from a measure whether the program is effective in
reassessment interval required by §192.939 assessing and evaluating the integrity of each
if OPS finds a waiver would not be incon- covered pipeline segment and in protecting the
sistent with pipeline safety. high consequence areas. These measures must
(1) Lack of internal inspection tools. An include the four overall performance measures
operator who uses internal inspection as an specified in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorpo-
assessment method may be able to justify a rated by reference, see §192.7 of this part),
longer reassessment period for a covered section 9.4, and the specific measures for each
segment if internal inspection tools are not identified threat specified in ASME/ANSI
available to assess the line pipe. To justify B31.8S, Appendix A. An operator must sub-
this, the operator must demonstrate that it mit the four overall performance measures as
cannot obtain the internal inspection tools part of the annual report required by §191.17
within the required reassessment period and of this subchapter.
that the actions the operator is taking in the

136/153
(b) External Corrosion Direct assess- (e) Documents that demonstrate personnel
ment. In addition to the general requirements have the required training, including a descrip-
for performance measures in paragraph (a) tion of the training program, in accordance
of this section, an operator using direct as- with §192.915;
sessment to assess the external corrosion (f) Schedule required by §192.933 that
threat must define and monitor measures to prioritizes the conditions found during an as-
determine the effectiveness of the ECDA sessment for evaluation and remediation, in-
process. These measures must meet the re- cluding technical justifications for the sched-
quirements of §192.925. ule.
(g) Documents to carry out the require-
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, ments in §§ 192.923 through 192.929 for a
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR direct assessment plan;
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, (h) Documents to carry out the require-
69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, ments in §192.931 for confirmatory direct as-
71 FR 33402, June 8, 2006; Amdt. 192-115, sessment;
75 FR 72878, Nov 26, 2010] (i) Verification that an operator has pro-
vided any documentation or notification re-
quired by this subpart to be provided to OPS,
§192.947 What records must an operator and when applicable, a State authority with
keep? which OPS has an interstate agent agreement,
and a State or local pipeline safety authority
An operator must maintain, for the use- that regulates a covered pipeline segment
ful life of the pipeline, records that demon- within that State.
strate compliance with the requirements of
this subpart. At minimum, an operator must [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
maintain the following records for review 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
during an inspection. 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B,
(a) A written integrity management pro- 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004]
gram in accordance with §192.907;
(b) Documents supporting the threat
identification and risk assessment in accord- §192.949 How does an operator notify
ance with §192.917; PHMSA?
(c) A written baseline assessment plan in
accordance with §192.919; An operator must provide file any notifica-
(d) Documents to support any decision, tion report required by this subpart by– elec-
analysis and process developed and used to tronically to the Pipeline and Hazardous Mate-
implement and evaluate each element of the rials Safety Administration in accordance with
baseline assessment plan and integrity man- §191.7 of this sub-chapter.
agement program. Documents include those (a) Sending the notification by electronic
developed and used in support of any identi- mail to InformationResourcesManager@
fication, calculation, amendment, modifica- dot.gov; or
tion, justification, deviation and determina- (b) Sending the notification by mail to
tion made, and any action taken to imple- ATTN: Information Resources Manager,
ment and evaluate any of the program ele- DOT/PHMSA/OPS, East Building, 2nd Floor,
ments; E22–321, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Wash-
ington, DC 20590.

137/153
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,

2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-100,
70 FR 11135, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. 192-
103c, 72 FR 4655, Feb. 1, 2007; Amdt. 192-
[106], 73 FR 16562, Mar. 28, 2008; Amdt.
192-[109], 74 FR 2889, January 16, 2009;
Amdt. 192-115, 75 FR 72878, Nov 26,
2010; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12762, March
11, 2015]
§192.951 Where does an operator file a

report?
An operator must file any report required

by this subpart electronically to the Pipeline
and Hazardous Materials Safety Administra-
tion in accordance with §191.7 of this sub-
chapter.
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December

15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69
FR 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-
100, 70 FR 11135, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt.
192-103c, 72 FR 4655, Feb. 1, 2007; Amdt.
192-[106], 73 FR 16562, Mar. 28, 2008;
Amdt. 192-[109], 74 FR 2889, January 16,
2009; Amdt. 192-115, 75 FR 72878, Nov
26, 2010]

138/153
Editorial Note: All of Subpart P is new and tion pipeline that serves fewer than 100 cus-
therefore not underlined. tomers from a single source.
Subpart P–Gas Distribution Pipeline In- [Amdt. 192-113, 74 FR 63905, Dec. 4, 2009,
tegrity Management (IM) Amdt. 192-116, 76 FR 5494, February 1,
2011]
§192.1001 What definitions apply to this

subpart? §192.1003 What do the regulations in this
subpart cover?
The following definitions apply to this
subpart: General. This subpart prescribes minimum
Excavation Damage means any impact requirements for an IM program for any gas
that results in the need to repair or replace distribution pipeline covered under this part,
an underground facility due to a weakening, including liquefied petroleum gas systems. A
or the partial or complete destruction, of the gas distribution operator, other than a master
facility, including, but not limited to, the meter operator or a small LPG operator, must
protective coating, lateral support, cathodic follow the requirements in Sec. §192.1005-
protection or the housing for the line device 192.1013 of this subpart. A master meter op-
or facility. erator or small LPG operator of a gas distribu-
Hazardous Leak means a leak that repre- tion pipeline must follow the requirements in
sents an existing or probable hazard to per- §192.1015 of this subpart.
sons or property and requires immediate re-
pair or continuous action until the conditions [Amdt. 192-113, 74 FR 63905, Dec. 4, 2009]
are no longer hazardous.
Integrity Management Plan or IM Plan
means a written explanation of the mecha- §192.1005 What must a gas distribution
nisms or procedures the operator will use to operator (other than a master meter or
implement its integrity management pro- small LPG operator) do to implement this
gram and to ensure compliance with this subpart?
subpart.
Integrity Management Program or IM No later than August 2, 2011 a gas distri-
Program means an overall approach by an bution operator must develop and implement
operator to ensure the integrity of its gas dis- an integrity management program that in-
tribution system. cludes a written integrity management plan as
Mechanical fitting means a mechanical specified in §192.1007.
device used to connect sections of pipe. The
term “Mechanical fitting” applies only to: [Amdt. 192-113, 74 FR 63905, Dec. 4, 2009]
(1) Stab Type fittings;
(2) Nut Follower Type fittings;
(3) Bolted Type fittings; or §192.1007 What are the required elements
(4) Other Compression Type fittings. of an integrity management plan?
Small LPG Operator means an operator A written integrity management plan must
of a liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) distribu- contain procedures for developing and imple-
menting the following elements:

139/153
(a) Knowledge. An operator must portance of each threat and estimate and rank
demonstrate an understanding of its gas dis- the risks posed to its pipeline. This evaluation
tribution system developed from reasonably must consider each applicable current and po-
available information. tential threat, the likelihood of failure associ-
(1) Identify the characteristics of the ated with each threat, and the potential conse-
pipeline's design and operations and the en- quences of such a failure. An operator may
vironmental factors that are necessary to as- subdivide its pipeline into regions with similar
sess the applicable threats and risks to its gas characteristics (e.g., contiguous areas within a
distribution pipeline. distribution pipeline consisting of mains, ser-
(2) Consider the information gained vices and other appurtenances; areas with
from past design, operations, and mainte- common materials or environmental factors),
nance. and for which similar actions likely would be
(3) Identify additional information need- effective in reducing risk.
ed and provide a plan for gaining that infor- (d) Identify and implement measures to
mation over time through normal activities address risks. Determine and implement
conducted on the pipeline (for example, de- measures designed to reduce the risks from
sign, construction, operations or mainte- failure of its gas distribution pipeline. These
nance activities). measures must include an effective leak man-
(4) Develop and implement a process by agement program (unless all leaks are repaired
which the IM program will be reviewed pe- when found).
riodically and refined and improved as (e) Measure performance, monitor results,
needed. and evaluate effectiveness.
(5) Provide for the capture and retention (1) Develop and monitor performance
of data on any new pipeline installed. The measures from an established baseline to
data must include, at a minimum, the loca- evaluate the effectiveness of its IM program.
tion where the new pipeline is installed and An operator must consider the results of its
the material of which it is constructed. performance monitoring in periodically re-
(b) Identify threats. The operator must evaluating the threats and risks. These perfor-
consider the following categories of threats mance measures must include the following:
to each gas distribution pipeline: Corrosion, (i) Number of hazardous leaks either elim-
natural forces, excavation damage, other inated or repaired as required by §192.703(c)
outside force damage, material, or welds, of this subchapter (or total number of leaks if
equipment failure, incorrect operations, and all leaks are repaired when found), categorized
other concerns that could threaten the integ- by cause;
rity of its pipeline. An operator must consid- (ii) Number of excavation damages;
er reasonably available information to iden- (iii) Number of excavation tickets (receipt
tify existing and potential threats. Sources of of information by the underground facility op-
data may include, but are not limited to, in- erator from the notification center);
cident and leak history, corrosion control (iv) Total number of leaks either eliminat-
records, continuing surveillance records, pa- ed or repaired, categorized by cause;
trolling records, maintenance history, and (v) Number of hazardous leaks either
excavation damage experience. eliminated or repaired as required by
(c) Evaluate and rank risk. An operator §192.703(c) (or total number of leaks if all
must evaluate the risks associated with its leaks are repaired when found), categorized by
distribution pipeline. In this evaluation, the material; and
operator must determine the relative im-

140/153
(vi) Any additional measures the opera- (1) Master meter operators;
tor determines are needed to evaluate the (2) Small LPG operator as defined in
effectiveness of the operator's IM program §192.1001; or
in controlling each identified threat. (3) LNG facilities.
(f) Periodic Evaluation and Improve-
ment. An operator must re-evaluate threats [Amdt. 192-116. 76 FR 5494, Feb. 1, 2011]
and risks on its entire pipeline and consider
the relevance of threats in one location to
other areas. Each operator must determine §192.1011 What records must an operator
the appropriate period for conducting com- keep?
plete program evaluations based on the
complexity of its system and changes in fac- An operator must maintain records
tors affecting the risk of failure. An operator demonstrating compliance with the require-
must conduct a complete program re- ments of this subpart for at least 10 years. The
evaluation at least every five years. The op- records must include copies of superseded in-
erator must consider the results of the per- tegrity management plans developed under
formance monitoring in these evaluations. this subpart.
(g) Report results. Report, on an annual
basis, the four measures listed in paragraphs [Amdt. 192-113, 74 FR 63905, Dec. 4, 2009]
(e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(iv) of this section, as
part of the annual report required by
§191.11. An operator also must report the §192.1013 When may an operator deviate
four measures to the state pipeline safety from required periodic inspections under
authority if a state exercises jurisdiction over this part?
the operator's pipeline.
(a) An operator may propose to reduce the
[Amdt. 192-113, 74 FR 63905, Dec. 4, frequency of periodic inspections and tests
2009, Amdt. 192-116, FR 76 5494, Feb required in this part on the basis of the engi-
1,2011] neering analysis and risk assessment required
by this subpart.
(b) An operator must submit its proposal
§192.1009 What must an operator report to the PHMSA Associate Administrator for
when compression couplings fail? Pipeline Safety or, in the case of an intrastate
pipeline facility regulated by the State, the ap-
(a) Except as provided in paragraph propriate State agency. The applicable over-
(b) of this section, each operator of a dis- sight agency may accept the proposal on its
tribution pipeline system must submit a re- own authority, with or without conditions and
port on each mechanical fitting failure, ex- limitations, on a showing that the operator's
cluding any failure that results only in a proposal, which includes the adjusted interval,
nonhazardous leak, on a Department of will provide an equal or greater overall level
Transportation Form PHMSA F-7100.1-2. of safety.
The report(s) must be submitted in accord- (c) An operator may implement an ap-
ance with § 191.12. proved reduction in the frequency of a period-
(b) The mechanical fitting failure reporting ic inspection or test only where the operator
requirements in paragraph (a) of this section has developed and implemented an integrity
do not apply to the following: management program that provides an equal

141/153
or improved overall level of safety despite and implement measures designed to reduce
the reduced frequency of periodic inspec- the risks from failure of its pipeline.
tions. (5) Measure performance, monitor results,
and evaluate effectiveness. The operator must
[Amdt. 192-113, 74 FR 63905, Dec. 4, monitor, as a performance measure, the num-
2009] ber of leaks eliminated or repaired on its pipe-
line and their causes.
(6) Periodic evaluation and improvement.
§192.1015 What must a master meter or The operator must determine the appropriate
small liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) op- period for conducting IM program evaluations
erator do to implement this subpart? based on the complexity of its pipeline and
changes in factors affecting the risk of failure.
(a) General. No later than August 2, An operator must re-evaluate its entire pro-
2011 the operator of a master meter system gram at least every five years. The operator
or a small LPG operator must develop and must consider the results of the performance
implement an IM program that includes a monitoring in these evaluations.
written IM plan as specified in paragraph (b) (c) Records. The operator must maintain,
of this section. The IM program for these for a period of at least 10 years, the following
pipelines should reflect the relative simplici- records:
ty of these types of pipelines. (1) A written IM plan in accordance with
(b) Elements. A written integrity man- this section, including superseded IM plans;
agement plan must address, at a minimum, (2) Documents supporting threat identifi-
the following elements: cation; and
(1) Knowledge. The operator must (3) Documents showing the location and
demonstrate knowledge of its pipeline, material of all piping and appurtenances that
which, to the extent known, should include are installed after the effective date of the op-
the approximate location and material of its erator's IM program and, to the extent known,
pipeline. The operator must identify addi- the location and material of all pipe and ap-
tional information needed and provide a plan purtenances that were existing on the effective
for gaining knowledge over time through date of the operator's program.
normal activities conducted on the pipeline
(for example, design, construction, opera- [Amdt. 192-113, 74 FR 63905, Dec. 4, 2009]
tions or maintenance activities).
(2) Identify threats. The operator must
consider, at minimum, the following catego-
ries of threats (existing and potential): Cor-
rosion, natural forces, excavation damage,
other outside force damage, material or weld
failure, equipment failure, and incorrect op-
eration.
(3) Rank risks. The operator must evalu-
ate the risks to its pipeline and estimate the
relative importance of each identified threat.
(4) Identify and implement measures to
mitigate risks. The operator must determine

142/153
Appendix A–[Reserved]

by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17659, Nov. 17,
1970; Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4760, Feb. 22,
1973; Amdt. 192-17, 40 FR 6345, Feb. 11,
1975; Amdt. 192-17C, 40 FR 8188, Feb. 26,
1975; Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5,
1975; Amdt. 192-19, 40 FR 10471, Mar. 6,
1975; Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31,
1976; Amdt. 192-32, 43 FR 18553, May 1,
1978; Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23,
1979; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2,
1981; Amdt. 192-41, 47 FR 41381, Sept. 20,
1982; Amdt. 192-42, 47 FR 44263, Oct. 7,
1982; Amdt 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23,
1986; Amdt. 192-61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22,
1988; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6,
1989; Amdt. 192-64, 54 FR 27881, July 3,
1989; Amdt. 192-65, 54 FR 32344, Aug. 7,
1989; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18,
1993; Amdt. 192-76, 61 FR 26121, May 24,
1996; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
1996; Amdt. 192-78C, 61 FR 41019, Aug.
7, 1996; Amdt. 192-84, 63 FR 7721, Feb.
17, 1998; Amdt. 192-84A, 63 FR 38757,
July 20, 1998; Amdt. 192-95, 16 FR 69778,
Dec. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, 69 FR
18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR
32886, June 14, 2004]

143/153
Appendix B–Qualification of Pipe Tubing, and Fittings,” (incorporated by refer-

ence, see § 192.7)
I. Listed Pipe Specification ASTM D2513-09a—Polyethylene ther-
moplastic piping and tubing, “Standard Speci-
ANSI/API Specification 5L—Steel pipe, fication for Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure
“Specification for Line Pipe” (incorporated Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings,” (incorporated by
by reference, see § 192.7). reference, see § 192.7).
ASTM A53/A53M—Steel pipe, “Stand- ASTM D2517—Thermosetting plastic
ard Specification for Pipe, Steel Black and pipe and tubing, “Standard Specification Rein-
Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and forced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and
Seamless” (incorporated by reference, see Fittings,” (incorporated by reference, see
§ 192.7). § 192.7)
ASTM A106/A106M—Steel pipe,
“Standard Specification for Seamless Car- II. Steel pipe of unknown or unlisted specifi-
bon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Ser- cation.
vice” (incorporated by reference, see
§ 192.7) A. Bending properties. For pipe 2 inches
ASTM A333/A333M—Steel pipe, (51 millimeters) or less in diameter, a length
“Standard Specification for Seamless and of pipe must be cold bent through at least 90
Welded Steel Pipe for Low Temperature degrees around a cylindrical mandrel that has
Service” (incorporated by reference, see a diameter 12 times the diameter of the pipe,
§ 192.7) without developing cracks at any portion and
ASTM A381—Steel pipe, “Standard without opening the longitudinal weld.
specification for Metal-Arc-Welded Steel For pipe more than 2 inches (51 millime-
Pipe for Use with High-Pressure Transmis- ters) in diameter, the pipe must meet the re-
sion Systems” (incorporated by reference, quirements of the flattening tests set forth in
see § 192.7) ASTM A53ASTM A53/A53M, except that the
ASTM A671/A671M—Steel pipe, number of tests must be at least equal to the
“Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion- minimum required in paragraph II-D of this
Welded Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower appendix to determine yield strength.
Temperatures” (incorporated by reference,
see § 192.7) B. Weldability. A girth weld must be
ASTM A672/A672M—Steel pipe, made in the pipe by a welder who is qualified
“Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion- under subpart E of this part. The weld must be
Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure Ser- made under the most severe conditions under
vice at Moderate Temperatures” (incorpo- which welding will be allowed in the field and
rated by reference, see § 192.7) by means of the same procedure that will be
ASTM A691/A691M—Steel pipe, used in the field. On pipe more than 4 inches
“Standard Specification for Carbon and Al- (102 millimeters) in diameter, at least one test
loy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-Welded for weld must be made for each 100 lengths of
High Pressure Service at High Tempera- pipe. On pipe 4 inches (102 millimeters) or
tures” (incorporated by reference, see less in diameter, at least one test weld must be
§ 192.7) made for each 400 lengths of pipe. The weld
ASTM D2513-99, “Standard Specifica- must be tested in accordance with API Stand-
tion for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, ard 1104 (incorporated by reference, see
§192.7). If the requirements of API Standard

144/153
1104 cannot be met, weldability may be es- fied for use under this part if the following
tablished by making chemical tests for car- requirements are met:
bon and manganese, and proceeding in ac-
cordance with section IX of the ASME A. Inspection. The pipe must be clean
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incorpo- enough to permit adequate inspection. It must
rated by reference, see §192.7). The same be visually inspected to ensure that it is rea-
number of chemical tests must be made as sonably round and straight and that there are
are required for testing a girth weld. no defects which might impair the strength or
tightness of the pipe.
C. Inspection. The pipe must be clean
enough to permit adequate inspection. It B. Similarity of specification require-
must be visually inspected to ensure that it is ments. The edition of the listed specification
reasonably round and straight and there are under which the pipe was manufactured must
no defects which might impair the strength have substantially the same requirements with
or tightness of the pipe. respect to the following properties as a later
edition of that specification listed in section I
D. Tensile properties. If the tensile of this appendix:
properties of the pipe are not known, the (1) Physical (mechanical) properties of
minimum yield strength may be taken as pipe, including yield and tensile strength,
24,000 p.s.i. (165 MPa) or less, or the tensile elongation, and yield to tensile ratio, and test-
properties may be established by performing ing requirements to verify those properties.
tensile test as set forth in API Specification (2) Chemical properties of pipe and testing
5L (incorporated by reference, see §192.7). requirements to verify those properties.
Number of Tensile Tests-All Sizes C. Inspection or test of welded pipe. On

10 lengths or 1 set of tests for each pipe with welded seams, one of the following
less length. requirements must be met:
11 to 100 1 set of tests for each 5 (1) The edition of the listed specification
lengths lengths, but not less than to which the pipe was manufactured must
10 tests. have substantially the same requirements with
Over 100 1 set of tests for each 10 respect to nondestructive inspection of welded
lengths lengths but not less than seams and the standards for acceptance or re-
20 tests. jection and repair as a later edition of the spec-
ification listed in section I of this appendix.
If the yield-tensile ratio, based on the prop- (2) The pipe must be tested in accordance
erties determined by those tests, exceeds with Subpart J of this part to at least 1.25
0.85, the pipe may be used only as provided times the maximum allowable operating pres-
in §192.55(c). sure if it is to be installed in a class 1 location
and to at least 1.5 times the maximum allowa-
III. Steel pipe manufactured before No- ble operating pressure if it is to be installed in
vember 12, 1970, to earlier editions of listed a class 2, 3, or 4 location. Notwithstanding
specifications. Steel pipe manufactured be- any shorter time period permitted under Sub-
fore November 12, 1970, in accordance with part J of this part, the test pressure must be
a specification of which a later edition is maintained for at least 8 hours.
listed in section I of this appendix, is quali-

145/153
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970; as amended

by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17659, Nov. 17,
1970; Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4760, Feb. 22,
1973; Amdt. 192-19, 40 FR 10471, Mar. 6,
1975; Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31,
1976; Amdt. 192-32, 43 FR 18553, May 1,
1978; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2,
1981; Amdt. 192-41, 47 FR 41381, Sept. 20,
1982; Amdt. 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23,
1986; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6,
1989; Amdt. 192-65, 54 FR 32344, Aug. 7,
1989; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18,
1993; Amdt. 192-76A, 61 FR 36825, July
15, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July
13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June
14, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402,
June 8, 2006; Amdt. 192-114, 74 FR 48593,
Aug 11, 2010; 192-119, 80 FR 168, January
5, 2015]

146/153
Appendix C–Qualification of the center, are cut from steel service line and
Welders for Low Stress Level Pipe tested as follows:
(1) One sample is centered in a guided
I. Basic test. The test is made on pipe bend testing machine and bent to the contour
12 inches (305 millimeters) or less in diame- of the die for a distance of 2 inches (51 milli-
ter. The test weld must be made with the meters) on each side of the weld. If the sam-
pipe in a horizontal fixed position so that the ple shows any breaks or cracks after removal
test weld includes at least one section of from the bending machine, it is unacceptable.
overhead position welding. The beveling, (2) The ends of the second sample are flat-
root opening, and other details must con- tened and the entire joint subjected to a tensile
form to the specifications of the procedure strength test. If failure occurs adjacent to or in
under which the welder is being qualified. the weld metal, the weld is unacceptable. If a
Upon completion, the test weld is cut into tensile strength testing machine is not availa-
four coupons and subjected to a root bend ble, this sample must also pass the bending
test. If, as a result of this test, two or more test prescribed in subparagraph (1) of this par-
of the four coupons develop a crack in the agraph.
weld material, or between the weld material
and base metal, that is more than 1/8-inch [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended by
(3.2 millimeters) long in any direction, the Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998;
weld is unacceptable. Cracks that occur on Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004]
the corner of the specimen during testing are
not considered. A welder who successfully
passes a butt-weld qualification test under
this section shall be qualified to weld on all
pipe diameters less than or equal to 12 inch-
es.
II. Additional tests for welders of ser-

vice line connections to mains. A service
line connection fitting is welded to a pipe
section with the same diameter as a typical
main. The weld is made in the same posi-
tion as it is made in the field. The weld is
unacceptable if it shows a serious undercut-
ting or if it has rolled edges. The weld is
tested by attempting to break the fitting off
the run pipe. The weld is unacceptable if it
breaks and shows incomplete fusion, over-
lap, or poor penetration at the junction of the
fitting and run pipe.
III. Periodic tests for welders of small

service lines. Two samples of the welder's
work, each about 8 inches (203 millimeters)
long with the weld located approximately in

147/153
Appendix D–Criteria for Cathodic Pro- (2) Except as provided in paragraphs (3)
tection and Determination of Measure- and (4) of this paragraph, a minimum negative
ments (cathodic) polarization voltage shift of 100
millivolts. This polarization voltage shift
I. Criteria for cathodic protection– must be determined in accordance with sec-
tions III and IV of this appendix.
A. Steel, cast iron, and ductile iron (3) Notwithstanding the alternative mini-
structures. mum criteria in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this
(1) A negative (cathodic) voltage of at paragraph, aluminum, if cathodically protect-
least 0.85 volt, with reference to a saturated ed at voltages in excess of 1.20 volts as meas-
copper-copper sulfate half cell. Determina- ured with reference to a copper-copper sulfate
tion of this voltage must be made with the half cell, in accordance with section IV of this
protective current applied, and in accordance appendix, and compensated for the voltage
with sections II and IV of this appendix. (IR) drops other than those across the struc-
(2) A negative (cathodic) voltage shift of ture-electrolyte boundary may suffer corrosion
at least 300 millivolts. Determination of this resulting from the build-up of alkali on the
voltage shift must be made with the protec- metal surface. A voltage in excess of 1.20
tive current applied, and in accordance with volts may not be used unless previous test re-
sections II and IV of this appendix. This sults indicate no appreciable corrosion will
criterion of voltage shift applies to structures occur in the particular environment.
not in contact with metals of different anod- (4) Since aluminum may suffer from cor-
ic potentials. rosion under high pH conditions, and since
(3) A minimum negative (cathodic) po- application of cathodic protection tends to in-
larization voltage shift of 100 millivolts. crease the pH at the metal surface, careful in-
This polarization voltage shift must be de- vestigation or testing must be made before ap-
termined in accordance with sections III and plying cathodic protection to stop pitting at-
IV of this appendix. tack on aluminum structures in environments
(4) A voltage at least as negative (ca- with a natural pH in excess of 8.
thodic) as that originally established at the
beginning of the Tafel segment of the E-log- C. Copper structures. A minimum nega-
I curve. This voltage must be measured in tive (cathodic) polarization voltage shift of
accordance with section IV of this appendix. 100 millivolts. This polarization voltage shift
(5) A net protective current from the must be determined in accordance with sec-
electrolyte into the structure surface as tions III and IV of this appendix.
measured by an earth current technique ap-
plied at predetermined current discharge D. Metals of different anodic potentials.
(anodic) points of the structure. A negative (cathodic) voltage, measured in
accordance with section IV of this appendix,
B. Aluminum structures. equal to that required for the most anodic met-
(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (3) al in the system must be maintained. If am-
and (4) of this paragraph, a minimum nega- photeric structures are involved that could be
tive (cathodic) voltage shift of 150 milli- damaged by high alkalinity covered by para-
volts, produced by the application of protec- graphs (3) and (4) of paragraph B of this sec-
tive current. The voltage shift must be de- tion, they must be electrically isolated with
termined in accordance with sections II and insulating flanges, or the equivalent.
IV of this appendix.

148/153
II. Interpretation of voltage measure- age equivalent referred to a saturated copper-

ment. Voltage (IR) drops other than those copper sulfate half cell is established.
across the structure electrolyte boundary
must be considered for valid interpretation [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971]
of the voltage measurement in paragraphs
A(1) and (2) and paragraph B(1) of section I
of the appendix.
III. Determination of polarization volt-

age shift. The polarization voltage shift
must be determined by interrupting the pro-
tective current and measuring the polariza-
tion decay. When the current is initially in-
terrupted, an immediate voltage shift occurs.
The voltage reading after the immediate
shift must be used as the base reading from
which to measure polarization decay in par-
agraphs A(3), B(2), and C of section I of this
appendix.
IV. Reference half cells.
A. Except as provided in paragraphs B

and C of this section, negative (cathodic)
voltage must be measured between the struc-
ture surface and a saturated copper-copper
sulfate half cell contacting the electrolyte.
B. Other standard reference half cells

may be substituted for the saturated copper-
copper sulfate half cell. Two commonly
used reference half cells are listed below
along with their voltage equivalent to -0.85
volt as referred to a saturated copper-copper
sulfate half cell:
(1) Saturated KC1 calomel half cell: -
0.78 volt.
(2) Silver-silver chloride half cell used
in sea water: -0.80 volt.
C. In addition to the standard reference

half cells, an alternate metallic material or
structure may be used in place of the satu-
rated copper-copper sulfate half cell if its
potential stability is assured and if its volt-

149/153
Appendix E to Part 192—Guidance on the definition in §192.903 to identify a high

Determining High Consequence Areas consequence area. An operator may apply one
and on Carrying Out Requirements in the method to its entire pipeline system, or an op-
Integrity Management Rule erator may apply one method to individual
portions of the pipeline system. (Refer to fig-
I. Guidance on Determining a High Conse- ure E.I.A for a diagram of a high consequence
quence Area area)
To determine which segments of an op- [Amdt. 192-95, 16 FR 69778, Dec. 15, 2003,
erator's transmission pipeline system are as amended by Amdt. 192-95B, 69 FR 18227,
covered for purposes of the integrity man- April 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-95C, 69 FR 29903,
agement program requirements, an operator May 26, 2004]
must identify the high consequence areas.
An operator must use method (1) or (2) from
Determining High Consequence Area
School
PIR PIR
ABC Pipeline
HCA
Figure E.I.A
II. Guidance on Assessment Methods and sessment methods for addressing time de-
Additional Preventive and Mitigative pendent and independent threats for a trans-
Measures for Transmission Pipelines mission pipeline in an HCA.
(c) Table E.II.3 gives guidance on pre-
(a) Table E.II.1 gives guidance to help ventative & mitigative measures addressing
an operator implement requirements on ad- time dependent and independent threats for
ditional preventive and mitigative measures transmission pipelines that operate below
for addressing time dependent and inde- 30% SMYS, in HCAs.
pendent threats for a transmission pipeline
operating below 30% SMYS not in an HCA [Amdt. 192-95, 16 FR 69778, Dec. 15,
(i.e. outside of potential impact circle) but 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95B, 69 FR
located within a Class 3 or Class 4 Location. 18227, April 6, 2004]
(b) Table E.II.2 gives guidance to help
an operator implement requirements on as-

150/153
Table E.II.1: Preventative & Mitigative Measures for Transmission Pipelines Operating
Below 30% SMYS not in an HCA but in a Class 3 and 4 Location
Existing 192 Requirements Additional (to 192 requirements)

Threat
Primary Secondary Preventive and Mitigative Measures
External 455-(Gen. Post 1971), 603-(Gen Oper) For Cathodically Protected Transmission Pipe-
Corrosion 457-(Gen. Pre-1971) 613-(Surveillance) line:
459-(Examination),
461-(Ext. coating) $ Perform semi-annual leak surveys.
463-(CP),
465-(Monitoring) For Unprotected Transmission Pipelines or for
467-(Elect isolation), Cathodically Protected Pipe where Electrical
469-Test stations) Surveys are Impractical:
471-(Test leads),
473-(Interference) $ Perform quarterly leak surveys
479-(Atmospheric),
481-(Atmospheric)
485-(Remedial),
705-(Patrol)
706-(Leak survey),
711 (Repair B gen.)
717-(Repair B perm.)
Internal 475-(Gen IC), 53(a)-(Materials) $ Perform semi-annual leak surveys.
Corrosion 477-(IC monitoring) 603-(Gen Oper)
485-(Remedial), 613-(Surveillance)
705-(Patrol)
706-(Leak survey),
711 (Repair B gen.)
3rd Party 103-(Gen. Design), 615B(Emerg. Plan) $ Participation in state one-call system,
Damage 111-(Design factor)
317-(Hazard prot), $ Use of qualified operator employees and
327-(Cover) contractors to perform marking and locating of
614-(Dam. Prevent), buried structures and in direct supervision of
616-(Public education) excavation work, AND
705-(Patrol),
707-(Line markers) $ Either monitoring of excavations near op-
711 (Repair B gen.), erator=s transmission pipelines, or bi-monthly
717-(Repair B perm.) patrol of transmission pipelines in class 3 and
4 locations. Any indications of unreported
construction activity would require a follow up
investigation to determine if mechanical dam-
age occurred.

151/153
Table E.II.2 Assessment Requirements for Transmission Pipelines in HCAs (Re-assessment intervals are maximum allowed)
Re-Assessment Requirements (see Note 3)
At or above 30% SMYS
At or above 50% SMYS Below 30% SMYS
up to 50% SMYS
Max Max Max
Baseline Assessment
Re-Assessment Assessment Method Re-Assessment Assessment Method Re-Assessment Assessment Method
Method (see Note 3)
Interval Interval Interval
7 CDA 7 CDA
10 Pressure Test or ILI or DA Preventative & Mitigative (P&M)
Ongoing
Pressure Test or ILI or Measures
15(see Note 1) (see Table E.II.3), (see Note 2)
DA (see Note 1)
Pressure Testing
Repeat inspection cycle
20
every 10 years Repeat inspection cycle Pressure Test or ILI or DA
every 15 years
Repeat inspection cycle every 20 years
7 CDA 7 CDA
10 ILI or DA or Pressure Test Preventative & Mitigative (P&M)
Ongoing
ILI or DA or Pressure Measures
In-Line Inspection est (see Note 1)
20
every 10 years Repeat inspection cycle ILI or DA or Pressure Test
every 15 years
7 CDA 7 CDA
10 DA or ILI or Pressure Test Ongoing Preventative & Mitigative (P&M)
DA or ILI or Pressure Measures
Test (see Note 1)
Direct Assessment
20
every 10 years Repeat inspection cycle DA or ILI or Pressure Test
every 15 years
Note 1: Operator may choose to utilize CDA at year 14, then utilize ILI, Pressure Test, or DA at year 15 as allowed under ASME B31.8S
Note 2: Operator may choose to utilize CDA at year 7 and 14 in lieu of P&M
Note 3: Operator may utilize “other technology that an operator demonstrates can provide an equivalent understanding of the condition of line pipe”

152/153
Table E.II.3 Preventative & Mitigative Measures addressing Time Dependent and
Independent Threats for Transmission Pipelines that Operate Below 30% SMYS , in HCAs
Existing 192 Requirements Additional (to 192 requirements) Preventive & Mitigative
Threat
Primary Secondary Measures
455-(Gen. Post 1971) 603-(Gen Oper) For Cathodically Protected Trmn. Pipelines
457-(Gen. Pre-1971) 613-(Surveil) $ Perform an electrical survey (i.e. indirect examina-
459-(Examination) tion tool/method) at least every 7 years. Results are to be
461-(Ext. coating) utilized as part of an overall evaluation of the CP system
463-(CP) and corrosion threat for the covered segment. Evaluation
465-(Monitoring) shall include consideration of leak repair and inspection
467-(Elect isolation) records, corrosion monitoring records, exposed pipe in-
469-Test stations) spection records, and the pipeline environment.
External 471-(Test leads)
Corrosion 473-(Interference)
For Unprotected Trmn. Pipelines or for Cathodically Pro-
479-(Atmospheric) tected Pipe where Electrical Surveys are Impracticable
481-(Atmospheric) ● Conduct quarterly leak surveys AND
485-(Remedial) ● Every 1½ years, determine areas of active corrosion
705-(Patrol) by evaluation of leak repair and inspection records,
706-(Leak survey) corrosion monitoring records, exposed pipe inspection
711 (Repair B gen.) records, and the pipeline environment.
475-(Gen IC) 53(a)-(Materials) ● Obtain and review gas analysis data each calendar
477-(IC monitoring) 603-(Gen Oper) year for corrosive agents from transmission pipelines in
485-(Remedial) 613-(Surveil) HCAs,
705-(Patrol) ● Periodic testing of fluid removed from pipelines.
706-(Leak survey) Specifically, once each calendar year from each storage
Internal
711 (Repair B gen.) field that may affect transmission pipelines in HCAs,
Corrosion
717-(Repair B perm.) AND
● At least every 7 years, integrate data obtained with
applicable internal corrosion leak records, incident re-
ports, safety related condition reports, repair records,
patrol records, exposed pipe reports, and test records.
103-(Gen. Design) 615 B (Emerg ● Participation in State One-call system
111-(Design factor) Plan)
317-(Hazard prot) ● Use of qualified operator employees and contractors
327-(Cover) to perform marking and locating of buried structures and
614-(Dam. Prevent) in direct supervision of excavation work, AND
3rd Party 616-(Public educat)
Damage 705-(Patrol) ● Either monitoring of excavations near operator=s
707-(Line markers) transmission pipelines, or bi-monthly patrol of transmis-
711 (Repair B gen.) sion pipelines in HCAs or class 3 and 4 locations. Any
717-(Repair B perm.) indications of unreported construction activity would
require a follow up investigation to determine if mechani-
cal damage occurred.

153/153

49 192 Highlight 8 15 PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

49 192 Highlight 8 15 PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

PART 192 – TRANSPORTATION OF NATURAL AND OTHER GAS BY PIPELINE:

MINIMUM FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS

AMENDMENT TABLE OF SECTION REVISIONS FOR THIS VERSION OF PART 192

PART 192 EFFECTIVE PARAGRAPH

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Subpart A–General Subpart B–Materials

Section 192.51 Scope.

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

192.117 [Reserved] 192.189 Vaults: Drainage and waterproof-

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

192.367 Service lines: General

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

identification in its integrity

Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5103, 60102, 60104,

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Subpart A–General (5) Any pipeline system that trans-

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Type Feature Area Safety buffer

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

(d) Type B lines. An operator of a Type B §192.619

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

[Amdt. 192-81, 62 FR 61692, Nov. 19, 1997; Pipeline Date

[Amdt. 192-10, 37 FR 21638, Oct. 13, 1972 as

(a) A steel pipeline previously used in ser-

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

[Amdt. 192-74, 60 FR 41821, Aug. 14, 1995 as

[Amdt. 192-1, 35 FR 16405, Oct. 21, 1970 as

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Subpart B–Materials (2) It meets the requirements of:

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

§192.59 Plastic pipe. §192.63 Marking of materials.

192.65 Transportation of pipe.

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

the transportation is performed by API RP 5L1

[Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4760, Feb. 22, 1973, as

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Subpart C–Pipe Design T = Temperature derating factor determined

§192.101 Scope. (b) If steel pipe that has been subjected to

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

[Amdt. 192-[107], 73 FR 62147, October 17, 2008 as amended by Amdt.192-111, 74 FR 62503,

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

350 (177) 0.933 ing at the specified temperature by

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

used to carry gas that has an average hydrogen

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

§192.143 General requirements.

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120

Revision 03/15 – Current thru 192-120